Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
State of Minnesota
Department of Military Affairs
CAMP RIPLEY TRAINING CENTER
Camp Ripley Little Falls, MN 56345
The following contains the Range Operations Appendix to the Camp Ripley Training
Center Regulation. This Appendix is a summary of policies and procedures set forth by
AR 385-63, DA Pamphlet 385-63, NGR 385-63, AR 385-64, DA Pamphlet 385-64, AR
210-10, TC 25-8, and any other Regulations pertaining to the use and operation of the
Field Training Area, Live-Fire ranges, Non-Live Fire ranges, and ammunition usage in
the Installation. All persons entering the Field Training Area are subject to the
regulations set forth in this document.
Violations of this Regulation by persons subject to the Uniform Code of Military
Justice will be prosecuted there under. Any other persons who violate this Regulation
may be prosecuted by administrative action by the Installation Commander or other
appropriate military or civilian authority.
Scott A. St. Sauver
Colonel, FA, MNARNG
Post Commander
Dated:
01 JAN 2012
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
SUSPENSE DATES
SUSPENSE
90 DAYS
90 DAYS
90 DAYS
90 DAYS
30 DAYS
30 DAYS
72 HOURS
72 HOURS
72 HOURS
72 HOURS
72 HOURS
48 HOURS
48 HOURS
48 HOURS
48 HOURS
48 HOURS
48 HOURS
DESCRIPTION
REQUEST USE OF RANGES AND TRAINING AREAS
For ALL Un-Established Ranges, DEMO Ranges,
and/or Live-Fire Exercises: OPLANS / DEMO Plans &
Wiring Diagrams / Target Scenarios & Target Matrices /
Composite Risk Management Worksheets MUST be
submitted to Range Control
COORDINATE USE OF HE HAND GRENADES
REQUEST BREACH FACILITY DOORS AND WINDOWS
WITH ATS
COORDINATE USE OF RIOT CONTROL AGENTS WITH
RANGE CONTROL
COORDINATE AERIAL DISBURSEMENT OF
CHEMICAL AGENTS WITH RANGE CONTROL
REQUEST RANGE CHANGES/ADDITIONS WITH
RANGE CONTROL (NEED TO SUBMIT EXCEPTION TO
POLICY MEMO IF CHANGES ARE NEEDED WITHIN 72
HOURS)
REQUEST WEAPON SYSTEM CHANGES/ADDITIONS
WITH RANGE CONTROL (NEED TO SUBMIT
EXCEPTION TO POLICY MEMO IF CHANGES ARE
NEEDED WITHIN 72 HOURS)
Military units are required to utilize SINCGARS as their
Primary form of communication. An Exception to
Policy Request must be submitted by the Unit
Commander to Range Control NLT 72-hours prior to
range/training area usage. All means of acquiring
SINCGARS capability must be attempted prior to
authorizing the use of Motorola radios.
REQUEST CHANGES TO AUTOMATED RANGE
SCENARIOS WITH AUTOMATED TARGET SYSTEMS
CONDUCT WALK THRU OF CALFEX OR NONSTANDARD LIVE-FIRE EXERCISES WITH RANGE
CONTROL
COORDINATE CONVOY MOVEMENTS
SUBMIT POV EXCEPTION TO POLICY REQUEST
SUBMIT WHITE LIGHT EXCEPTION TO POLICY
REQUEST
COORDINATE BLOCKING OF ROADS AND TRAILS
REQUEST SMOKE GENERATOR AND SMOKE POT
USE
COORDINATE NVD DRIVERS TRAINING
PAGE REFERENCE
Para. 1-7a.1), Page 5
Para. 1-7.c., Page 5
Para. 7-2. NOTE, Page 37
Para. 16-11. NOTE, Page 66
Para. 15-2.a., Page 58
Para. 15-5, Page 59
Para. 1-7 NOTICE, Page 6
Para. 1-7 NOTICE, Page 6
Para. 1-11 NOTICE, Page 11
Para. 6-7.a.2), Page 36
Para. 18-8.c., Page 74
Para. 1-8.c.1), Page 7
Para. 1-8.f. Page 7
Para. 1-8.g., Page 8
Para. 1-9.e., Page 11
Para. 15-2.a., Page 58
Para. 15-2.h., Page 58
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
2012 Range Operations Summary of Changes
1) CHANGED wording and also some of the suspense dates in the SUSPENSE DATES Table.
2) CHANGED suspense time restriction and wording:
1-7. Requesting Ranges and Training Areas
NOTICE: Units will not be able to add or change FIRING Ranges and/or Weapon Systems within 72
hours of range utilization. An Exception to Policy Memorandum must be submitted to Range
Control by the BN S-3 for Change/Addition requests.
3) CHANGED wording:
1-7. Requesting Ranges and Training Areas
1-7.e. All Military Units and Civilian Lessees WILL order Portable Toilets from the Supply and
Services Warehouse at (320) 632-3128 for all activities scheduled in the field training area, except
for those ranges that have a classroom with latrine facilities in them.
4) CHANGED this NOTICE:
1-8. Access to the Ranges and Field Training Area
NOTICE - All Non-Tactical Vehicles MUST obtain a Range Control Vehicle Pass prior to entering
the Field Training Area. These vehicles MUST clear the Field Training Area prior to the hours of
darkness (prior to the need to turn on headlights), unless they are on a range, bivouac site, or in
possession of a signed and approved Camping Request.
5) ADDED this NOTICE to 1-11:
1-11. Communications
NOTICE: Military units are required to utilize SINCGARS as their Primary form of communication.
An Exception to Policy Request must be submitted by the Unit Commander to Range Control NLT
72-hours prior to range/training area usage. All means of acquiring SINCGARS capability must be
attempted prior to authorizing the use of Motorola radios.
6) CHANGED wording:
2-4. Special Use Airspace (SUA) R-4301
FAA SUA Order JO 7400.8T, dated 16 FEB 2011, describes the Special Use Airspace boundaries over
Camp Ripley. Minneapolis Air Route Traffic Control Center controls this SUA. This procedure is for fixedwing aircraft only (C-130 Airdrops or VIP flights).
a. All ranges firing weapons larger than 5.56mm are required to go into a Check-fire status prior to
aircraft entering the SUA.
b. Range Control will place all affected live-fire ranges in a Check-fire status when notified by the Miller
Army Airfield Control Tower.
c. The Check-fire will be lifted only after the Control Tower notifies Range Control that all aircraft have
departed the airspace.
7) ADDED these NOTES to the Paragraph and to the respective Range Description Pages:
2-5. Live Fire Range Usage
Per DA Pamphlet 385-63 Range Safety (dated 30JAN12):
Chapter 4
Small Arms
4–1. Firing conditions
a. For the purpose of this pamphlet, small arms are man-portable, individual and crew-served weapon
systems of 30mm or less used primarily against personnel and lightly armored or unarmored equipment.
Small arms SDZ diagrams and tables provided in this chapter are the standard for the proper construction
of small arms direct fire SDZs with or without exploding projectiles.
b. The cone SDZ may be applied when designing or conducting training on static/known distance style
ranges that do not involve fire and movement or fire and maneuver.
c. The batwing SDZ provides for greater containment of all ricochets. It will be applied when designing
or conducting training on ranges that involve fire and movement, fire and maneuver, flanking fire, and/or
when ricochet hazards outside the range boundary may endanger nonparticipating personnel.
i
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
NOTE: A-14 Shoothouse, D Range, and F Range will NOT support the usage of the new M855A1
5.56mm Enhanced Performance Round (EPR).
NOTE: A-14 LIVE FIRE FACILITY (SHOOT HOUSE) - USING UNITS MUST HAVE THEIR OWN IBA
WITH SAPPI PLATES, EYE PROTECTION, AND EAR PROTECTION. SAPPI PLATES MAY BE
HAND-RECEIPTED FROM CENTRAL ISSUE FACILITY (CIF), 320-616-2777.
8) CHANGED:
2-10. C-1 IED Range_IED and IED Lane_IED
a. C-1 IED Range_IED is the location of the IED Petting Zoo. This range offers units the ability to see
the most current types of IEDs found on the battlefield today. Additionally this range can be used for
dismounted and mounted IED awareness. The range is co-located with the C (NBC) Range on South
Gettysburg Road (UM 927080).
b. The IED-D Lane_IED is capable of providing training on how to detect, locate and circumvent IED’s
and other battlefield threats placed on a battlefield by simulating these threats in a realistic training event
in all weather conditions. The range is located west of East Boundary Road on Wonsan Road, 16 Miles
from Range Control in TA-64 (UM 955272).
1. IED-Defeat Lane consists of the following:
a) a pedestrian bridge (vehicles are not allowed to drive over it)
b) two 3-story buildings
c) two U-shaped, semi-enclosed compounds, 1-story, 6 connexes
d) one U-shaped complex, 1-story, 3 connexes
e) one T-shaped complex, 1-story, 2 connexes
f) one L-shaped complex, 1-story, 2 connexes
g) six 1-story single connexes
c. The make-up of the buildings may change from time to time as training scenarios and threats change.
d. IED-Defeat training can be conducted any where down range on. However, dependent upon
OPTEMPO and Field Training Area usage, an Exception to Policy may need to be submitted to Range
Control requesting usage on an MSR.
e. The Counter Improvised Explosive Device-Defeat Integration Cell (CI2C) personnel are available to
assist in setting up the any of the IED-D training lanes IAW the using unit training plan. To schedule use
of the CI2C personnel contact 320-632-7075.
f. For use of these ranges, the unit must submit an ATS Form 23 to the Camp Ripley Operations
Office, or direct request in RFMSS, NLT 90 days prior to range usage.
g. The ranges only require a POC to open the range with Range Control. The POC will attend a Range
Control Briefing before utilizing the range.
h. The Range POC must report to Range Control to hand-receipt a Range Packet, which contains
specific information about the range.
i. Upon arriving on the range, the using unit will establish communications with Range Control, and
complete all Non-Firing Range Opening/Closing requirements. The unit will inspect the range for any
prior damage made to the range, and report any discrepancies to Range Control.
j. Ensure medical support requirements are met IAW with Range Control SOP.
k. The Unit must give Range Control the location of all IED simulators that are NOT located within the
bondaries of the IED Lane_IED, prior to range operations.
9) CHANGED and verified:
3-2. Positioning and Issuing Ammunition and Explosives
b. The following conditions must be followed with any ammunition that is stored on the ranges:
1) Two Fire Extinguishers, fully charged, and within their expiration date. (Type 10BC, per the
CRTC LOG Support Procedures SOP, and DA PAM 385-64)
10) SEPARATED Misfire Procedures and UXO Procedures into separate paragraphs:
3-5. Misfire Procedures Reporting
NOTICE - Misfire is failure of a round to fire.
ii
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
a. Misfire procedures in Technical Manuals (TMs) for the appropriate weapon system will be
followed. In the event Misfires present an immediate hazard to personnel, IMMEDIATELY report the
type of round, the location, unit, and give the point-of-contact information of the individual having
knowledge of the Misfire to Range Control.
b. When dud and misfire rates equal or exceed the rates given in Appendix B of AR 75-1, the affected
lot(s) will be recorded as a malfunction, and reported to the Ammunition Supply Point immediately.
c. A Misfire of any serial numbered munitions MUST be reported to Range Control and the ASP
immediately.
3-6. Unexploded Ordnance (UXO) Reporting
NOTICE – UXO (Duds) are munitions which have been fired or projected, and are armed, but have
failed to function.
The range OIC will report all UXO (dud) ammunition to Range Control. In the case of grenades or other
munitions that may be immediately hazardous to personnel, firing will be halted and the range will be
closed until qualified EOD personnel clear the dud. In all other cases, firing will not be halted. Notify
Range Control to fill out a Dud Report. Units must also remember to enter Dud information into
TAMIS.
a. Leave all duds untouched and in place, to include rounds observed striking the impact area, but fail
to detonate.
b. If found outside of impact area, mark the area.
c. Route traffic a safe distance around them, and report to Range Control immediately. The report must
include the following information:
1) Type and size of dud.
2) Location by grid coordinate with other descriptions to pinpoint dud. Prepare a map overlay
indicating location of dud, and submit to Range Control, upon request.
3) Name, Rank, and Unit of individual reporting the dud.
11) RENUMBERED the remaining Chapter 3 paragraphs
12) ADDED:
6-4. Blank Ammunition
NOTE: Per NGR 385-63, Chapter 4, paragraph 4-6, an OIC/RSO with the rank of E-5 or above is
required when using blank ammunition.
13) ADDED:
7-1. Hand Grenades
b.
6) Personnel will not leave protected cover for 30 minutes after a Hand Grenade malfunction.
14) ADDED:
9-1. Firing Conditions
f. 2)
a) Cease-Fire-Freeze the Firing Point IMMEDIATELY.
15) ADDED M777:
10-6. Paladin and M777
16) CHANGED-took out WRG and added NRG:
12-1. General Information
a. Aerial Gunnery is accomplished on the following ranges.
1) Center Range – computer operated and remote operated, manually scored. Ammunition allowed:
7.62mm, 50 Cal., and TOW missile (inert).
2) East Range - computer operated. Non-Dud producing 20-30mm, 7.62mm, 50 Cal., and TOW
Missile (inert).
iii
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
3) North Range – computer operated and remote operated, manually scored. Ammunition allowed:
7.62mm, 50 Cal.
4) HENDRICKSON and LEACH Impact Areas are used for 20-30mm HE, 7.62mm, .50 Cal., 2.75-inch
rocket systems, and TOW missile (inert).
17) CHANGED:
16-1. General
i. All personnel on any demolitions range will wear a Kevlar helmet, protective body armor,
single hearing protection, and ballistic eye protection, regardless of their position on the range.
18) CHANGED:
16-10. Demolitions and Explosives
a. L Range is an Established Demolition Range, complete with viewing bunker. The southern portion of
the range is the Small Charge Area (less than 100 lbs.). The northern portion is the Large Charge Area
(100-200 lbs.). A full Bangalore Torpedo kit can be fired here. See range map in Appendix A.
b. DEMO-5 is the new Light Demolitions Range UM 89562718 (located in TA 73). Maximum allowed
charge is 100 lbs. TNT equivalent.
19) ADDED the NOTICE:
18-12. Convoy Live Fire Exercise (CLFX)
NOTICE: DUE TO BATWING SDZ USAGE REQUIREMENTS AND CURRENT TARGET LOCATIONS,
THIS RANGE IS LIMITED TO 7.62MM AND BELOW. RFMSS RESERVATIONS THAT INCLUDE
7.62MM AMMUNITION WILL BE HANDLED ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS, DEPENDENT ON THE
FIELD TRAINING AREA OPTEMPO, AND THE TARGET SCENARIO REQUESTED BY THE UNIT.
20) MOVED and then renumbered paragraphs:
19-1. General
Fishing and Hunting Policies, Wildlife Management Procedures, Off-Post Land Management, and other
Environmental issues were moved to the CRTC Post Regulation.
21) CHANGED: All M203 Grenade Launcher references to M320 Grenade Launcher within the
Regulation
22) CHANGED: Appendix A, Page 81
DEMO-5 Range Description Page to reflect the new range construction and layout
23) ADDED the RANGE RESTRICTION: Appendix A, Page 100
NOTICE: DUE TO BATWING SDZ USAGE REQUIREMENTS AND THE CURRENT TARGET
LOCATIONS, THIS RANGE IS NOW LIMITED TO TARGETS 7-10 ONLY (BOTH NORTH AND SOUTH
LANES).
24) ADDED: Appendix A, Page 102
FLRC Description Page and Map
25) ADDED: Appendix A, Page 114
ISBC Description Page and Map (Currently under construction)
26) CHANGED: Appendix A, Page 130
SCALED Range Description Page and Map
27) ADDED: Appendix A, Page 135
UAC Description Page and Map (Currently under construction)
28) CHANGED West Range (WRG) Range Description Page: Appendix A, Page 151
From a Multi-Purpose Training Range to MPMG/HEAVY SNIPER LANE Description Page and Map
(Currently under construction)
iv
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
29) ADDED: Appendix H, Page 14
Explosive Ordnance Incident Report (UXO/DUD Report) DA Form 3265
v
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Chapter 1
General
Purpose
References
Responsibilities
Guidelines for Safety Certification Programs
Risk Management
Accident/Incident Reporting
Requesting Ranges and Training Areas
Access to Ranges and Field Training Areas
Main Supply Route (MSR) Speed Limit Map
External Barrier Lock Key Policy and Memorandum
Use of Field Training Areas
Clearance of Training Areas
Communications
Weather
Maps
Table 1-1 OIC/RSO Grade/Rank Requirements
Paragraph
1-1
1-2
1-3
1-4
1-5
1-6
1-7
1-8
1-9
1-10
1-11
1-12
1-13
Chapter 2
Ranges
Restricting Access to Impact Areas
Warning Signs, Barriers and Markers
Range Use by Non-military/Civilian Agencies
Controlled Airspace
Live Fire Range Usage
Helicopter Pad Location
Non-Firing Ranges
Rappel Tower
Water/Ice-Crossing Training Sites
Non-Lethal Weapons
IED-Defeat (IED-D) Range
References
Live-Fire Range Capability Tables
Paragraph
2-1
2-2
2-3
2-4
2-5
2-5
2-6
2-7
2-8
2-9
2-10
2-11
Chapter 3
Ammunition
Smoking
Positioning and Issuing Ammunition and Explosives
Qualification and Restriction of Ammunition and Explosives
Suspension of Ammunition and Explosives Involved in Malfunctions
Misfire Procedures Reporting
Unexploded Ordnance (UXO) Reporting
Disposition of Ammunition and Explosives
Ammunition Turn-in Procedures
Destruction of UXO
Policing the Training Complex
Amnesty Program
References
i
Paragraph
3-1
3-2
3-3
3-4
3-5
3-6
3-7
3-8
3-9
3-10
3-11
3-12
Page
1
1
1
4
4
5
5
6
9
10
11
11
11
12
12
13
Page
14
14
14
15
15
16
17
17
18
19
21
21
22-26
Page
27
27
28
28
28
29
29
29
30
30
30
30
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 4
Firing
Firing
Firing Accident/Incident Reporting
Warning Signs and Signals
Firing conditions for anti-tank guided missiles and rockets
Night Firing Procedures
Rounds out of Safe
Chapter 5
Targets
General Requirements for Targets and Target Mechanisms
Moving Targets
Ground Targets
Radio Controlled Targets
Human Form Targets
Chapter 6
Small Arms and Machine Guns
Firing Conditions
Overhead Fire
Flanking Fire
Blank Ammunition
Machine Guns
Unestablished Ranges
Additional Information
References
Chapter 7
Grenades and Grenade Launchers
Hand Grenades
Hand Grenade Range (HGR)
Grenade Launchers and Grenade Machine Guns
References
Chapter 8
Antitank Rockets
Firing Conditions
References
Chapter 9
Mortars
Firing Conditions
Mortar Fire Control System (MFCS)
Hip-Shoot Missions
Surface Danger Zones
Observation Posts
Declination Stations
References
ii
Paragraph
4-1
4-2
4-3
4-4
4-5
4-6
Page
31
31
32
32
32
32
Paragraph
5-1
5-2
5-3
5-4
5-5
Page
33
33
33
33
33
Paragraph
6-1
6-2
6-3
6-4
6-5
6-6
6-7
6-8
Page
34
35
35
35
36
36
36
36
Paragraph
7-1
7-2
7-3
7-4
Page
37
37
38
38
Paragraph
8-1
8-2
Page
39
39
Paragraph
9-1
9-2
9-3
9-4
9-5
9-6
9-7
Page
40
41
41
41
41
42
42
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 10
Artillery
Firing Conditions - General Requirements
Field Artillery Cannon - General Requirements
Field Artillery Cannon Surface Danger Zones
Non-established Firing Point Program
Direct Fire Safety
Paladin
Multiple Launch Rocket System
Observation Posts
Restrictions on Firing White Phosphorus
Declination Stations
References
Chapter 11
Tanks and Bradley Fighting Vehicle (BFV) Gunnery
General
Tank and BFV Firing Conditions
Grenade Launchers
Weapons Effect Signature Simulator (Hoffman Device)
Hazardous Impulse Noise Exposure
Firing Vehicle Status Designations
Close Support of Ground Personnel
Miller Complex Tower Radio Frequencies
References
Chapter 12
Aerial Gunnery
General
Firing Operations-General Requirements
Firing Conditions-General Procedures
Gunnery Operations
References
Chapter 13
Air Defense Weapons
General
Air Defense Radio Controlled Miniature Arial Target (RCMAT)
References
Chapter 14
Guided Missiles
TOW Missiles
Dragon
Javelin
References
Chapter 15
Chemical Agents, Smoke and Aircraft Spray
General
Riot Control Agents
Smoke
Smoke Pots
Aircraft Spray
References
iii
Paragraph
10-1
10-2
10-3
10-4
10-5
10-6
10-7
10-8
10-9
10-10
10-11
Page
43
43
44
44
45
45
46
48
49
49
49
Paragraph
11-1
11-2
11-3
11-4
11-5
11-6
11-7
11-8
11-9
Page
50
50
51
51
51
51
51
51
52
Paragraph
12-1
12-2
12-3
12-4
12-5
Page
53
53
54
54
54
Paragraph
13-1
13-2
13-3
Page
55
55
55
Paragraph
14-1
14-2
14-3
14-4
Page
56
56
57
57
Paragraph
15-1
15-2
15-3
15-4
15-5
15-6
Page
58
58
59
59
59
59
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 16
Mines, Firing Devices, Trip Flares, Simulators, and Explosive Charges
General
Firing Devices
Shaped Charges
Bangalore Torpedoes
Mine-clearing Line Charge (MICLIC)
Cratering Charges
Mines
Trip Flares
Simulators
Demolitions and Explosives
Demolitions Site Map
Life-Fire Exercise Breach Facility (BREACH)
References
Chapter 17
Lasers
General
Precautions for Laser Devices
Firing Conditions
Force-on-Force Exercises
References
Chapter 18
Live Fire Exercises
Safety during Live-Fire Exercises
Information for Commanders
Exercise Planning
Firing Precautions
Fire Control
Maneuver in Temporary Impact Areas
Air Support
Training Unit’s Responsibilities
Range Control’s Responsibilities
Changes in LFX/CALFEX Scenarios
Infantry Platoon Battle Course (IPBC)
Convoy Live Fire Exercise (CLFX)
References
iv
Paragraph
16-1
16-2
16-3
16-4
16-5
16-6
16-7
16-8
16-9
16-10
16-11
16-12
Page
61
62
62
62
62
62
62
63
63
64
65
66
67
Paragraph
17-1
17-2
17-3
17-4
17-5
Page
68
68
68
69
69
Paragraph
18-1
18-2
18-3
18-4
18-5
18-6
18-7
18-8
18-9
18-10
18-11
18-12
18-13
Page
70
70
70
71
72
73
73
73
74
74
74
75
75
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 19
Environmental Management
General
Limited Use Areas
Restrictions on Firing White Phosphorus
Field Water Points
Fire Control/Procedures
Chemical Latrines
Historical Preservation
Noise Monitoring
Field Fuel Storage/Bladders
Tick-Borne Diseases
Mobile POL Distribution Points
Mechanical Digging
Vegetation
Training Area Clearance
Fuel Wood Cutting Permits (Reference to the CRTC Post Regulation ONLY)
Paragraph
19-1
19-2
19-3
19-4
19-5
19-6
19-7
19-8
19-9
19-10
19-11
19-12
19-13
19-14
19-15
Page
76
76
76
76
77
77
77
77
78
78
78
79
79
79
79
Paragraph
Page
20-1
20-2
20-3
80
81
81
Chapter 20
Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) and Small Unmanned Aircraft Systems
(SUAS)
RAVEN (SUAS) Procedures
Multi-Platoon SUAS Operations
References
Tabs
Tab A-Range Descriptions
Tab B-Risk Management
Tab C-Accident and Incident Reporting
Tab D-Zulu Mast Map
Tab E-Improved Landing Areas (Heli-Pads)
Tab F-Training Area Maps
Tab G-Drop Zones
Tab H- Sample Range Control Forms
Tab I- Range Specific Medical Support Requirements
v
A-1
B-1
C-1
D-1
E-1
F-1
G-1
H-1
I-1
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 1
General
1-1. Purpose
a. The Camp Ripley Range Operations Appendix is published to establish safe, uniform policies and
procedures applicable to the proper use of range facilities and training areas on this installation.
b. The provisions of this appendix apply to all personnel, military or civilian, utilizing or occupying any
portion of the field training areas, to include airspace, within the installation boundaries. Personnel
utilizing any range training facility must comply with this publication, and become familiar with AR 385-63
Range Safety, DA Pamphlet 385-63 Range Safety, AR 385-64 U.S. Army Explosives Safety Program,
and DA Pamphlet 385-64 Ammunition and Explosives Safety Standards.
NOTICE - Any unit, person, organization, agency, or club that willfully violates a policy or
procedure included in this regulation or any of the referenced publications below will be
suspended from installation training and/or punished under the Uniform Code of Military Justice
(UCMJ) or Minnesota Statutes.
1-2. References
AR 385-63, DA Pamphlet 385-63, NGR 385-63, AR 385-64, DA Pamphlet 385-64, NGR 385-64, AR 21021, TC 25-8, TC 90-1, Camp Ripley Post Regulation, and any other referenced publications listed in the
Appendices of these publications.
1-3. Responsibilities
Commanders of units and activities will comply with guidelines established in AR 385-63, DA Pam 38563, and this publication, regarding the functions of appropriate and safe range operation. The following is
a list of personnel, and their responsibilities, for safe operation of the ranges and field training areas.
a. The Installation/Post Commander
1) Prohibits use of alcohol and controlled substances in the training complex, and can prohibit any
individual under the influence of alcohol or controlled substances entrance into the training complex.
2) Ensures that ammunition and explosives not expended during training are returned to the
ammunitions supply point (ASP), in the original packaging, when firing is completed or as directed by
local policy.
3) Ensures that an aggressive education program on the dangers of dud ammunition and other UXO
items is implemented.
b. Operations Officer
1) Serves as the unit’s initial POC for all information relating to Camp Ripley.
2) Serves as the POC for all scheduling activities.
3) Represents the Post Commander in all matters pertaining to the control and access of ranges and
training areas.
4) Is the Post Incident Control Officer.
c. Installation Range Control Officer
1) Serves as the central point for control and coordination of all activities conducted within the
installation training complex to ensure safety and unified operations.
2) Withdraws or suspends installation training complex privileges from any person, organization,
agency, or club that willfully violates regulations and/or procedures listed in DA Pamphlet 385-63 or this
regulation; or from any person whose ability or conduct is incompatible with the safe use of government
range structures and facilities.
3) Responsible for providing safe training environments by ensuring all aerial and surface danger
zones are identified, and all control measures are employed.
4) Publishes a Range Bulletin for Camp Ripley at least 24 hours prior to any scheduled firing. The
Range Bulletin is available at Range Control, Bldg. 24-199, and at the Camp Ripley Operations Office,
Bldg. 11-1. The Range Bulletins are also available for MNARNG units ONLY in the CRTC Range Control
SharePoint site at: http://ngmnsp2010/CRTC/OPS/Range/default.aspx. It will include the following items:
(a) Where firing is going to be conducted.
(b) The scheduled time firing begins and ends each day.
(c) The boundaries of Weapon Surface Danger Zones (SDZ), Aerial Weapon and Air Drop Danger
Zones (ADZ), and UAS/SUAS Restricted Operations Zones (ROZ).
1
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
5) Displays and updates the following information:
(a) Range Maps
(b) Overlays
(c) Firing Data
(d) Opening and closing of field training areas, and bivouac sites.
(e) SDZ, ADZ, and ROZ information for the current day, plus the next three training days.
6) Monitors the following SINCGARS radio frequencies reserved exclusively for CRTC Range Control:
(a) Primary Frequency is 36.100 (Single Channel Plain Text)
(b) Alternate Frequency is 36.900 (Single Channel Plain Text)
d. Liaison Officer (during AT Periods only)
1) Using units will appoint a Liaison Officer (normally the S-3) to coordinate with Range Control and
other training units.
2) Serves as unit POC for all activities in the field training area.
3) The Liaison Officer represents the using units in all matters pertaining to range firing and training
area usage.
4) The Liaison Officer will understand the responsibilities of, and will work closely with, the Training
Area Coordinator (TAC).
5) Attend the Range Control Annual Training Daily Coordination Meeting (held at 0800) to discuss
resources and scheduled training. The Liaison Officer must be prepared to discuss training up to four
days in advance.
e. Training Area Coordinator (TAC)
1) The individual designated by the Range Control Officer for the opening and closing of training
areas/bivouac sites, and other assigned duties.
2) Clears training areas and bivouac sites with the Liaison Officer, or other appointed personnel.
3) Maintains a list of training areas and bivouac sites being used by organizations in the field.
4) Maintains a list of restricted areas.
5) Keeps activity and training area maps current at the Range Control Office.
f. Battalion/Squadron Commanders
1) Comply with the installation procedures for the certification of unit OICs, RSOs, and Laser Range
Safety Officers (LRSOs).
2) For commanders of field artillery battalions, establish and maintain an artillery safety training and
certification program to train and qualify personnel in safety procedures for their specific areas of
responsibility. Personnel who have not completed Annual Training and certification training will NOT be
appointed as an OIC or RSO.
3) Conduct risk management for all range operations.
g. Unit Commanders
1) Ensures compliance with DA Pamphlet 385-63, this Regulation, and any applicable TMs, FMs,
FMFMs (Marine Corps), TCs, and SOPs for safe training and firing for each weapon system within the
command.
2) Ensures that all personnel within the command are briefed on and comply with the installation range
procedures and safety requirements, including the use of required personal protective equipment.
3) Designates an OIC and RSO for each firing and/or maneuver exercise in accordance with Table 11. Officers that have not completed OBC, and Warrant Officers that have not completed WOBC (unless
they were at least an E-5 prior to commissioning), are not authorized to be OICs and RSOs on any Camp
Ripley live-fire ranges.
4) Ensures that personnel performing the duties of OIC and RSO are certified IAW the established
installation safety certification program.
5) Complies with the range safety certification program guidance for OICs and RSOs, to ensure that
they are:
(a) Competent and properly instructed in the performance of their duties.
(b) Knowledgeable in the weapon systems for which they are held responsible, and in safe
ammunition handling and use procedures.
6) Develops a SOP for laser operations, to include a provision for immediate medical attention for
personnel who incur eye or other overexposure to laser energy, and reporting laser overexposure
incidents IAW AR 385-40, TB MED 524, MIL-HDBK 828A, and MCO 5104.1.
7) Applies risk management, and develops controls and procedures for all phases of training events.
2
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
h. Range Officer in Charge (OIC)
1) Must meet grade/rank requirements of Table 1-1, page 13. Officers that have not completed OBC,
and Warrant Officers that have not completed WOBC (unless they were at least an E-5 prior to
commissioning), are not authorized to be OICs and RSOs on any Camp Ripley live-fire ranges.
2) Must be Weapon Safety Certified IAW paragraph 1-4.
3) Must attend a Range Safety Briefing at the Range Control Office prior to scheduled use of a range.
The briefing is valid for a period of ninety days.
4) The only person authorized to open and close the range with Range Control. MUST be on the
range at all times while the range is in an “Open” status.
5) Ensures that required communications are established and maintained.
6) Will not be assigned any additional duties while the range is open.
7) Ensures the overall safe conduct of training and proper use of the range.
8) Ensures that the RSO is physically present on the range at all times.
9) Determines when it is safe to fire IAW applicable regulations and installation range requirements.
10) Ensures proper supervision of personnel performing misfire, hang-fire, and cook-off procedures.
11) Ensures safe laser operations.
12) Ensures that adequate medical support is available and they are properly equipped.
13) Ensures that ammunition and explosives are properly handled, transported, stored, and accounted
for within the training complex from the time of receipt to the time of expenditure or turn-in.
14) Ensures plans for firing exercises and maneuvers are coordinated with Range Control.
15) Ensures control of the target areas to prohibit entry by unauthorized personnel.
16) Ensures all ammunition malfunctions and accidents are reported to Range Control IAW AR 75-1
and AR 385-40.
17) Ensures that Range Control has authorized the entrance of any civilian personnel into the training
complex.
18) Briefs the RSO on the duties to be performed in support of the training event. Clearly establish the
requirement for the RSO to brief the OIC on the safety of the range and the unit, and the readiness to
commence live-fire operations prior to the start of firing.
19) Implements risk management in all phases of the training event.
20) Posts the CRTC Range Bulletin in a prominent place that is accessible to all soldiers.
NOTICE - The OIC and RSO must be present on the range while the range is in an “Open” status.
i. Range Safety Officer (RSO)
1) Must meet grade requirements of Table 1-1, page 13.
2) Must be Weapon Safety Certified IAW paragraph 1-4.
3) Must attend a Range Safety Briefing at the Range Control Office prior to scheduled use of a range.
The briefing is valid for a period of ninety days.
4) Ensures that weapons and personnel are properly positioned.
5) Ensures that only authorized ammunition and explosives, to include proper charge, fuze, and fuze
settings are being used.
6) Ensures firing settings and weapons systems are within prescribed safety limits and are verified.
7) Ensures that the range SDZ is clear of all unauthorized personnel.
8) Ensures that proper hearing and eye protection are being worn within the prescribed noise and eye
hazard areas.
9) Ensures that Range Control has approved an “Open” status for the range. Will be on the range at
all times while the range is in an “Open” status. Will not be assigned any additional duties while the range
is open.
10) Prior to commencing live-fire operations, conducts final coordination with the OIC. This
coordination will include a summary of checks, inspections, and actions that the RSO has completed, and
verifies that the required communications are established.
11) Orders an immediate cease-fire when any unsafe condition occurs.
12) Reports all accidents, weapon malfunctions, and ammunition malfunctions to the range OIC.
13) Verifies, upon completion of firing or firing order, to the OIC that all weapons and weapon systems
are clear and safe before allowing the removal of weapons from the firing area.
14) Ensures road guards are in place and have communications with the range, when needed.
15) Properly briefs Assistant Range Safety Officers ARSO(s) (Line Safeties) on their duties.
3
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
j. Assistant Range Safety Officer(s) (ARSO) (Line Safeties)
To maximize range operations efficiency, it is suggested that units plan to have one (1) ARSO (Line
Safety) for every two (2) firing lanes. One ARSO (Line Safety) should not cover more than four (4) firing
lanes.
1) Assist the RSO as directed by the OIC and/or RSO. Primary duty is to ensure that weapons are
clear and on “Safe” when Firers enter and exit the Firing Line.
2) Are not required to be Weapon Safety Certified, or to attend the Range Control Safety Briefing.
3) Must be knowledgeable on correct weapon misfire and malfunction procedures.
k. Medical Personnel
All military medical support personnel should be familiar with MEDCOM PAM 40-12.
1) The senior medical person from the organization will attend the Range Control Briefing during IDT.
2) All medical personnel will attend a Range Control Briefing prior to their organization going down
range for AT. See Appendix I for specific range Medical Support requirements.
NOTICE: ALL DOWNRANGE MEDEVAC REQUESTS WILL GO THROUGH RANGE
CONTROL. DO NOT CALL 911.
1-4. Guidelines for Battalion Safety Certification Programs
a. Battalion Safety Certification Programs will be used to train and certify personnel in the duties of OIC
and RSO for firing exercises and/or maneuver operations. Sample weapon tests can be obtained from
Range Control, or from the Range Control MN SharePoint Portal page,
http://sharepoint/Organizations/CRC/OPS/Range/default.aspx, or non-MNARNG units can contact Range
Control.
b. Battalion Safety Certification Programs will be integrated into unit gunnery training programs,
combining the unique individual needs of the units concerned.
c. Once all requirements of the Battalion Safety Program are met, the BN/SQDN CDR (O-5 or O-4P) will
certify the OICs and RSOs utilizing the Weapon Safety Certification Memorandum (see Appendix H).
This certification is valid for 1 (one) year. A copy must be sent to Range Control.
NOTICE: Units not having a Battalion/Squadron Commander must obtain certification from an O-5
(O-4 (P) in an O-5 command position) or higher, within their chain of command.
d. Prior to range operations, personnel designated as OIC and RSO will receive a Range Safety
Briefing from Range Control. This briefing is valid for a period of ninety days.
e. The Range Control Officer will monitor the effectiveness of safety programs for OICs and RSOs.
f. The Range Control Officer has authority to revoke certification of any OIC or RSO for violating the
requirements of AR 385-63, DA Pam 385-63, or this regulation.
1-5. Risk Management
NOTICE: An Initial SIGNED copy of DA Form 7566 MUST be submitted to Range Control NLT 90
days prior to the training event.
a. Risk management is a unit leadership responsibility (FM 5-19). Range Control personnel serve as an
excellent resource to help identify trends and potential hazards.
b. Risk management is a five-step process, which must be conducted in conjunction with the planning
process. The five steps are:
1) Hazard Identification. Make a list of the potential hazards that could lead to an accident and/or
injury.
2) Composite Risk Management Worksheet (DA Form 7566). Determine the probability and severity
of the potential risks.
3) Risk Control Options and Decision-Making. Starting with the most serious tasks, determine what
can be done to reduce or eliminate the potential hazard. Decisions should be made at the appropriate
level in the chain of command.
4) Implement controls. Put the controls in place whether they are physical controls, prerequisite
training, or changes to unit SOP.
5) Supervise. Assure that the selected risk control measures are effectively in place and
4
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
maintained at a high level. The amount of time and effort put toward risk management will vary depending
on the time available and the complexity of the training event. There is a wide variety of tools available to
assist in the Risk Management process ranging from a mental assessment conducted by the training
event leadership to very detailed analyses conducted by trained safety professionals. Sample Composite
Risk Management Worksheet (DA Form 7566) Forms are provided in Appendix B.
Extract from NGR 385-10, 12Sep10
7-8. CRM Program Development
a. Levels of risk. Operations should be categorized according to level of risk. The Army program
consists of four levels - low, medium, high, and extremely high. These levels are used to call attention to
the significance of each risk and to enable decision-making at the proper level.
b. Risk decisions. The higher the level of risk, the higher the level at which acceptance of that risk
should be made. Formalized procedures should be developed that specify at what level of command a
particular risk decision must be made. Commanders are required to make informed risk decision at the
appropriate level. The final risk decision is made on the highest level of residual risk in column 9 of DA
Form 7566, Composite Risk Management Worksheet. Use the Composite Risk Management Worksheet
(DA Form 7566) Matrix found in FM 5-19 or DA Pam 385-30 to determine the Composite Risk
Management Worksheet (DA Form 7566). The overall mission risk level will be the highest residual risk.
Commanders may approve the mission using the following residual risk levels:
(1) Low risk - Company Commanders
(2) Moderate risk - Battalion Commanders
(3) High risk - the first O-6 in the chain-of-command
(4) Extremely high risk - the first general officer in the chain-of-command
c. CRM cycle. The 5-step process is continuous. Step 5, supervising, will allow leaders to evaluate the
effectiveness of the controls that have been put in place. The 5-step process is then worked through
again, and any adjustments to the controls are made.
1-6. Accident/Incident Reporting
a. All accidents/incidents will be reported in accordance with procedures outlined in AR 385-40 Accident
Reporting and Records.
b. All accidents/incidents on any Camp Ripley range, or in the field training area, will be reported to
Range Control immediately by SINCGARS radio (36.100 primary, 36.900 alternate), Motorola radio, or by
telephone 320-616-3137/6026, utilizing the Range Accident/Incident Checklist (see Appendix C) as a
guide.
c. Malfunctions involving weapons, ammunition, and/or explosives will be reported in accordance with
AR 75-1.
1-7. Requesting Ranges and Training Areas
CRTC utilizes the Range Facility Management Support System (RFMSS) to schedule all Installation
facilities and ranges.
a. For Inactive Duty Training (IDT):
1) Units request use of ranges and training areas directly in RFMSS, or by submitting an ATS Form 23
to the Operations Office NLT 90 days prior to requested date.
2) The Operations Office then reviews and confirms dates, and/or notifies the unit of any conflicts.
b. For Annual Training (AT):
1) The BN Training Officer will send Annual Training requests to the Operations Office.
2) Units will receive confirmation of the receipt of the request, and will be notified of any conflicts with
the request.
3) Annual Training conflict resolutions will be made during the annual Camp Ripley AT Conference, by
the Operations RFMSS Scheduler as reservations are being entered into RFMSS, or during the daily
(0800) Range Control Annual Training Coordination Meeting.
c. For ALL Un-Established ranges, DEMO ranges, and/or Live-Fire Exercises: OPLANS; DEMO
Plans with Wiring Diagrams; Target Scenarios; Target Matrices; Composite Risk Management
Worksheet (DA Form 7566)s must be submitted to Range Control NLT 90 days prior to range
usage.
5
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
NOTICE: Units will not be able to add or change FIRING Ranges and/or Weapon Systems within 72
hours of range utilization. An Exception to Policy Memorandum must be submitted to Range
Control by the BN S-3 for Change/Addition requests.
NOTICE - Activities in the Field Training Area are considered un-authorized without an approved
usage request (RFMSS Reservation) from Post Operations and/or Range Control.
NOTICE - No alcoholic beverages are permitted in the Field Training Area at any time, unless an
Exception to Policy has been approved by the Operations Officer, for the consumption of alcohol
at the defined Rest Areas, for morale and welfare purposes only. See sample on page H-3.
NOTICE - Range Control personnel are authorized immediate access to all unit locations, training
areas, and ranges without interference from using units. Range Control personnel will not
interfere with training unless a safety violation is observed.
d. Units must ensure that they have the proper number and type of medical support personnel available
to support their requested ranges. See Appendix I for the Range Specific Medical Support Requirements
table.
e. All Military Units and Civilian Lessees WILL order Portable Toilets from the Supply and
Services Warehouse at (320) 632-3128 for all activities scheduled in the field training area, except
for those ranges that have a classroom with latrine facilities in them.
1-8. Access to the Ranges and Field Training Area
a. Field Training Area Access Gates are located at the following locations:
"D": Chickamauga Road and Armor Trail; UM 9395105457.
"E": Range Control (NOT for use by tracked vehicles); UM 9542006908.
"F": Ft. Ripley Road north of North Motor Pool Road; UM 9417206306.
“G”: Normandy Road at County Road 1; UM 8450613526.
“H”: Enniskillen Road at County Road 1; UM 8609121578.
“I”: Yalu Road at Installation Boundary; UM 8812731293.
“J”: Arno Road at County Road 1; UM 8639325168.
"L": Ft. Ripley Road and Armor Trail; UM 93940582.
“M”: Old Gravel Pit access at County Road 1; UM 8633123695
Keys required for all Gates listed above WILL be hand receipted from Range Control. All personnel
are required to read and sign the Field Training Area External Barrier Lock Key Memorandum prior to the
issuance of said keys. See Memorandum on Page 10.
NOTICE - All Non-Tactical Vehicles MUST obtain a Range Control Vehicle Pass prior to entering
the Field Training Area. These vehicles MUST clear the Field Training Area prior to the hours of
darkness (prior to the need to turn on headlights), unless they are supporting range operations or
bivouac site, or in possession of a signed and approved Camping Request.
NOTICE – During the Winter months ALL PERSONNEL, regardless of what type of vehicle they are
operating, will stop in at Range Control to inform them about the purpose of the mission, route of
travel, and destination of the vehicle(s) going down range.
b. Installation Speed Limits:
Cantonment Area: 30 MPH (unless posted otherwise)
Field Training Area:
1) Daylight hours: 25 MPH MAXIMUM on all roads
Commanders may submit an Exception to Policy Request, a Composite Risk Management Worksheet,
and a Route Strip Map to the Range Control OIC to increase the speed limit for Convoy Driver Training
during DAYLIGHT HOURS ONLY. This will be considered on a case-by-case basis, per the downrange
OPTEMPO. The map on page 9 depicts the Main Supply Routes (MSRs) that will support a 35 MPH
maximum speed during daylight hours.
2) Nighttime hours:
a) MSRs ONLY: 25 MPH MAXIMUM, with white lights
6
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
b) All other roads and trails: 15 MPH, with Blackout Drive
c. Military Wheeled Vehicles
1) All convoy movements will be coordinated through Range Control for IDT and AT, NLT 48 hours
prior.
2) Main access for wheeled vehicles is through E Gate at Range Control.
d. Military Tracked Vehicles
Will enter and exit the Field Training Area through gates D, F, or L only.
NOTICE - Tracked vehicles will not operate in any recreational areas, or in the designated Winter
Training Areas.
NOTICE- With the exception of Law Enforcement personnel, personally owned weapons are not
authorized in the Field Training Area. POVs requesting to enter the Field Training Area are
subject to random firearms searches. Also, reference the Camp Ripley Regulations, Section 6
Law and Order, paragraph 6-6 Weapons, Ammunition and Explosives for additional information.
e. ATVs
With the proliferation of Government-Provided ATVs for use by DOD members, the following guidance
will be incorporated into the Camp Ripley Regulations. All installation Tenants need to incorporate these
directives into their approved ATV operations.
1) Operator PPE Requirements: ATVs with Rollover Protection Systems (ROPS), glass enclosed cabs,
equipped with seat belts -seat belts, flashing lights and headlights on at all times. ATVs without ROPS,
glass enclosed cabs, equipped with seat belts- Helmet, eye protection, reflective safety belt.
Exceptions to these PPE requirements need to be routed through the DPS Director with appropriate risk
mitigation recommendations.
2) Licensing. DPS will maintain a roster of licensed drivers on the following web site
http://sharepoint/Organizations/CRC/DPS/default.aspx. Departments will maintain their rosters at that
site. Each tenant or CRTC Department will nominate a licensing coordinator that will be granted rights to
update licensed driver roster.
3) ATV use in Cantonment: Primarily intended for use on road network. Stay off sidewalks and grass
areas. Follow all general driving rules. Be aware of turning and lack of turn signal. Utilize appropriate
hand signals for turning.
4) ATV use in the Field Training Area: ATVs will considered non-tactical vehicles. No ATVs will be
allowed past the Range House Gate without first stopping at Range Control and signing for a vehicle
pass. Range Control personnel will monitor the use of ATVs down range, and provide environmental and
safety awareness brief to operators before a pass will be issued.
a) ATVs owned by Military Units will be considered tactical vehicles.
b) Units will supply Range Control a roster of licensed operators and vehicle ID numbers prior
to the ATVs going down range.
c) ATVs are PROHIBITED on Armor Trail.
5) All operators need to remember their relative size compared to other vehicles operating on our road
network and take extra defensive driving measures to protect them.
f. Privately Owned Vehicles (POVs), Rental Vehicles, and ATVs are restricted from the field training
area, except for the following situations:
1) Due to a shortage of unit vehicles, unit personnel may utilize their POV, rental vehicle, GSA, or TMP
vehicle to travel between the Cantonment Area and the ranges. A Vehicle Pass must be obtained from
Range Control prior to accessing the Field Training Area.
2) Woodcutters, anglers, and overnight campers must obtain a Vehicle Pass (one for each vehicle)
from the Range Control Office. Overnight campers will be issued a key for E Gate, when the Range
Control Office will not be staffed overnight, for emergency use.
3) The Operations Officer may grant exceptions to this policy. The Exception to Policy Request must
be submitted NLT 48 hours prior.
7
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
4) All-Terrain Vehicles (ATVs), to include snowmobiles, are prohibited from operation on Camp Ripley
except as authorized by the Operations Officer. Exception is granted for maintenance use by the
Department of Public works at Training Site and use by Department of Natural Resources Conservation
Officers. Written requests for exception will be forwarded through the Camp Ripley Environmental Office
to the Range Officer for activities in the Field Training Area and the Chief of Security in the Cantonment
Area.
5) Fishing is permitted on authorized lakes and the rivers during DAYLIGHT HOURS ONLY.
See the CRTC Regulation Fishing Policy for details. Persons may not enter the field training area prior to
sunrise and must return to the Cantonment Area prior to sunset. Due to military training requiring
blackout drive, headlights are not authorized in the Field Training Area during the hours of darkness.
6) Ice fishing is permitted on authorized lakes, during DAYLIGHT HOURS ONLY. Range
Control and/or CRTC Environmental Staff measures ice depth and follows the MN DNR Minimum
Ice Depth Guidelines before authorizing personnel to be on the Installation Lakes. While icehouses
are permissible, they must be removed each day. No vehicles are authorized to be on the ice of any
lake within the Field Training Area.
g. White Light Usage Policy
NOTE: Range Control reserves the right to make daily changes to this policy, to accommodate
changes to specific unit training requests.
1) MSRs: White light usage is authorized at night. This includes the direct route (Champagne Road,
South Gettysburg Road, and Argonne Road) between Range Control and the A-Complex ranges. See
the map on the next page.
2) All other roads and trails: White light usage is prohibited from use in the Field Training Area during
periods of darkness, with the exception of emergency vehicles involved in emergency situations. Submit
an Exception to Policy Request (see Appendix H) to Range Control NLT 48 hours prior, to request an
exception to this policy from the Range Control Officer.
h. Night Vision Device (NVD) drivers training will be coordinated through Range Control NLT 48 hours
prior. The unit must have a certified and licensed instructor, per AR 600-55.
8
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
9
STATE OF MINNESOTA, DEPARTMENT OF MILITARY AFFAIRS
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO
ANNEX A-Operations
and Training
TO CRTC Regulation
MINNESOTA
ARMY NATIONAL
GUARD
01JAN12
OFFICE OF THE POST COMMANDER
15000 HIGHWAY 115, CAMP RIPLEY
LITTLE FALLS, MINNESOTA 56345-4173
NGMN-CRC-RC
30 August 2011
MEMORANDUM FOR RECORD:
SUBJECT: Field Training Area External Barrier Lock Key issue
1.
I fully understand that the key(s) that have been issued to me are to be used for OFFICIAL BUISINESS ONLY,
during normal duty hours.
2.
I fully understand that Range Control needs to be notified whenever I or my appointed personnel are entering
and exiting the Field Training Area utilizing the prescribed Barrier.
3.
I fully understand that the Barrier will be closed and locked at all times, unless a Gate Guard is utilized.
4.
I fully understand that I need to notify Range Control immediately if I find the prescribed Barrier OPEN at any
time, without my prior knowledge of said Barrier condition.
5.
I fully understand that if I am transferred from my current duty position, I will return the key(s) to Range
Control.
6.
I fully understand all statements within this memorandum and I am responsible for the actions of myself,
and/or the individuals under my supervision, within the Field Training Area
7.
I or my appointed personnel will physically bring the key back to Range Control for turn-in and will receive the
signed key hand receipt back. I fully understand that there is a $50.00 dollar replacement cost of each key if
the key(s) are lost.
8.
Individuals or their appointed personnel understand that non-compliance of this memorandum will result in the
forfeiture of any issued key(s). The individuals or their appointed personnel that are in noncompliance with this
memorandum will be required to enter and exit the Field Training Area through E-gate until the Range Control
OIC/NCOIC orders a reversal of this requirement.
___________________________________
(Signature)
___________________________________
(Printed Name)
___________________________________
(Organization/Unit)
___________________________________
(Phone Number)
10
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
1-9. Use of Field Training Areas
a. The senior NCO of the unit using a training area is required to attend a Range Control Briefing at
Range Control, and complete a RC Form 18 (Training Area Opening/Closing Checklist) for each training
area or bivouac site to be occupied. All units must use these forms.
b. The senior NCO will act as the Point of Contact (POC) for each training area and bivouac site. The
POC will also be responsible for the requesting and return of all Class IV material. The POC, and a
cleaning detail, must be present at the clearance of each training area and bivouac site.
c. Because of area rejuvenation, the Camp Ripley Environmental Section will close some Training
Areas or bivouac sites. Units will not occupy a closed area. Closed areas will be posted.
d. When entering a training area, immediately report existing maneuver damage or litter to Range
Control. Failure to do so will result in the occupying unit being held responsible for the damage and litter.
e. Coordinate the blocking and unblocking of any roads or trails with the TAC or Range Control NLT 48
hours prior to establishing the roadblock.
1-10. Clearance of Training Areas
a. Range Control personnel will inspect all training areas and bivouac sites before the using unit may
clear the post. Ensure the following is accomplished:
1) Conduct a thorough police call of the entire area. Remove all garbage, trash, and other debris from
the field, and dispose of it at the Transfer Station located near Range Control.
2) Fill in all fighting positions and restore the area to its original appearance.
NOTICE - Do not use logs or trash as filler material when filling any fighting position.
3) Fill, mound, and mark all field latrine sites in accordance with FM 21-10. Latrine Closed signs are
available at Range Control. Permanent latrines must be swept out, cleaned, and have all trash removed.
NOTICE - It is prohibited to leave human waste on the surface of the ground.
4) Remove all forms of wire from training areas before clearing.
5) Remove and disassemble position barriers in the training area. Open all roads and trails before
clearing.
b. Prior to departing field training area(s):
1) During AT, contact the Liaison Officer to coordinate with the TAC, or Range Control, to clear and
close the field training areas.
2) During IDT weekend training, contact Range Control.
1-11. Communications
Range Control operates the following means of communications:
a. Primary:
1) SINCGARS: Primary-36.100
2) SINCGARS: Secondary-36.900
3) Motorola Handheld-Channel 1
b. Secondary:
Commercial phone: 320-616-3137/3134
NOTICE: Military units are required to utilize SINCGARS as their Primary form of communication.
An Exception to Policy Request must be submitted by the Unit Commander to Range Control NLT
72-hours prior to range/training area usage. All means of acquiring SINCGARS capability must be
attempted prior to authorizing the use of Motorola radios.
c. Additional Information:
1) All ranges must have two operating means of communication with Range Control at all times.
2) Personal cell phones can only be used as a secondary form of communication, due to cell phone
tower locations being outside the installation boundaries and dead space within the installation.
3) Cell phones must be turned on at all times. A telephone call must be made to Range Control prior
to down range movement and authorizing usage as a secondary form of communication. Another
telephone call to Range Control will be performed after arrival on the range.
11
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
4) Communications with Range Control will be made in the clear. Do not use unit SOI call
signs.
5) SINCGARS and Motorola radios are to be used for radio traffic to and from Range Control only.
They are not to be used for administrative purposes, except for emergency notification situations.
d. Live Fire Ranges:
1) Contact Range Control via the unit’s primary form of communication, upon occupation of, and
departure from, the ranges.
2) Request permission from Range Control to open, close, or change the firing status of the range on
the primary form of communication only.
3) Continuously monitor the primary form of communication.
4) Perform hourly communication checks (every hour, on the hour) while the range is “Open”.
5) Immediately cease-fire if communications with Range Control is lost.
e. Non-firing Ranges:
1) Request permission from Range Control to open and close the range on a primary form of
communication only.
2) Continuously monitor the primary form of communication while the range is “Open”, to be aware of
adverse weather conditions and for medical emergencies.
f. Observation Posts:
1) Request permission from Range Control to open, close, or change the firing status of the range on
the primary form of communication only.
2) Continuously monitor the primary form of communication.
3) Perform hourly communication checks (every hour, on the hour) while performing Call-for-Fire
missions. After the completion of fire missions, the OP will revert to a Non-firing range status.
4) Immediately cease-fire if communications with Range Control is lost.
g. OE 254 Antennas
Thirteen radio antenna masts with OE 254 antenna heads are permanently erected at various locations
throughout the installation to extend radio communications capabilities. Report any operating deficiencies
to Range Control immediately. See list at the end of this page. See Appendix D for location map.
h. Some ranges are equipped with landline. See range descriptions in Appendix A.
Antenna Mast Locations
MAST
NUMBER
Z-1
Z-2
Z-3
Z-4
Z-5
Z-6
Z-7
LOCATION
COORDINATES
Range Control
A-Complex
Training Area 61
Y-4 TTB
Training Area 71
Training Area 69
OP 16
UM95370686
UM91990868
UM95082437
UM95162684
UM88122886
UM86802508
UM90142468
MAST
NUMBER
Z-8
Z-9
Z-10
Z-11
Z-12
Z-13
LOCATION
COORDINATES
OP 15
Training Area 54
Training Area 40
OP 1
Range Control
CLFX AA (TA58)
UM91332287
UM87102204
UM85381612
UM91001464
UM95370686
UM92912305
1-12. Severe Weather
Range Control will disseminate all severe weather watches and warnings on all communication forms.
During inclement weather, the unit commander will decide when to institute protective measures. Range
Control personnel will open all unoccupied downrange classrooms to provide shelter. Range Control
and/or the Automated Tower Operators have the authority to stop all firing due to the approach of an
electrical storm.
1-13. Maps
a. Refer to Camp Ripley and Vicinity Map, single sheet, Series V772S, Edition 2-NIMA, Scale 1:50000
(Stock No. 7643014044017).
b. Units may request customized maps for any Camp Ripley ranges or training areas by calling Range
Control at 320-616-3137/6006, or by e-mailing the request to: bill.laine@us.army.mil or
lee.anderson@us.army.mil
12
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Table 1-1
Officer in Charge (OIC) and Range Safety Officer (RSO)
Minimum Appointment Requirements
OIC1
RSO1
WEAPON SYSTEM
OFF WO NCO OFF WO
Sub-caliber training devices; laser devices;
simulators and trip flares; small arms and
machine guns; and over-water/ice crossing
X
X
E-6
X
X
operations
Rappel Tower (see NOTE below)
X
X
E-7
X
X
2
Chemical agents and smoke
X
X
E-6
X
X
Aerial gunnery and air defense weapons;
flame-throwers; live grenades; grenade
launchers; grenade machine guns; live
X
X
E-7
X
X
mines; demolitions; tanks and fighting
vehicles
Field Artillery3
X
X
E-7
X
X
NCO
E-5
E-5
E-5
E-6
Mortars
X
X
E-6
X
X
Direct fire anti-tank rockets and missiles
Live-fire exercises using organic weapons;
squad through company/battery/troop; Live
Fire Facility
Combined Arms Live-Fire Exercises using
outside support, squad, platoon, company,
battery, troop; or battalion and larger.4
X
X
E-7
X
X
E-6
E-6
(Army)
E-5
(USMC)
E-6
X
X
E-7
X
X
E-6
X
X
E-7
X
X
E-7
NOTE: ROTC Cadets, OCS students, and WOCs are not authorized to perform the duties of OIC
and RSO on any live-fire ranges. Officers and WOs that have not completed OBC/WOBC are not
authorized to be OICs or RSOs on any live-fire ranges.
Rappel Tower OIC/RSO requirements, per TC 21-24, dated 09 JAN 2008:
a. Ground and Wall-side Tower Rappelling: A Fully Qualified Rappel Safety Officer (E-7 or above) may
act as the Rappel Master and range OIC. The Rappel Lane NCO (E-5 or above) will be the range RSO.
b. Helicopter Skid Rappelling: A Fully Qualified Rappel Safety Officer (E-7 or above) will be the range
OIC. A Fully Qualified Rappel Master will be the range RSO.
1 Civilians in the grade of GS-07 or above may act as OIC.
1 Civilians in the grade of GS-05 or above, or equivalent, may act as RSO.
2 OIC and RSO must be Nuclear, Biological, and Chemical (NBC) MOS qualified when conducting NBC
or smoke training.
3 Use of E-7s as OICs is authorized only when approved by the installation commander.
battery executive officer or a platoon leader normally performs the duties of the RSO.
4 OIC will be a field grade officer for battalion or larger CALFEX.
13
Either the
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 2
Ranges
2-1. Restricting Access to Impact Areas
a. Unauthorized persons are prohibited from entering the installation training complex. The installation
Range Control Officer is the approval authority for entry onto the ranges and maneuver areas, and into
any impact area.
b. Unauthorized persons are prohibited from entering impact areas and other areas known, or
suspected, to contain UXO by use of positive controls, to include fencing and UXO hazard warning signs.
c. Personnel who must enter into an impact area will be thoroughly briefed on the hazards of
unexploded ordnance, and accompanied by Range Control personnel.
d. Personnel access to impact areas will be limited to qualified EOD personnel, Range Control staff,
and range maintenance personnel designated by the Range Control Officer.
e. Unauthorized personnel are prohibited from handling UXO and munitions, or removing them from the
training complex. Procedures (for example, amnesty boxes) will be established for turn-in of ammunition
and explosives items by unauthorized personnel.
f. All approaches to ranges and impact areas will be guarded by range guards that are properly
instructed in their duties, or closed off by appropriate barriers, as determined by the Range Control
Officer. When barriers are used, appropriate signage will be posted on them.
2-2. Warning Signs, Barriers, and Markers
a. Barriers are erected to protect personnel from accessing danger areas. Barriers will be used to block
roads, trails, and other possible access points into danger areas. They will remain in place when firing is
in progress. Commanders will take prompt disciplinary action against personnel who breech barriers.
b. Units will display daily Range Bulletins in prominent locations for the benefit of all personnel. These
bulletins depict all off-limits areas.
c. Barrier and Impact Area violations will require the following corrective actions:
1) Immediate cease-fire of affected training areas, ranges, and firing points.
2) Range Control personnel will physically check affected area, and detain any violators until a written
statement is obtained, describing the incident.
3) The Unit Commander will be notified, and must submit a written Incident Report (Appendix C) to the
Post Commander, through the Operations Officer. The Range Control Officer is authorized to establish
additional perimeter or interior guard posts at any time.
4) The Range Control Officer will lift the cease-fire upon receipt of the Incident Reports. The violating
unit's commander must provide a written statement that all personnel are clear of the off-limits areas.
5) MN Statute 609.396. UNAUTHORIZED PRESENCE AT CAMP RIPLEY.
Subdivision 1.Misdemeanor.
A person is guilty of a misdemeanor if the person intentionally and without authorization of the adjutant
general enters or is present on the Camp Ripley Military Reservation.
Subdivision 2.Felony.
A person is guilty of a felony and may be sentenced to not more than five years imprisonment or to
payment of a fine of not more than $10,000, or both, if:
(1) the person intentionally enters or is present in an area at the Camp Ripley Military Reservation that
is posted by order of the adjutant general as restricted for weapon firing or other hazardous military
activity; and
(2) the person knows that doing so creates a risk of death, bodily harm, or serious property damage.
d. The RSO will post interior range guards (as required) at specified ranges/firing points, or at the
direction of the Range Control Officer.
e. A red range flag must be displayed from a prominent point at each range, firing point, and
observation post during firing. No firing will take place unless a red range flag is displayed. All firing will
cease prior to lowering the flag.
f. Red blinking lights must be displayed in addition to the red range flag during the hours of darkness.
Battery operated lanterns are available at Range Control.
14
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
2-3. Range Use by Non-Military/Civilian Agencies
a. Use of ranges and training areas by civilian agencies is authorized.
1) Procedures for requesting use are outlined in the CRTC Post Regulation, available through the
Camp Ripley Operations Office, located in Bldg. 11-1. Telephone number is (320) 616-2708. All leasing
costs and requirements are available in the same document.
2) Civilian agency, or supervisor in charge of training, will appoint in writing an OIC and a RSO for
each range requested. This appointment must specify that the individual is safety certified for the specific
weapon(s) to be used. See Appendix H, Page 2 for sample Safety Certification Memorandum.
3) If a civilian agency has no certifying official, the Completion of a National Rifle Association
Instructor Course or equivalent, is approved for any individual performing the duty of OIC and RSO on
small arms ranges.
(a) The following are equivalent course model programs that are approved by Range Control:
(1) DNR Firearms Instructor Courses
(2) State of MN Firearms Instructor Courses
(3) Police Officer Firearms Instructor Courses
(b) All other equivalent course certification(s) (excluding above-mentioned courses) will be submitted
to Range Control in advance of range use, for review and approval. Equivalent Course POI’s should
have covered at a minimum the following:
(1) Range Operations & Organization
(2) Range Communications
(3) Medical Support and Equipment
(4) Weapon misfire procedures
b. The Operations Officer must approve all civilian access to the field training area.
1) Civilian personnel, such as military family members, and the local populace, must receive
authorization from the Operations Officer to enter the field training area to participate in, or observe
capability exercises, firepower demonstrations, training courses, competitions, or other types of exercises.
Such personnel will remain in designated safe areas as determined by the Range Control Officer.
2) Inspection Team members or other official observers required to be on the firing line, firing position,
or firing area, as an exception to policy, will position themselves in safe areas, as determined by the
Range Control Officer.
3) Civilians, to include family members and DOD civilians, must have approval from the
installation/community Range Control Officer to fire weapons within the installation training complex, per
DA Pamphlet 385-63.
2-4. Special Use Airspace (SUA) R-4301
FAA SUA Order JO 7400.8T, dated 16 FEB 2011, describes the Special Use Airspace boundaries over
Camp Ripley. Minneapolis Air Route Traffic Control Center controls this SUA. This procedure is for fixedwing aircraft only (C-130 Airdrops or VIP flights).
a. All ranges firing weapons LARGER than 5.56mm are required to go into a Check-fire status prior to
aircraft entering the SUA.
NOTICE: Poor weather conditions may cause weapon systems firing 5.56mm and below to go into
a Check-fire status as well.
b. Range Control will place all affected live-fire ranges in a Check-fire status when notified by the Miller
Army Airfield Control Tower.
c. The Check-fire will be lifted AFTER the MAAF Control Tower notifies Range Control that all aircraft
have departed the airspace.
15
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
2-5. Live Fire Range Usage
Per DA Pamphlet 385-63 Range Safety (dated 30JAN12):
Chapter 4
Small Arms
4–1. Firing conditions
a. For the purpose of this pamphlet, small arms are man-portable, individual and crew-served weapon
systems of 30mm or less used primarily against personnel and lightly armored or unarmored equipment.
Small arms SDZ diagrams and tables provided in this chapter are the standard for the proper construction
of small arms direct fire SDZs with or without exploding projectiles.
b. The cone SDZ may be applied when designing or conducting training on static/known distance style
ranges that do not involve fire and movement or fire and maneuver.
c. The batwing SDZ provides for greater containment of all ricochets. It will be applied when designing
or conducting training on ranges that involve fire and movement, fire and maneuver, flanking fire, and/or
when ricochet hazards outside the range boundary may endanger nonparticipating personnel.
NOTE: A-14 Shoothouse, D Range, and F Range will NOT support the usage of the new M855A1
5.56mm Enhanced Performance Round (EPR).
NOTE: A-14 LIVE FIRE FACILITY (SHOOT HOUSE) - USING UNITS MUST HAVE THEIR OWN IBA
WITH SAPPI PLATES, EYE PROTECTION, AND EAR PROTECTION. SAPPI PLATES (BOTH
TRAINING AND COMBAT STYLES) MAY BE HAND-RECEIPTED FROM SUPPLY & SERVICES DIV,
320-616-3128/3130.
NOTICE: PER FM 3-22.9, APPENDIX E, PARAGRAPH E-36 AND CRTC RANGE CONTROL,
SAFETY PADDLES AND/OR VEHICLE FLAG SETS AND LIGHTS ARE REQUIRED RANGE
OPERATIONS SAFETY EQUIPMENT
Several items must be completed prior to arriving at Camp Ripley for live fire range usage (See PreRange Operation Checklist, Appendix H). At a minimum, the following must be accomplished to use a
live fire range:
a. Unit requests range IAW paragraph 1-7 of this Regulation.
b. Individuals are appointed to positions to provide safe range operation. Paragraphs 1-3 and 1-4 define
responsibilities of appointed personnel, and guidelines for certification.
c. Weapon Safety Certification Memorandums are provided, in writing, to Range Control.
d. Range OICs and RSOs MUST attend a Range Control Safety Briefing, and sign the Range Safety
Briefing Agreement prior to the start of range operations. The range OIC and RSO have assigned
enough ARSOs to run the range efficiently (See Chapter 1, Paragraph 1-3.j. Assistant Range Safety
Officers).
e. The range OIC or RSO must check in with Range Control, prior to departing to the requested range,
to ensure no changes have been made to scheduled range times. At this time, a Range Packet, red
range flag, and any additional items needed for range operations will be hand-receipted out to the unit.
f. Upon arriving on the range, establish communication with Range Control, and complete
communication requirements as stated in paragraph 1-11. Also, inspect the range for serviceability and
cleanliness. If deficiencies are found, notify Range Control immediately.
NOTICE - If one form of communication with Range Control is lost, immediately CHECK-FIRE the
range until full communication capabilities are restored. If both forms of communication are lost,
immediately CEASE-FIRE the range until full communication capabilities are restored.
g. See Appendix I for range specific medical support requirements. Medical support personnel
must have an aid bag or equivalent, litter, and a dedicated medical evacuation vehicle with litter carrying
capability on each range or firing point. This medical aid person and vehicle are not to be utilized for any
additional duties (they are authorized to perform the hourly commo checks for the OIC). Military Aid Bag
must be stocked per unit MTOE List/Supply Catalog. Medical vehicle must have an operating radio with
communication capabilities to Range Control, and a Camp Ripley map.
h. When the dedicated medical aid person or vehicle leaves the range for any reason, the range must
request a “Check-fire” status from Range Control until the Medic returns, or a replacement is on site.
16
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
i. The OIC requests permission to open the range utilizing the Range Opening/Closing Checklist.
j. Range Control determines if all information is correct on the Checklist, and grants permission to open
the range.
k. After the firing range is open, the OIC or a designated representative will monitor the radio at all times
during range operations, and make hourly (on the hour) communication checks with Range Control.
NOTE: Observation Points (OPs) are required to continuously monitor their primary form of
communication and perform hourly (on the hour) communication checks with Range Control
while Artillery and Mortar Firing Positions are in the “Open” status.
l. Unit ensures all safety measures are adhered to.
1) If an unsafe condition is observed on a range, the person observing the condition will immediately
command "CEASE FIRE", and the OIC will report the incident to Range Control.
2) If an aircraft flies over a firing range, the observer commands "Cease Fire". The OIC will report the
incident to Range Control, and resume firing when the aircraft has departed the area (see pg. 15,
paragraph 2-4 for additional guidelines).
m. When firing is completed, the OIC requests permission to close the range utilizing the Range
Opening/Closing Checklist.
n. Unit completes police call and schedules an appointment with Range Control for clearance of the
range.
o. Unit representative departs range after being cleared by Range Control.
p. There are seventeen designated helicopter-landing pads (Improved Landing Areas) throughout
Camp Ripley. The areas are cleared for winter use, and are off limits to all vehicle maneuvers. All
medical aid personnel must know the location of the closest Improved Landing Area to the range they are
supporting. See Appendix E for map.
PAD NO.
X-1
X-2
X-2A
X-3
X-4
X-5
X-5A
X-6
X-6A
LOCATION
MUTF/TMC
Training Area 13
A-Complex
Training Area 28
Training Area 34
Training Area 58
Training Area 64
Training Area 68
Training Area 72
COORDINATES
UM 956054
UM 935090
UM 922084
UM 937125
UM 924177
UM 929229
UM 958273
UM 882251
UM 884290
PAD NO.
X-7
X-8
X-9
X-10
X-10A
X-11
X-12
X-12A
LOCATION
Training Area 55
Training Area 40
Training Area 40
Training Area 38
East Range
Training Area 3
Training Area 1
Range Control
COORDINATES
UM 875221
UM 855164
UM 869136
UM 890135
UM 902125
UM 898061
UM 941057
UM 954066
2-6. Non-Live Fire Ranges
a. Units will consult Range Control for copies of range specific Standard Operating Procedures (SOP),
and the exact requirements for each Non-Live Fire range.
1) A-5, CACTF, CTF, OLD RNG HOUSE (when using simunitions), A-7, and C Ranges require an
OIC and RSO listed on the unit’s Safety Certification Memorandum (see Table 1-1, page 13 for
grade/rank requirements).
2) A-5, CACTF, CTF, and OLD RNG HOUSE require a red range flag when firing simunitions,
and will perform hourly communication checks with Range Control.
(a) See Appendix I for range specific medical support requirements.
(b) The medical aid personnel on A-6 and A-7 must also have a backboard and “C” collar on site.
17
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
b. The following ranges are classified as Non-Live Fire:
A-5 MOUT Site
A-6 Confidence Obstacle Site
A-7 Rappel Tower
A-10 Hand Grenade Qualification Course
A-11 Land Navigation Course
A-13 Litter Obstacle Course
A-15 Field Leader Reaction Course
B-2 Shoothouse (MOUT Building)
B-3 Land Navigation Course
B-4 Mounted Land Navigation Course
B-5 Land Navigation Course
B-6 Engineer Dig Site
B-7 Land Navigation Course
B-8 Tactical Mine Lane
BENNET HILL Ski/Tubing Hill
C-1 IED Lane
CACTF Combined Arms Collective Training Facility
CTF Collective Training Facility (MOUT)
DT-1 Driver Training Course 1
DT-2 Driver Training Course 2
DT-3 Driver Training Course 3
F Combat Outpost
FARP Forward Arming/Re-Fueling Point
IED-D IED-Defeat Lane
NRG ECP Trainer
OLD RNG HOUSE
OPs (Manual Call for Fire ONLY)
R Recovery Range
SCALED RANGE (TA05)
W-1 Ferrell Lake Pontoon Bridge Site
W-2 Mississippi River Ribbon Bridge Site
Y-1 POW Camp
Y-2 East and Y-2 West Tactical Training Base
Y-3 Tactical Training Base (TEMPORARY)
Y-4 Tactical Training Base
Water Points (Purification, Shower, etc.)
c. The range POC must have a current Range Control Briefing Agreement on file. The range POC must
check in with Range Control, prior to arriving on the requested range, to ensure that no changes have
been made to the scheduled range times. At this time a Range Packet, which contains specific
information about the range, will be hand receipted to the POC.
d. Upon arriving on the range, establish communications with Range Control, and complete
communication requirements as stated in paragraph 1-11. Also, inspect the range for any prior damage
made to the range.
e. Non-Live Fire ranges are not required to perform hourly communication checks, but they must
maintain constant communication with Range Control, in case of medical emergencies or severe weather
alerts.
f. The POC requests permission to open the range utilizing the Range Opening/Closing Checklist.
g. When training and a police call have been completed, the POC will contact Range Control to request
closing the range, utilizing the Opening/Closing Checklist.
h. At this time, a range clearance will be scheduled. The POC and a small cleaning detail will remain
on the range until Range Control personnel inspect the range.
i. The unit personnel may depart the range after being cleared by Range Control.
2-7. Rappel Tower
CRTC Rappel Safety Personnel terminology:
Rappel Safety Officer=Range OIC
Rappel Lane NCO=Range RSO
Rappel Master (Only required while performing Helicopter Skid or Australian-Style Rappels)
Military units will consult TC 21-24 in preparation of and during conduct of rappelling. Units may conduct
ground training, East wall side and West ledge side tower rappelling without a Rappel Master. In this
case, the Unit Commander will be responsible for the safety of the rappelling training. Military units must
utilize Camp Ripley Range Control rappelling equipment. Civilian agencies will use their own equipment,
and follow their own training guidelines.
a. The Rappel Master, Rappel Safety Officer, and Rappel Lane NCO must be listed on a Safety
Certification Memorandum.
b. The Rappel Master, Rappel Safety Officer, and Rappel Lane NCO must attend a Range Control
Safety Briefing prior to tower operations.
c. Medical support personnel must have attended the Range Control Briefing prior to supporting tower
operations.
18
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
d. Rappel Safety Officer must have a Composite Risk Management Worksheet filled out and on the
range while the range is in use, and update the Worksheet as necessary, per AR 385-10 and FM 5-19.
e. The following personnel must be on the range during tower operations:
1) Rappel Master (only while using the Helicopter Skid)
2) Rappel Safety Officer
3) Rappel Lane NCO (one per Rappel Lane)
4) Belayer Safety (one for every 2 lanes)
5) Belayer (one for every rope)
6) MOS qualified Medic or EMT. See Appendix I.
f. When conducting advanced rappelling techniques or operations utilizing the helicopter skid, or while
performing Australian Style Rappelling, Rappel Safety personnel must meet the qualifications outlined in
TC 21-24, wherein the Rappel Safety Officer and Rappel Lane NCO have been certified by a Rappel
Master within the last 6 months.
Rappel Master requirements:
1) Must be an E-7 or above.
2) Must have completed a TRADOC approved Rappel Master Course.
3) Recertification MUST be current.
4) Must be Air Assault or Ranger qualified.
5) Has overall responsibility for the safe conduct of tower operations.
Rappel Safety Officer (CRTC OIC) requirements:
1) Must be an E-7 or above.
2) Must be Air Assault or Ranger qualified.
3) Has overall responsibility for the safe conduct of tower operations.
Rappel Lane NCO (CRTC RSO) requirements:
1) Must be a Sergeant (E-5) or above.
2) Is selected by the company commander.
Belayer Safety requirements:
1) Ensures belayers are performing their duties properly.
Belayer duties:
1) Ensures that the rappel ropes are even with the ground.
2) Does not wear gloves.
3) Watches the rappeller at all times. Maintains constant voice contact with the rappeller.
4) Wears a Kevlar helmet to prevent injury from falling debris.
Medical support personnel:
1) Must have a COMPLETE Aid Bag.
2) Must have a litter.
3) Must have a medical evacuation vehicle with an operational radio and Camp Ripley Map.
4) Ensure that the Backboard and “C” Collar are in the storage box on the tower.
5) Must know the location of the nearest heli-pad.
6) Must know the Camp Ripley Medical Response Procedures.
2-8. Water/Ice-Crossing Training Sites
a. General
1) Safety requirements for water/ice-crossing training are similar to range firing, with the exception that
a range flag is not required.
(a) Request permission from Range Control to open and close the range on a primary form of
communication only.
(b) Continuously monitor the primary form of communication while the range is “Open”, to be aware
of adverse weather conditions and medical emergencies.
(c) The site must have a medical aid person, aid bag, litter, litter capable vehicle with operating radio,
and a Camp Ripley map.
2) The following procedures outline the minimum requirements for safety during over-water/ice training
exercises.
(a) Submit a written Operations Plan and Composite Risk Management Worksheet (DA Form 7566)
to Range Control, NLT 90 days prior.
(b) The OIC and RSO must be safety certified by the Battalion Commander (O-4P or above) for overwater/ice operations.
19
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
3) The OIC and RSO will attend a Range Safety Briefing at Range Control prior to training.
4) Ensure all over-water/ice OPLANs include adequate safety and accident prevention measures, and
rescue procedures to perform water training safely.
b. River Operations
1) Commanders of units participating in river/lake/ice operations will ensure unit SOPs address all
aspects of safety for equipment and facilities being used.
2) Commanders of units will ensure all applicable TCs and ARs are used in the development of their
SOP, specifically:
1. TC 21-21 Army Water Survival Training
2. AR 385-10 The Army Safety Program
a. Tactical Water Safety Operations, Chapter 13, Paragraph 8, Page 62
b. Water Operations, Chapter 22, Paragraph 2, Page 79
c. Wheeled/Tracked Vehicle Water/Ice-Crossing Operations
1) Units will follow guidelines and SOP IAW FM 3-34.343.
2) Commanders will ensure unit SOPs address all safety aspects of equipment and facilities in use.
3) All personnel aboard each vehicle crossing the water will have approved life vests.
4) Crossing vehicles must have a functioning inter-communications system and maintain continuous
contact with the RSO.
5) Wheeled and/or tracked vehicles will NOT be on the ice of any lake within the Field Training Area,
unless they are part of a military Ice-Crossing training exercise.
2-9. Less-Lethal Weapons
a. Purpose
This outline provides a base plan for range operations and range safety from which commanders can
design safe realistic training that meets the needs of their subordinate units for conducting Less-Lethal
Weapons Training.
b. Less-Lethal Weapons Concept of Training
1) To train units from the individual level up to the commands level on the usage and employment of
Less-Lethal technology both in civil disturbance and combat operations.
2) This training is based on doctrine, tactics, techniques, and procedures. It does not replace a
commander’s lethal capability. The use of Less-Lethal adds to the number of options a commander can
use. It gives a course of action when the use of lethal force may not be the best call for the situation.
c. Safety Considerations
1) Less-Lethal Weapons are non-lethal by design and intent only. Failure to adhere to the
Minimum Safe Distance (MSD) will result in serious bodily injury or DEATH!
2) All troops on the firing line must wear eye & ear protection, as well as helmet and IBA.
3) Lethal ammo and Less-Lethal ammo will be stored separately.
4) Never point a laser (Class 2 or Higher) at anyone’s face for more than 5 seconds.
5) Troops training with EMDs (X26 & X26E Taser) are not authorized to take a live stun from an EMD.
It is prohibited to use on US soldiers by the Dept. of the Army.
6) OC spray training must be done by strict DOD standard using an INIWIC instructor. OC spray
training will not be done inside of a building or enclosed structure.
7) The LRAD must be approved through Range Control NLT 90 days prior to use.
20
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
d. Authorized Weapons
Authorized Weapons
M320
FN 303 Cal.
Ammunition
40mm NLWM
.68 Cal.
projectile
VADs
Wave Technology
Light Technology
Acoustic Technology
X 26/X26 E (EMD)
OC Spray
Shot Gun 12 ga
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Air Cartridge
inert / live
12 GA.
NLWM
40mm
M5 MCCM
60 mm
Multi Launchers
VMS
M315
# of Rounds
Per training requirements
Per training requirements (The use of
the Cal. permanent paint and OC round
are prohibited)
N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A
Per training requirements
Per training requirements
Per training requirements
Per training requirements
Per training requirements
Per training requirements
e. Authorized Munitions
Less-Lethal Munitions
12 GA. Beanbag (USMC) AA29
Minimum
Safe Distance
30m
12 GA. M1021 Fin Stabilized (ARMY)
AA51
12 GA. Fin Stabilized (USMC) AA31
10m
12 GA. M1013 Crowd Dispersal
(ARMY) AA52
40mm M1029 Crowd Dispersal
(Army) BA13
40mm Rubber Ball (USMC) BA08
10m
40mm Foam Baton (USMC) BA07
10m
40mm M1006 Sponge Grenade
(Army) BA06
Rubber Ball Grenade (USMC) GG04
10m
M5 MCCM (Army) WA97
12 GA. Launching Cartridge
M84 Stun Grenade (Army) GG09
(M315 Munitions)
CS-L96A1, M98 Flash Bang, M99
Non-Lethal Blunt Trauma
5m
N/A
N/A
50m
15m
10m
10m
4m
Engagement Ranges
Point=30m
Area=50m
Point=10-20m
Point=15-30m
Area=Beyond 30m
Point=10-20m
Area=Beyond 30m
Point=10-30m
Area=Beyond 30m
Point=10m
Area=10-50m
Point=10m
Area=10-30m
Point=10-50m
Area=Beyond 50m
Effective blast range=2-3m
Effective range=15-20m / 50-70m with
launching cup
Area = 5-15m
N/A
N/A
Area=50-100m
f. Range Usage
Any Established Range may be utilized for Non-Lethal weapons training and qualification IAW the Camp
Ripley Range Operations Appendix. Non-established ranges may be used to conduct less-lethal
weapons training when applicable. Using unit must turn in a target matrix and training plan to Range
Control NLT 90 days prior of the use of a non-established range.
g. References are as follows: AR 385-63, FM 100-1, FM 7.0, FM 7.1, FM 25.4, MCRP 3-0A, MCRP 30B, FM 3-19.15, FM 90-40, FM 3-07.22, MCI 7400, FN 303 OPERATORS MANUAL, M2 (VLAD) TM 54240-536-10, and M1 (PVAD) TM 9-6350-382-12.
21
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
2-10. C1 DIVIL_IED and IED Lane_IED (located in TA64)
a. C1 DIVIL_IED is the location of the Dismounted Improvised Explosive Device Visual Indicator Lane.
This range supports Counter IEDTraining with the ability to see the most current types of IEDs found on
the battlefield today. This range is for DISMOUNTED Troops ONLY. The range is co-located with the
C (NBC) Range on South Gettysburg Road (UM 927080).
b. The IED-D Lane_IED is capable of providing training on how to detect, locate and circumvent IED’s
and other battlefield threats placed on a battlefield by simulating these threats in a realistic training event
in all weather conditions. The range is located west of East Boundary Road on Wonsan Road, 16 Miles
from Range Control in TA-64 (UM 955272).
1. IED-Defeat Lane consists of the following:
a) a pedestrian bridge (vehicles are not allowed to drive over it)
b) two 3-story buildings
c) two U-shaped, semi-enclosed compounds, 1-story, 6 connexes
d) one U-shaped complex, 1-story, 3 connexes
e) one T-shaped complex, 1-story, 2 connexes
f) one L-shaped complex, 1-story, 2 connexes
g) six 1-story single connexes
c. The make-up of the buildings may change from time to time as training scenarios and threats change.
d. IED-Defeat training can be conducted any where down range on. However, dependent upon
OPTEMPO and Field Training Area usage, an Exception to Policy may need to be submitted to Range
Control requesting usage on an MSR.
e. The Counter Improvised Explosive Device-Defeat Integration Cell (CI2C) personnel are available to
assist in setting up the any of the IED-D training lanes IAW the using unit training plan. To schedule use
of the CI2C personnel contact 320-632-7075.
f. For use of these ranges, the unit must submit an ATS Form 23 to the Camp Ripley Operations
Office, or direct request in RFMSS, NLT 90 days prior to range usage.
g. The ranges only require a POC to open the range with Range Control. The POC will attend a Range
Control Briefing before utilizing the range.
h. The Range POC must report to Range Control to hand-receipt a Range Packet, which contains
specific information about the range.
i. Upon arriving on the range, the using unit will establish communications with Range Control, and
complete all Non-Firing Range Opening/Closing requirements. The unit will inspect the range for any
prior damage made to the range, and report any discrepancies to Range Control.
j. Ensure medical support requirements are met IAW with Range Control SOP.
k. The Unit must give Range Control the location of all IED simulators that are NOT located within the
bondaries of the IED Lane_IED, prior to range operations.
2-11. References
a. FM 3-90.119 w/Change 1 CAB IED-D Operations
b. FM 4-01.502 Army Watercraft Safety
c. TC 7-9 Infantry Live-Fire Training
d. FM 23-10 Sniper Training
22
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
X
X
X
M240B
FAM
X
M24
X
REC
X
M110
X
REC
X
FAM
X
REC
X
REC
X
M2
M107
X
PISTOL
A-3
A-4
A-9
A-12
X
REFLEX
M4/M16
X
N-S
M249
X
N-S
FAM
X
FAM
X
X
REC
X
M24
X
FAM
X
M107
X
FAM
X
M110
X
FAM
X
PISTOL
FAM
X
SHOTGUN
FAM
X
X
REC
X
M4/M16
M4/M16
X
X
M24
X
FAM
X
M107
X
FAM
X
M110
X
FAM
X
REC
X
PISTOL
ALT-C
X
REFLEX
SHOTGUN
FAM
X
REFLEX
ALT-C
X
M320 (TP)
M4/M16
X
X
M249
A-14
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
PISTOL
X
REFLEX
SHOTGUN
SHOTGUN
X
LFX
FAM
NBC QUAL
X
NIGHT FIRE QUAL
REFLEX
REC
X
M249
A-2
REFLEXIVE (REFLEX)/
NON-STANDARD (N-S)
KNOWN DISTANCE
REFLEX
X
M4/M16
A-1
10 METER TRANSITION
RECORD (REC)/
FAM FIRE (FAM)
X
FAM
AUTOMATED
FAM
ZERO
PISTOL
SHOTGUN
WEAPON
RANGE
LIVE-FIRE RANGE CAPABILITIES
REFLEX
X
REFLEX
PISTOL
X
X
SHOTGUN
X
X
M4/M16
X
X
M249
X
X
M24
X
X
23
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
ALT-C
X
M249
X
FAM
X
X
M240B
X
FAM
X
X
M2
X
FAM
X
X
ALT-C
X
REFLEX
X
REFLEX
SHOTGUN
LFX
REFLEX
X
NBC QUAL
REFLEX
X
NIGHT FIRE QUAL
X
M4/M16
PISTOL
B-2
REFLEXIVE (REFLEX)/
NON-STANDARD (N-S)
ALT-C
SHOTGUN
B-1
10 METER TRANSITION
KNOWN DISTANCE
PISTOL
RECORD (REC)/
FAM FIRE (FAM)
AUTOMATED
ZERO
WEAPON
RANGE
LIVE-FIRE RANGE CAPABILITIES
REFLEX
M4/M16
X
ALT-C
X
M249
X
FAM
X
X
M240B
X
FAM
X
X
M2
X
FAM
X
X
REFLEX
REFLEX
REFLEX
MICLIC
BREACH
CENTER
(CRG)
CLFX
CRACK
HOUSE
D
C4
X
SHOTGUN
X
M2
X
X
BOTH
X
X
X
X
M249
X
X
BOTH
X
X
X
X
M240B
X
X
BOTH
X
X
X
X
M4/M16
X
X
M320 (TP)
X
X
M249
X
X
M240B
X
X
M2
X
X
MK-19
X
X
PISTOL
X
X
SHOTGUN
X
X
M4/M16
X
X
M249
X
X
M240B
X
X
M24
X
X
M110
X
X
M2
X
X
M107
X
X
PISTOL
ALT-C
X
REFLEX
SHOTGUN
FAM
X
REFLEX
ALT-C
X
REFLEX
M4/M16
X
24
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
LFX
NBC QUAL
NIGHT FIRE QUAL
REFLEXIVE (REFLEX)/
NON-STANDARD (N-S)
10 METER TRANSITION
KNOWN DISTANCE
RECORD (REC)/
FAM FIRE (FAM)
AUTOMATED
ZERO
WEAPON
RANGE
LIVE-FIRE RANGE CAPABILITES
DISMOUNTED WEAPONS IN SUPPORT OF CALFEX
EAST (ERG)
M4/M16
X
M320 (TP)
X
FAM
X
M249
X
FAM
X
X
M240B
X
FAM
X
X
M24
X
M110
X
M2
X
M107
X
X
X
X
FAM
X
X
X
MOUNTED WEAPONS
AERIAL
X
X
X
X
X
BFV
X
X
X
X
X
TANK
X
X
X
X
X
HMMWV
X
X
X
X
X
TOW (INERT)
.22 CAL.
F
F&M-2
(FIRE &
MOVEMENT)
X
REC
PISTOL
FAM
X
ALT-C
PISTOL
X
REFLEX
X
SHOTGUN
X
REFLEX
X
MP-5
X
REFLEX
X
M4/M16
X
REFLEX
X
PISTOL
X
REFLEX
X
SHOTGUN
X
REFLEX
X
MP-5
X
REFLEX
X
HAND
GRENADE
(HGR)
IPBC
BIATH
ALT-C
SHOTGUN
M4/M16
F&M-1
(FIRE &
MOVEMENT)
FAM
FAM
M249
X
N-S
X
M240B
X
N-S
X
M2
X
N-S
X
M320 (TP)
X
N-S
X
N-S
X
MK-19 (TP-T)
M24
X
N-S
X
M107
X
N-S
X
M110
X
N-S
X
N-S
X
BFV
25
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
M320 (TP)
K
M
X
FAM
X
M240B
X
FAM
X
M2
X
FAM
X
MK-19 (TP-T)
FAM
AT-4 (HE)
FAM
BFV
(Stationary)
FAM
TANK
(Stationary)
FAM
NORTH
(NRG)
LFX
MORTARS
X
ARTILLERY
(Direct Lay
ONLY)
X
M320 (TP)
FAM
MK-19
FAM
AT4
FAM
TOW
FAM
DRAGON
FAM
JAVELIN
FAM
X
DEMO
DEMO
PISTOLS
ALT-C
REFLEX
SHOTGUNS
FAM
REFLEX
ALT-C
REFLEX
M4/M16
X
MORTAR
SRTR
MK-19
NBC QUAL
FAM
M249
MORTARS
L
NIGHT FIRE QUAL
REFLEXIVE (REFLEX)/
NON-STANDARD (N-S)
10 METER TRANSITION
KNOWN DISTANCE
FAM
M320 (HE)
J
RECORD (REC)/
FAM FIRE (FAM)
AUTOMATED
ZERO
WEAPON
RANGE
LIVE-FIRE RANGE CAPABILITES
X
M320 (TP)
X
X
MK-19 (TP-T)
X
X
X
PISTOLS
FAM
REFLEX
SHOTGUNS
FAM
REFLEX
M4/M16
X
M249
X
X
X
X
M240B
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
M2
M24
X
X
X
M107
X
X
X
M110
X
X
X
X
BT IV
BFV
REFLEX
X
26
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
OP-7
OP-23
SEAL
CABIN
UAC
URBAN
ASSAULT
COURSE
MK-19
(HE)
FAM
AT-4 (HE)
FAM
M240B
FAM
M249
FAM
MK-19
(HE)
FAM
AT-4 (HE)
FAM
SHOTGUN
N-S
PISTOLS
N-S
M4/M16
N-S
M249
N-S
M240B
N-S
M2
N-S
M24
N-S
M107
N-S
M110
N-S
M4/M16
X
N-S
M320
X
N-S
27
LFX
NBC QUAL
NIGHT FIRE QUAL
REFLEXIVE (REFLEX)/
NON-STANDARD (N-S)
10 METER TRANSITION
KNOWN DISTANCE
RECORD (REC)/
FAM FIRE (FAM)
AUTOMATED
ZERO
WEAPON
RANGE
LIVE-FIRE RANGE CAPABILITES
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 3
Ammunition
3-1. Smoking
Smoking is prohibited at firing pads, ready storage sites, and assembly sites. "No Smoking” signs will be
prominently displayed. Smoking is also prohibited on any vehicle used to transport propellants or
explosives. The possession of matches or any other flame-producing device while working with, or
transporting, propellants or explosives is not allowed, except as required for a particular operation.
3-2. Positioning and Issuing Ammunition and Explosives
a. Ammunition, explosives, and pyrotechnics will be positioned to minimize the potential for ignition from
external sources, explosion, rapid burning, or sympathetic detonation, and will be located and stored IAW
DA Pam 385-63 Range Safety and DA Pam 385-64 Ammunition and Explosives Safety Standards.
NOTICE - Safeguarding, handling, and protection of ammunition and explosives against the
elements is a unit responsibility.
b. The following conditions must be followed with any ammunition that is stored on the ranges:
1) Two Fire Extinguishers, fully charged, and within their expiration date. (Type 10BC, per the
CRTC LOG Support Procedures SOP, and DA PAM 385-64)
2) Placed on pallets.
3) Placed in a dry place.
4) Must be covered by a tarpaulin to protect from sparks, direct sunlight, and weather.
5) Ammunition will not be stored within 1250 feet/381 meters of the field training area boundary, IAW
DA PAM 385-64, Table 5-1.
6) Proper placard displayed.
7) “No Smoking Within 50 Feet” signs must be posted.
8) The site must always be guarded.
9) Technical Bulletin 43-0250, dated 03 DEC 2007, and any Safety of Use Messages (SUOMs) or
Ammunition Information Notices (AINs) for ammunition being fired.
c. Distribution of ammunition to personnel will occur only in areas designated for that purpose, for
example, ammunition breakdown buildings, ready lines, firing lines, attack positions, assembly areas, or
defilade positions. Blank and live-fire ammunition will not be stored in, or issued from, the same building,
at the same time.
d. Fuel and ammunition re-supply operations and points will be located a minimum of 300 meters apart.
e. Limit the unpacking of ammunition at the breakdown building, ammunition transfer point, or firing line
to the minimum number of rounds needed for efficient firing of the exercise. Packaging material,
propelling increments and fuzes will be retained until firing is complete. Units will not burn wooden
containers, or indiscriminately fire or dispose of ammunition to preclude its return to a storage facility.
f. All ammunition unpacked for firing, but not fired, will be repackaged into its original packing
configuration prior to return to the Ammunition Supply Point, Bldg. 24-199, (320) 616-3167/3169.
g. Ammunition that is easily degraded by short-term exposure to moisture, such as propelling charges,
pyrotechnic signals, and simulators, will be unpacked only for the minimum amount of time consistent with
mission requirements.
h. Small arms ammunition and pyrotechnics may be stored in the Cantonment Area if sufficient safety
and security measures are taken, in accordance with Army Regulation 190-11 Physical Security of Arms,
Ammunition, and Explosives. Any other ammunition will not be stored within the Cantonment Area.
Storage requirements may be coordinated with the Camp Ripley Ammunition Office.
i. All ammunition, explosives, and pyrotechnics must be transported in accordance with 49 CFR.
1) All personnel transporting ammunition, explosives, and pyrotechnics must have completed the
Hazardous Material Transportation Course.
2) All vehicles must have proper placards while transporting ammunition, explosives, and
pyrotechnics.
j. All units operating an Ammunition Transfer Point (ATP) will conduct operations IAW DA PAM 385-64.
28
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
3-3. Qualification and Restriction of Ammunition and Explosives
a. The use of nonstandard ammunition and explosive items is strictly prohibited.
b. Field expedient explosive devices as prescribed by applicable FMs and TMs are authorized for use,
contingent on the approval of the Range Control Officer. A risk management assessment and an item
specific SOP must be submitted before approval will be granted.
c. Do not use live ammunition, and items that contain explosives or propellants, as training aids for
classroom instruction.
d. Unit ammunition personnel will be familiar with inherent hazards of specific types of ammunition,
proper identification markings, and color codes.
e. Certified ammunition must be used for exercises that require overhead fire of unprotected troops
(that is, certified propellant, projectile, and fuze). List of certified ammunition is available at the
Ammunition Supply Point, Bldg. 24-199, (320) 616-3167/3169.
f. Only approved munitions listed in the Munition History Program at
https://mhp.redstone.army.mil/source/MHPAppendixB.aspx will be fired on Camp Ripley.
g. Ammunition determined to be defective will not be fired. It will be reported to the Ammunition Officer
or Quality Assurance Specialist-Ammunition Surveillance (QASAS) immediately. Examples of defective
ammunition are:
1) Fuzes or fuzed rounds that are inadequately tightened, insecurely staked, or are missing safety
devices.
2) Safe and arming mechanisms, if so equipped, are in the “armed” position.
3) Ammunition showing deterioration.
4) Ammunition showing evidence of defects in material or assembly.
5) Ammunition that has been dropped, and there is visible damage.
h. Ammunition and unopened ammunition packaging which shows evidence of tampering will not be
issued until it is cleared by the QASAS or ASP Officer.
3-4. Suspension of Ammunition and Explosives Involved in Malfunctions
a. When any round or item of ammunition, explosives, or their components malfunctions, the firing unit
will notify Range Control immediately. Range Control will then notify the Ammunition Officer or the
QASAS. The OIC and RSO will suspend the use of the lot in question.
b. The Camp Ripley Ammunition Manager will substantiate, or withdraw, the suspension, per AR 75-1.
c. Any suspended ammunition will not be fired in training.
d. Firing of any “restricted” ammunition will be conducted only in accordance with the restriction
requirements.
3-5. Misfire Procedures Reporting
NOTICE - Misfire is failure of a round to fire.
a. Misfire procedures in Technical Manuals (TMs) for the appropriate weapon system will be
followed. In the event Misfires present an immediate hazard to personnel, IMMEDIATELY report the
type of round, the location, unit, and give the point-of-contact information of the individual having
knowledge of the Misfire to Range Control.
b. When dud and misfire rates equal or exceed the rates given in Appendix B of AR 75-1, the affected
lot(s) will be recorded as a malfunction, and reported to the Ammunition Supply Point immediately.
c. A Misfire of any serial numbered munition MUST be reported to Range Control and the ASP
immediately.
29
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
3-6. Unexploded Ordnance (UXO) Reporting
NOTICE – UXO (Duds) are munitions which have been fired or projected, and are armed, but have
failed to function.
The range OIC will report all UXO (dud) ammunition to Range Control. In the case of grenades or other
munitions that may be immediately hazardous to personnel, firing will be halted and the range will be
closed until qualified EOD personnel clear the dud. In all other cases, firing will not be halted. Notify
Range Control to fill out a Dud Report. Units must also remember to enter Dud information into
TAMIS.
a. Leave all duds untouched and in place, to include rounds observed striking the impact area, but fail
to detonate.
b. If found outside of impact area, mark the area.
c. Route traffic a safe distance around them, and report to Range Control immediately. The report must
include the following information:
1) Type and size of dud.
2) Location by grid coordinate with other descriptions to pinpoint dud. Prepare a map overlay
indicating location of dud, and submit to Range Control, upon request.
3) Name, Rank, and Unit of individual reporting the dud.
3-7. Disposition of Ammunition and Explosives Involved in Malfunctions and Accidents
a. Materiel involved in malfunctions or accidents and any evidence, such as components or fragments
of the weapon system, ammunition, missile, or rocket will be carefully preserved in the position and
location it occupied at the time of the accident. If the material has been involved in a Class A or B
accident, it will remain in place until disposition is directed by the Investigating Officer, unless immediate
hazard to life or property are present.
1) Class A Accident
(a) Property damage is $1,000,000.00 or more, and/or
(b) Is an aircraft or missile destroyed, abandoned, or missing, and/or
(c) Is there an injury and/or occupational illness resulting in a sudden death fatality or permanent total
disability?
2) Class B Accident
(a) Is property damage > $200,000.00 but < $1,000,000.00, and
(b) Is there an injury and/or occupational illness resulting in a permanent partial disability, or were
three (3) or more personnel hospitalized as a result of a single occurrence?
b. Damaged or malfunctioned guided missiles and rockets will be reported IAW AR 75-1, and handled
per the applicable TM.
3-8. Ammunition Turn-in Procedures
a. All ammunition will be returned to the ASP with 100% accountability IAW DA Pam 710-2-1,
Appendices J and K; and the Camp Ripley ASP SOP (Post Regulation, Annex B, Appendix 1).
b. All munitions and pyrotechnics will be sorted by type and lot number.
c. Ammunition by-products, such as canisters from expended containers, hand held flares, etc., will be
returned to the ASP.
d. Usable returned munitions and pyrotechnics will not be mixed with misfires. See paragraph 3-4 for
misfires.
NOTE: Small arms residue MUST be returned to the ASP in this manner:
a. Expended cartridge cases will be inspected for live rounds, and will be free of dirt, rocks, grass, and
any litter. They must be segregated by type and placed in wooden ammunition wire-bound boxes, or the
commercially packaged cardboard ammunition boxes, prior to turn-in. Metal cans will be returned empty.
One hundred percent (100%) accountability is required for all ammunition and residue.
b. Care must be exercised to maintain packing material in a serviceable condition.
c. All residue will be inspected by a representative of the ASP.
d. TURN-INS THAT DO NOT COMPLY WITH THE ABOVE CONDITIONS WILL BE REJECTED, AND
DEFICIENCIES WILL BE CORRECTED BEFORE BEING ACCEPTED BY THE ASP.
e. Corrective action WILL be accomplished by the unit prior to re-inspection and acceptance of salvage
material by the ASP.
30
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
NOTICE - After firing, commanders must conduct inspections to ensure personnel do not possess
or have access to live ammunition.
3-9. Destruction of UXO
Only EOD personnel will accomplish destruction of dud ammunition.
3-10. Policing the Training Complex
a. Removal of spent brass, unfired rounds, or components of fired rounds from the Impact Areas is
prohibited.
b. Dumping and/or burying of ammunition or explosives into the Training Areas and/or Impact Areas is
prohibited.
c. Unauthorized removal of ammunition, pyrotechnics, explosives, and residue from munitions from the
training complex is prohibited.
d. The collection of spent brass is not required when blank ammunition is expended from mounted or
dismounted weapons over extended terrain.
3-11. Amnesty Program
Camp Ripley recognizes the need for an Ammunition Amnesty Program. All military amnesty ammunition
can be turned in at the Ammunition Office, Bldg. 24-199, 320-616-3167/3168/3169 during normal
business hours. There is also an Amnesty Box located at the south entrance to the building for nonbusiness hours deposits.
3-12. References
a. FM 4-30.13
b. FM 4-30.51
c. DA PAM 710-2-1
d. AR 75-1
e. DA PAM 385-64
f. NGR 385-64
g. AR 385-10
h. TB 9-1300-385
i. AR 190-11
j. CRTC ASP External SOP
31
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 4
Firing
4-1. Firing
a. Personnel will conduct all weapons firing and demolition exercises in accordance with prescribed and
current DA publications.
b. The commander of using units will insure all personnel within the command are briefed on range
procedures, safety requirements, and the wear of required personal protective equipment.
NOTICE - All personnel must wear the Kevlar Helmet (or ACH) and IBA when required by
regulation, FM, or SOP. When it is not specifically required, wearing of the Kevlar Helmet (or ACH)
is at the Commander's discretion. All personnel occupying a Live-Fire range or Firing Point will
utilize hearing protection devices and eye protection when required.
c. All personnel must be cautioned in advance of hazards from misfires, cook-offs, or runaways in
overheated weapons.
d. All personnel must be briefed on misfire procedures as prescribed in appropriate weapon TM and
other applicable manuals.
NOTICE - Do not fire any ammunition or pyrotechnics in the Cantonment Area without special
permission from the Camp Ripley Provost Marshal/Chief of Security Phone: 320-616-3087/3088.
e. Do not issue, load, or fire ammunition until the range has been opened.
f. The RSO will thoroughly inspect all personnel and weapons after the completion of firing, to ensure
that live ammunition is not in the possession of unauthorized personnel.
g. The OIC is responsible for tracking and maintaining the accountability of ammunition, fuzes, and
number of rounds being fired as instructed by ammunition personnel during the issuance of ammunition.
h. The OIC is responsible for tracking all ammunition fired by number of rounds, type of ammunition,
and Department of Defense Identification Code (DODIC). This must be reported to the Range Control
Office when closing the range, using the Range Opening/Closing Checklist.
i. Units will not indiscriminately fire ammunition to preclude return to storage or turn-in.
4-2. Firing Accident/Incident Reporting
Per AR 75-1 Malfunctions Involving Ammunition and Explosives, AR 385-10 The Army Safety Program,
and DA PAM 385-40 Army Accident Investigations and Reporting, ALL weapon and ammunition
accidents/incidents MUST be reported to Range Control IMMEDIATELY. ALL military units, Army
civilians, contractors, and visiting civilian personnel utilizing Camp Ripley will follow these procedures.
a. The range OIC places the range in a CEASE FIRE FREEZE status with Range Control.
1) Individual weapons:
a) Weapon is laid on the ground at the firer’s feet. Ensure that the weapon is oriented down range.
b) Do not attempt to make any adjustments to the weapon settings, or disrupt the weapon in any
way.
c) All firers are removed from the firing line.
2) Vehicle-mounted weapons:
a) Vehicle stops immediately!!!
b) Weapon remains in the exact position it was fired at. Do NOT change any weapon settings. Do
NOT disrupt the weapon in any way.
c) Do not attempt to remove the weapon from the vehicle.
d) All vehicles are evacuated
b. Wait for Range Control investigation personnel to arrive on site.
c. Assist Range Control personnel with their investigation.
d. Range Control or the State Safety Office will direct units on when to complete and send a DA FORM
285-AB Abbreviated Ground Report (AGAR) to the U.S. Army Combat Readiness Center ASAP.
e. Explosives accidents include off-range impacts of projectiles, bombs, missiles, and their
fragments/components, dummy or inert materials used to simulate a real explosive item during a training
or testing situation, as well as Engineer demolition explosives.
32
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
f. Certain types of explosive accidents require an immediate telephonic report by the responsible Army
Headquarters to the Army Operations Center (AOC) and USACRC.
1) Explosive accidents involving the loss of a major weapons system.
2) An explosive accident that results in a production loss of 72 hours or more.
3) An explosive accident involving probable public interest or network media coverage.
g. AOC: DSN 227-0218 or COM 703-697-0218
h. USACRC: DSN 558-2660/3410 or COM 334-255-2660/3410 or https://crc.army.mil.
4-3. Warning Signs and Signals
Units will display a red flag during daylight hours and a blinking red light at night, or during reduced
visibility, in a prominent place.
a. Established ranges are equipped with flagpoles to display range flags and blinking lights on.
b. Non-established ranges will display the flag and light at the entrance to the range, in plain view of the
roadway.
c. Vehicles must display proper flags/lights to show the vehicle’s weapon status IAW the appropriate
FM.
NOTICE: PER FM 3-22.9, APPENDIX E, PARAGRAPH E-36 AND CRTC RANGE CONTROL,
SAFETY PADDLES AND/OR VEHICLE FLAG SETS AND LIGHTS ARE REQUIRED RANGE
OPERATIONS SAFETY EQUIPMENT
NOTICE - Anyone may give the command "CEASE FIRE" when an unsafe act is observed.
4-4. Firing conditions for anti-tank guided missiles and rockets
a. Command link guidance wires will be recovered, unless approval is granted by the Range Control
OIC to abandon wires in place. Ground personnel will recover guidance wire. Helicopters will not be
used. The Range Control OIC will determine whether guidance wire will be recovered from dedicated
and high-hazard impact areas.
b. Access to ranges where command link guidance wire is used will be strictly controlled. Access will
be at the authorization of the Range Control OIC.
4-5. Automated Ranges Night Firing Procedures
a. There will be one Line Safety per firing position. Safety Vests are located on the ranges.
b. Each Line Safety will have a flashlight with a clear lens (no color lenses) to signal the Tower
Operator, and to clear and/or correct a weapon malfunction with.
c. Ammunition will be cached at each firing position under the control of the lane safety. Ammunition
will only be issued to the firer upon the command of the Tower Operator.
d. Follow the directions of the Tower Operator at all times.
4-6. Rounds out of Safe
All rounds fired must impact within the designated safety limits. On established direct fire ranges, left and
right limits will be clearly marked as described in the range descriptions (see Appendix A). If rounds land
outside of the safety limits, the firing unit will immediately CEASE FIRE, FALL BACK TO THE REAR OF
THE WEAPON, and report the incident immediately to Range Control by using a Range Accident/Incident
Checklist (see Appendix C).
33
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 5
Targets
5-1. General Requirements for Targets and Target Mechanisms
a. Target types are locally manufactured, as prescribed in TC 25-8 Training Ranges, or commercially
purchased prefabricated targets.
b. Requests for targets will be made NLT 90 days in advance.
c. All issue and receipt of targets, and target accessories, will be handled through the Automated Target
Systems (ATS) Office, Bldg.2-198, 320-616-3132/3133, or at Range Control, Bldg.24-199, 320-6163137/3134.
d. Using units are responsible for the setup, maintenance, and cleanup of all target materials.
e. Target accessories (lifters, thermals, batteries, chargers, etc.) are available at ATS.
f. ATS personnel will operate, or provide guidance for operation of, target lifting devices.
g. Using units can hand receipt a Target Repair Kit from Automated Target Systems, for all types of
target repair needs.
5-2. Moving Targets
a. Armor Moving Target Carriers (AMTC) are available on selected ranges.
b. Upon request, movers may be fitted with Target Kill Simulators, Hostile Fire Lamps, or Hostile Fire
Simulators.
5-3. Ground Targets
a. Small Arms
1) Enhanced Remote Target Systems (ERETS) small lifters are stationary, and used for familiarization
and qualification on selected small arms ranges (see range descriptions, Appendix A).
2) Targets for these ranges will be the standard E or 3D type as prescribed in TC 25-8.
3) Targets are maintained by ATS personnel.
4) Due to time constraints, targets will not be changed on the day of firing.
5) Selected targets have Muzzle Flash Simulators for night fire use.
b. Tank/Bradley Ranges
1) ERETS heavy lifters are used for familiarization and qualification on selected ranges (see range
descriptions, Appendix A, Miller Complex section).
2) Upon request, heavy lifters may be fitted with Target Kill Simulators, Hostile Fire Lamps, or Hostile
Fire Simulators.
5-4. Radio Controlled Targets
a. M31 Infantry Target lifters and Heavy lifters are portable and available for use on Camp Ripley, with
approval from Range Control, and coordination with Automated Target Systems.
b. Infantry Target lifters are designed for use with single or double infantryman type targets only (E,
Double E, or 3D type holders must be manufactured).
5-5. Human Form Targets
Human Form Targets (HFTs) are three-dimensional precision targets that replicate male and female
enemy (uniformed with weapons and equipment), non-combatant male and female, and combatant nonuniformed male/female/child. The HFTs on Camp Ripley will only be used to depict Non-combatant
Civilians-on-the-Battlefield (COBs). Under no circumstances will the HFTs be fired at with live
ammunition!
34
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 6
Small Arms & Machine Guns
6-1. Firing Conditions
a. The following ranges are available for a variety of courses of fire, for small arms weapons and
machine guns:
A-1
A-2
A-3
A-4
A-9
A-12
A-14
B-1
B-2
Center
CLFX
CRACK
HOUSE
D
Small Arms Known Distance
Combat Pistol Qualification
Automated Record Fire
Automated Record Fire
M320 Training Practice Ammo
25m Zero
Live Fire Facility
25m Zero
25m Zero
Multi-Purpose Range (MPR)
Convoy Live Fire Exercise
Non-Standard Small Arms
Shotgun/Short Range Marksmanship
East
F
F&M-1
F&M-2
IPBC
J
M
MK-19
North
OP-7
OP-23
SEAL
CABIN
West
Multi-Purpose Range (MPR)
Biathlon Course/25m Zero
Fire and Movement
Fire and Movement
Infantry Platoon Battle Course
M320, M2, M240, MK-19 (TP-T Only)
25m Zero/Mortar SRTR
MK-19 Qualification (TP-T Only)
M2, M240, M249
MK-19 HE
MK-19 HE
Non-Standard Small Arms
Multi-Purpose Range (MPR)
(For detailed information on the above ranges, see Appendix A)
b. Small arms may be fired at other locations when the following conditions exist:
1) The Surface Danger Zone can be employed without significant impact on other range operations or
training areas.
2) The Range Control Officer has approved the location.
3) An operations safety plan and a Composite Risk Management Worksheet (DA Form 7566) have
been developed by the unit, detailing the measures they will take.
4) All other conditions for live fire exist as outlined in paragraph 2-3.
c. All personnel within the hearing hazard zone, for each type of ammunition listed, will wear approved
single hearing protection.
1) .50 caliber: 55 m to the side, 12 m to the rear.
2) .45 caliber: 12 m to the side, 4.5 m to the rear.
3) 9 mm: 9 m to the side, 6 m to the rear.
4) 7.62 mm: 20 m to the side, 8 m to the rear.
5) 5.56 mm: 24 m to the side, 6 m to the rear.
WARNING: Per Ammunition Information Notice (AIN) 053-10, dated 10FEB10, DODIC: AA54
DOUBLE HEARING PROTECTION (EARPLUGS AND MUFFS) AND EYE PROTECTION
(GOGGLES) SHOULD BE WORN BY SOLDIERS FIRING THE SHOTGUN AND BY SOLDIERS
WITHIN 8.5 METERS OF THE WEAPON DURING DOOR BREACHING OPERATIONS WHEN FIRING
IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO REFLECTIVE SURFACE. ALL SOLDIERS WITHIN 8.5 METERS TO 30
METERS OF THE FIRING POINT SHOULD WEAR SINGLE HEARING PROTECTION (EARPLUGS OR
MUFFS). REFERENCE TM 9-1005-338-13&P, TECHNICAL MANUAL UNIT AND DIRECT SUPPORT
MAINTENANCE MANUAL, MOSSBERG 12 GAUGE SHOTGUN, MODEL 500 AND MOSSBERG 12
GAUGE SHOTGUN MODEL 590, MAY 2005.
d. Approved eye protection will be worn, especially during force-on-force training maneuvers or
scenarios.
35
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
6-2. Overhead Fire
a. Overhead small arms fire above protected troops is authorized when minimum protection (shown in
Table 6-1 DA Pam 385-63) is provided.
b. Overhead fire above unprotected troops with small arms may be conducted when authorized by the
Post Commander and specifically approved by the Range Control Officer.
c. Weapon systems authorized for overhead fire of unprotected troops are 5.56 mm, 7.62 mm, and .50
caliber machine guns. The weapons must be on ground tripods, or in vehicle mounts (ring mounts
excluded) firing from a stationary position.
d. Only ammunition certified as cleared for overhead fire in TB 9-1300-385 will be used. NSN and DOD
Ammunition Code identify small arms ammunition certified for overhead fire of unprotected troops.
e. Rates of fire will not exceed 70 rounds per minute for 5.56 mm and 7.62 mm machineguns, and 40
rounds per minute for .50 caliber machineguns. Tracer ammunition may be used to assist in monitoring
projectile paths.
f. Overhead fire with machineguns in live fire exercises will follow these procedures:
1) Firing positions for weapons delivering overhead fire will provide unobstructed fields of fire.
2) Applicable ballistic firing tables will be used to determine the minimum angle of elevation for all
overhead fire. Projectiles will not be permitted to impact between the firing position and unprotected
troops downrange. All impacts will be at least 30 meters beyond the personnel most distant from the
weapon.
3) Positive stops must be used to prevent crossfire and depression of weapon systems during
overhead firing.
4) Weapon systems will be test fired before delivery of overhead fire to verify the effectiveness of the
positive traverse and depression stops.
6-3. Flanking Fire
a. Ground-mounted or vehicle-mounted small arms may be used to provide low angle flanking fire when
a minimum angle of 15 degrees between the limit of fire and exposed troops is maintained.
b. Positive means will be employed to ensure that the firing unit knows the location of the maneuver
units while fire support is being provided.
c. The route and location of maneuver units and the location of the weapons providing flanking fire
support will be described in detail using recognizable natural or manmade terrain features, or other
positive identification features to all involved personnel.
6-4. Blank Ammunition
NOTE: Per NGR 385-63, Chapter 4, paragraph 4-6, an OIC/RSO with the rank of E-5 or above is
required when using Blank ammunition.
a. Exercise the same precautions in loading, unloading, and clearing weapons during blank ammunition
firing, as when firing live ammunition.
b. Troops will not use blank ammunition during hand-to-hand training.
c. Blank ammunition cannot be fired in the Cantonment Area without approval from the Camp Ripley
Chief of Security, Phone # (320) 616-3087/3088.
d. Blank Firing Attachments (BFA) (blank adapters) will be attached to all weapon systems that have
approved BFA manufactured for them. Weapons will not be fired without the proper BFA.
1) A five (5) meter Safe Separation Distance (SSD) must be observed at all times.
2) A dispersion angle of 10 degrees on either side of the Gun Target Line (GTL) should also be
observed.
3) BDUs/ACUs should be worn at all times. Eye protection should be worn by the firer.
e. A violation of the SSD could result in serious injury. If the SSD is decreased to within 0.9 meters,
fatal injury may occur.
f. Live and blank ammunition will not be issued simultaneously to individual troops or crews of combat
or combat support vehicles prior to the initiation of a force-on-force training exercise.
g. Prior to initiating force-on-force training, commanders will ensure that there is no live ammunition on
board vehicles or in possession of troops. A reasonable period of time shall be allocated to ensure that no
live ammunition remains with soldiers preparing to receive blank munitions for field training.
36
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
h. Weapons that are firing blank ammunition must have the blank firing adapter affixed to the weapon.
This provides clear notice that blanks are in use, and prevents possible projection of particles directly at a
soldier during training operations.
DANGER – Do not fire small arms blank ammunition (5.56 mm and 7.62 mm) within 5 meters of
personnel. A distance of 20 meters should be maintained from personnel while firing .50 cal.
machine gun blank ammunition.
6-5. Machine guns
a. Load the weapon only when ready to fire.
b. Keep the finger outside the trigger guard until ready to fire.
c. If the weapon continues to fire after the trigger is released (Runaway Gun), keep the weapon pointed
down range.
d. Put machine gun covers in the raised position except while firing.
e. All personnel firing .50 caliber machine guns must be properly trained on head space and
timing procedures.
f. Machine guns are “loaded” whenever a belt or magazine remains inserted in the weapon.
6-6. Unestablished Ranges
Units requesting a training area to conduct a Live Fire Exercise (LFX) must have a detailed Risk
Management Plan presented to the Range Control Officer NLT 90 days in advance of the exercise. (See
Chapter 18 for additional requirements for Live Fire Exercises)
6-7. Additional Information
a. Automated Ranges
1) In addition to requirements of this regulation, units are also required to fulfill requirements of the
specific range SOPs. The SOPs are located in the Range Packets, or can be requested through Range
Control.
2) Changes to automated range scenarios must be requested NLT 72 hours prior to firing.
3) Assistant RSOs will be assigned as directed in the range SOP.
4) Night firing will be altered to allow only the 25m or 50m qualification. Units will not be allowed to
change firing distances during periods of darkness, unless they can provide the Range Control Officer
with a detailed safety operations plan that insures the safety of all personnel involved with night firing.
b. M16-/M4-Series Ranges
1) Reference pages 6-10 of FM 3-22.9 for uniform item requirements during weapon qualification
firing.
2) Kevlar helmets and IBA are required in the “Pits” area of the A-1 range while the range is firing.
3) Automatic rifles are considered loaded when a magazine is in the receiver.
c. Clearing Barrel Usage
Per the PS Magazine Number 632, dated JUL 2005, Clearing Rods are not to be used for clearing
M16/M4 series weapons. Reference the Weapons Handling Procedures Handout for complete weapon
clearing instructions. The Handout is available at Range Control.
NOTICE - Rifle bolts will remain open and locked to the rear, except during firing.
NOTICE - If personnel move from one firing position to another, they may carry the weapon with
the muzzle pointed up and down range, or they may carry the weapon in the “Low Ready” position
with the muzzle directed down range.
6-8. References
a. FM 3-22.9 Rifle Marksmanship M16-/M4-Series Weapons, dated AUG 2008
b. FM 3-22.65-Browning Machine Gun, Caliber .50 HB, M2 w/Change 1
c. FM 3-22.68-Crew-Served Machine Guns M249/M240B
d. FM 3-23.35-Combat Training with Pistols M9 and M11 w/Changes 1-4
e. FM 23-10
e. TC-7-9 Infantry Live-Fire Training
37
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 7
Grenades and Grenade Launchers
7-1. Hand Grenades
a. High explosive loaded type grenades
These contain explosive charges that detonate after a short delay (3 to 5 seconds). Every precaution will
be taken to prevent injury from flying fragments. For training purposes, fragmentation and offensive hand
grenades will be thrown from a trench or barrier equivalent to a screen of sandbags 0.5 meter thick.
b. Firing conditions for fragmentation and offensive grenades
1) Personnel within the 150-meter danger area when casualty producing hand grenades are thrown
will wear ACH or Kevlar helmets, IBA with SAPPI Plates, single hearing protection, and proper eye
protection.
2) Safety clips on fragmentation and practice grenades will not be removed until immediately before
the safety pin is removed. The grenade must be thrown. No attempt will be made to re-insert the safety
pin.
3) All personnel must be proficient in the safety precautions for handling and throwing grenades before
live grenade training begins. Soldiers MUST qualify on A-10 Hand Grenade Qualification Course,
and COMPLETE practice grenade training in a Mock Bay (on L/HGR Range) prior to live grenade
training on the HGR.
4) OICs, RSOs, and live-bay ARSOs for live grenade training events must be certified to perform these
duties. Certification will include training detailing actions in the event of a dropped grenade, short throw,
grenade thrown other than downrange, SDZ, control of observers, misfire/dud grenade procedures,
arming, throwing techniques, and pre-live bay requirements. RSOs and ARSOs must be qualified with
the hand grenade prior to assuming their duties.
5) Dud high explosive grenades will not be approached by anyone other than EOD personnel.
Adjacent throwing bays to the one with the dud will be closed until EOD personnel clear the dud.
6) Personnel will not leave protected cover for 30 minutes after a Hand Grenade malfunction.
7) Live grenades will not be thrown into standing water, deep snow, or dense vegetation.
8) Range OICs and RSOs are cautioned that multiple employments of grenades in a training scenario
significantly increase the difficulty of determining the actual number of grenades that detonated.
Subsequent training scenarios, generating an unplanned detonation, may activate dud grenades.
c. Prior to using the practice hand grenade, Baseball G811, the OIC will:
1) Inspect the body for cracks.
2) Inspect for foreign material in grenade body and in the fuze opening threads.
3) Insure that the porthole in the base is not blocked.
4) Insert a new fuze, preparing the grenade for reuse.
7-2. Hand Grenade Range (HGR) (Live Grenade Familiarization)
The Hand Grenade Range offers the individual soldier the opportunity to meet the new STRAC
requirement to throw live hand grenades. Reference FM 3-23.30 and the Live Hand Grenade Course
SOP for additional information on Hand Grenades.
NOTE: Units MUST coordinate the use of HE Grenades with Range Control NLT 90 days in
advance. Range Control must give EOD a warning of scheduled range dates.
a. All safety measures and precautions in paragraph 7-1 will be followed.
b. Range personnel requirements are as follows:
1) OIC (E-7 and above)
2) RSO (E-6 and above)
3) ARSO-Live-Bay NCO (Corporal and above)
4) Gate Guard-2
5) Medic
6) Range NCOIC
d. A range specific safety briefing will be given to all personnel prior to range operations.
e. The Range OIC must ensure that communications between himself and the gate guard is maintained
at all times.
g. Range personnel cannot exceed noise exposure of more than 1000 grenades per day.
38
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
h. All personnel will know the Hand Grenade Status levels:
1) SAFE: a grenade with all of the safety devices intact.
2) LIVE: a thrown hand grenade from the instant it leaves the throwers hand until the expected fuze
time has elapsed.
3) DUD: a thrown grenade that failed to detonate after the expected fuze time has elapsed.
i. Units may also consider scheduling the A-10 Hand Grenade Qualification Course to raise soldier
confidence levels prior to utilizing this range.
7-3. Grenade Launchers and Grenade Machine Guns
a. Personnel will be instructed in the proper use of grenade launchers and grenade machine guns, and
applicable safety precautions before firing live ammunition.
b. All duds will be reported to Range Control.
c. M320/M320 Grenade Launchers
1) A-9 is the Grenade Launcher Qualification Range.
2) HE M320 40mm is authorized for firing into Hendrickson or Leach Impact Areas only.
3) Illumination rounds fired from the M320/M320 will be treated the same as hand held signals, and
may be utilized where they are permitted.
4) Hazardous fragmentation from HE grenade ammunition may be experienced to 165-meters from
the point of detonation.
5) OICs and RSOs must ensure that only low-velocity grenade cartridges are being fired.
6) Single hearing protection will be worn within 2 meters of the grenade launchers. A Kevlar Helmet
and flak jacket will be worn while firing HE M320/M320 40mm grenades.
d. Grenade Machine Guns (MK19)
1) J, K, and MK-19 Ranges are approved for 40mm TP rounds only. Other firing points may be
requested through Range Control NLT 90 days in advance.
2) OP-7 and OP-23 are the only authorized ranges for MK-19 40mm HE rounds.
3) Targets will be engaged only at ranges greater than 75 meters with TP ammunition.
4) Targets will be engaged only at ranges greater than 310 meters with HE ammunition.
5) Firing through obstructions is prohibited.
6) Body Armor, eye and ear protection, and Kevlar helmet must be worn at all times. Approved
hearing protection is required for all personnel within the noise hazard contour of 20-meter radius around
the weapon system.
7) Firing over open hatches is not authorized.
e. Restrictions for static vehicle mounted MK19:
1) A gunner’s quadrant and/or MK64, MOD 7, mount depression stop will be used to keep the
minimum elevation above 30 mils when firing.
2) For M998 vehicles-Soft top must be covering the driver and passenger.
3) For M113 and M106 vehicle-Driver’s hatch must be closed when firing over the left side, forward, or
right side of the vehicle, or when personnel or objects in hatch areas are forward of the weapon muzzle.
f. Restrictions for moving vehicle mounted MK19, per DA Pamphlet 385-63:
To preclude unintentional impacts of HE and HEDP ammunition at ranges less than 310 meters:
1) Restrict speeds to not greater than 16 kph/10 mph when firing from the HMMWV M1025/1026
armament carrier, M998T interim squad carrier, and the M1114 over paved and improved roads in good
condition, and not greater than 8 kph/5 mph over rough roads, trails, and cross-country.
2) Restrict speeds to not greater than 16 kph/10 mph when firing from the M113 and M106 personnel
carriers on any kind of terrain.
7-4. References
a. FM 3-22.27-MK19 40mm Grenade Machine Gun MOD 3 w/Change 1
b. FM 3-22.31-M320 40mm Grenade Launcher w/ Change 1
c. TM 3-22.31 (FM 3-22.31) 40mm Grenade Launchers November 2010 w/Change 1
d. FM 3-23.30-Grenades and Pyrotechnic Signals w/Change 1
39
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 8
Antitank Rockets
8-1. Firing Conditions
a. The following ranges are authorized for firing antitank rockets:
1) J - Practice and HEAT
2) K - Practice and HEAT
b. Personnel will not stand or have any portion of the body directly in front of or behind a loaded rocket
launcher.
c. Before firing, the SDZ to the rear of the launcher (100m Backblast Area) will be cleared of personnel,
materiel (including expended cartridge cases), and readily combustible vegetation.
d. Cover ammunition stored on rocket ranges. Store ammunition to the flank of firing positions, and out
of the direct rays of the sun.
e. Do not fire ammunition during temperatures other than those prescribed on the round.
f. AT-4s will not be fired from within a building, or within 50 meters of a vertical or nearly vertical
backstop, barrier, or obstacle, because of the risk of debris ricochets.
g. Personnel within 390 meters of the weapon will wear approved single hearing protection.
h. Prone or foxhole firing of HE AT-4 (M136) is not authorized. In training, an individual may fire one
round from the sitting position, or three rounds from the standing or kneeling positions in a 24-hour
period.
i. The firing of antitank rockets over unprotected troops from a moving vehicle or aircraft is not
authorized.
j. Units must ensure that they have received a copy of AIN 55-06 from the ASP prior to going down
range.
k. Follow all procedures and precautions in the applicable FMs and TMs during pre-fire checks and
firing operations.
NOTICE: Per FM 3-23.25, Appendix A, para. A-3, page A-2, when operating temperatures fall below
freezing (0 deg Celsius/32 deg Fahrenheit) the dimensions of all Backblast areas and Safety Zones
will be doubled.
NOTICE: Per FM 3-23.25, Appendix A, para. A-12, Table A-2, page A-5, within a 24-hour period, a
Soldier may only fire, observe fire, or act as a Safety NCO for the M1316 AT-4 one to three times,
depending on the firing position. Three times total if the M136 is fired from either the standing or
kneeling positions. One time total if the M136 is fired from the sitting position.
8-2. References
a. FM 3-23.25-Light Anti-Armor Weapons
b. FM 3-06.11 Combined Arms Operations in Urban Terrain
c. TM 9-1315-886-12 – AT-4
d. TM 9-1340-203-20 - LAW
40
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 9
Mortars
9-1. Firing Conditions
WARNING- Firing mortars over the heads of unprotected troops by Marine Corps units is not
authorized. Firing mortars over the heads of unprotected troops by Army units is not
recommended. Mortar ammunition must be certified for overhead fire of unprotected troops. The
installation commander may approve firing over the heads of unprotected troops with certified
overhead fire mortar ammunition on the basis of acceptable level of risk. Procedural controls to
prevent human error (for example, dedicated observer-controllers with the unprotected troops and
firing mortars with dedicated communications) will be included in the risk management process.
a. NLT 90 days prior, units must schedule the Training Area that their stationary Firing Point(s)
[FP(s)] and/or Hip-Shoot missions will be located in, and the Impact Area they will be firing into.
This will give Range Control the time to draw, verify, and approve the Surface Danger Zones
(SDZs) for the requested Firing Points (FPs).
1) All Mortar firing positions will be located near the boundary of an Impact Area.
2) Practice ammunition, including SRTR, is never fired over the heads of troops, per FM 322.90, Appendix B, Safety, page B-13.
3) If Mortars are firing as part of a CALFEX or LFX, the SDZ must not encroach on the position(s) of
unprotected troops, regardless of what type of ammunition is being fired.
b. All Mortar rounds fired must fall within the Impact Area, and must be observed.
c. When conducting indirect fire missions, the OP must be in the “Open” status with Range Control
before the firing position will be allowed to “Open”.
d. The Fire Direction Center (FDC) will have the firing position(s) safety limits entered on a Safety
Diagram, Safety “T”, and on a plotting board map that shows the outline of the Impact Area, to ensure
each round lands in the Impact Area.
e. Refer to FM 3-22.90, Chapter 1, Section III for additional Mortar Safety Procedures.
f. Use the following guidelines when firing mortars:
1) The base mortar must be within 100 meters of the surveyed firing point. Reference FM 3-22.90,
page 1-6, paragraph 1-31.
2) Any projectile that bursts or lands outside the safety limits, as prescribed by RC Form 16B and the
RMTK created SDZ, or any unobserved rounds, will require immediate action and investigation as
outlined below, to determine the cause.
a) Cease-Fire-Freeze the Firing Point IMMEDIATELY.
b) Immediately report the incident to Range Control using the Range Accident/Incident Checklist (see
Appendix C).
c) Immediately Cease Fire all units, until the responsible unit is identified.
d) Do not change any settings on, or modify the position of, the mortar until Range Control has
completed the investigation.
3) Mortar ammunition stored at mortar positions will not exceed two firing orders (8 rounds).
4) Propellant increments removed from the rounds before firing will be placed in a metal or wood
container located outside the firing vehicle, or 25 meters away from a dismounted Mortar.
5) Replace all safety wires and increments on rounds not used.
6) All personnel who take part in mortar firing will wear a Kevlar helmet and single hearing protection.
If firing the 120 mm Mortar from a carrier, double hearing protection must be worn. Personnel outside the
carrier, within 200 meters, will wear single hearing protection.
7) Use visible safety stakes to indicate the right and left limits of fire.
8) To prevent accidental functioning of the point detonating elements of fuzes of the M524 series, the
fuzes must not be dropped, rolled, or struck under any circumstances.
g. Excess increments will be burned as soon as possible, and will not be transported from one firing
position to another.
1) Increments will be arranged IAW appropriate FM and TC for burning.
41
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
2) When burning excess increments, all personnel, vehicles, or weapons shall maintain a minimum
distance of 200 meters from the burning area, and a minimum of 1,200 meters from Camp Ripley
boundaries.
3) The size of the burning team will be sufficient to serve as road guards, arrange increments, and
fight fires that may start.
4) The team will carry a sufficient quantity of water (10 gallons minimum) and shovels.
WARNING - Do not transport rounds without safety pins installed.
9-2. Mortar Fire Control System (MFCS) Gunnery
a. Before firing, the PLT SGT/LDR will verify with a PLGR the position and direction of fire for each
Mortar, every time they enter a new firing position.
b. In the event of computer failure, place FP in CHECKFIRE, and then notify the FDC and Range
Control immediately. Begin degraded-mode gunnery procedures.
c. Follow all firing procedures outlined in FM 3-22.90, FM 3-22.91, and TM 9-1220-248-10.
9-3. Hip-Shoot Fire Missions
a. Units will submit a Hip-Shoot Mission OPLAN and Risk Management Worksheet NLT 90 days prior
to Range Control for review and approval.
b. Hip-Shoot missions will be conducted along the Impact Area Boundary roads only.
c. Reference FM 7-90, Appendix F Hip-Shoot Missions, page F-3 for further details.
9-4. Surface Danger Zones
a. The Mortar firing position will give the following information in the RC Form 16B-Mortar Range
Opening/Closing Checklist to Range Control:
1) Training Area and Firing Position Grid Coordinates (8-digit minimum)
2) Maximum Left Target Grid Coordinates (8-digit minimum)
3) Maximum Right Target Grid Coordinates (8-digit minimum)
4) Maximum Range
5) Minimum Range
6) Max Elevation
b. The Fire Desk Operator then calls Miller Army Airfield to request the opening of an Air Advisory
Block.
c. When all safety criteria are met, the Fire Desk Operator will “Open” the Mortar position.
9-5. Observation Posts
a. All Forward Observers (FO) will have a safety fan for the unit they are supporting, drawn on an
overlay or a map, to determine that all rounds are landing within safety limits.
b. FOs must establish communications with Range Control prior to the firing position being allowed to
open.
c. OPs are required to open their location with Range Control on SINCGARS primary frequency 36.100,
alternate frequency 36.900.
1) For Manual Call-For-Fire missions, a POC is responsible for opening and closing the range.
2) For Laser Call-For-Fire missions, an OIC and RSO will be present on the range.
d. A red flag (and blinking red light at night) must be displayed.
e. Hourly (on the hour) communication checks must be performed while fire missions are being
conducted. When fire missions are completed, the OP will revert to a Non-Live Fire range status, and will
only be required to monitor the radio.
f. The following OPs are available on Camp Ripley:
OP1
OP2
OP15
OP16
OP19
OP23
UM 91011463
UM 91941565
UM 91352280
UM 90162469
UM 91622771
UM 92852379
For laser usage, refer to Chapter 18.
42
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
9-6. Declination Stations
All aiming circles must be declinated prior to use, when laying indirect fire weapon systems. Camp Ripley
has four declination stations:
a. STATION 1-UM 95780531
Located in Cantonment Area 8, in front of the TMC.
b. STATION 2-UM 88022470
Located in Training Area 68, southeast of the intersection of Kodiak Road and Easy Street.
c. STATION 3-UM 884113
Located in TA 18, west of Manila Road.
d. STATION 4-UM 90991474
Located on the east side of Firing Point 2 on J Range.
9-7. References
a. FM 3-22.90
b. FM 3-22.91
c. FM 7-90
d. TM 43-0001-28
e. TM 9-1220-248-10
43
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 10
Artillery
10-1. Firing Conditions - General Requirements
a. GLPS, PADS (for M198, M119 and M102) and every other system Paladin and MLRS use is required
at each firing position prior to firing.
b. The M67 GLPS can still be used in conjunction with the M2A2 Aiming Circle and the Positioning and
Azimuth Determining System (PADS).
c. Camp Ripley has various locations with large deposits of minerals that affect the use of magnetic
direction-finding equipment.
d. Due to the size of the Camp Ripley impact areas and SDZ requirements for the ammunition, Rocket
Assisted Projectiles (RAP) cannot be fired on this installation.
WARNING – Large base fragments weighing 2-3 pounds can travel back up-range as far as 2400
meters from the point of impact to the firing position. This risk is applicable to all M107 rounds.
Commanders may adjust surface danger zones and/or location of observers to compensate for
the possibility of incoming base fragments, or ensure that observers are in protective cover
during fire missions. (Reference AIN 118-05, dated 13 OCT 2005, for further information)
NOTICE - Range Control has the list of surveyed safety points (ORSTA to EOL) that are available
to validate magnetic direction with survey.
NOTICE - Firing will cease when visibility is less than 1/2 mile, unless radar is available.
10-2. Field Artillery Cannon - General Requirements
a. The Camp Ripley Post Commander has approved the use of E-7s as OIC.
b. The minimum QE for 105mm and 155mm indirect fire is 267 mils.
c. All Artillery rounds fired must be observed.
d. Any projectile that bursts or lands outside safety limits, or any unobserved rounds, will require
immediate action and investigation, as outlined below to determine the cause.
1) Immediately, report the incident to Range Control using the Range Incident Checklist
(see Appendix C).
2) Immediately, suspend firing of all FA units until the responsible unit is identified.
e. Continuous communication must be maintained with Range Control on SINCGARS primary
frequency 36.100, or alternate frequency 36.900.
f. The OP must be in the “Open” status with Range Control, before the firing position will be given an
“Open” status.
g. All projectiles fired during training will be fuzed with bore-safe fuzes. Firing projectiles without fuzes
is strictly prohibited.
hi. Locate all weapons within a 200-meter radius of the firing point grid.
i. Place safety stakes, tape, or physical constraints on the weapons to insure safety limits are not
exceeded.
j. The boundary of the Impact Area will be drawn on the FDC firing chart.
k. The following manuals (hard copy or digital) must be present, and their usage understood, by the OIC
and RSO at the battery location:
1) FM 6-50
2) FM 6-40 W/CHANGE 1 (1 OCT 1999)
3) AFATDS operators Manual: TM 11-7025-297-10-1 (AFATDS EQUIPPED UNITS ONLY)
4) AFATDS GDU, Paladin or MLRS Job Aids: TB-7025-354-10-X (AFATDS EQUIPPED UNITS ONLY)
5) Centaur Operators Manual (CENTAUR EQUIPPED UNITS ONLY)
6) GLPS Operators Manual (CENTAUR EQUIPPED UNITS ONLY)
7) DA PAM 385-63
8) TM 43-0001-28
9) TM for weapon system
l. Overhead firing - The OIC of a firing point or range must take special precautions when firing proximity
fuses during inclement weather (see TM 43-000-28).
44
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
m. Powder burning
1) Units will burn excess powder increments prior to moving to a new firing position.
2) An E-7 or above will supervise the burning of excess powder.
3) When burning excess powder bags, all personnel, vehicles, or weapons shall maintain a minimum
distance of 200 meters from the burning area, and a minimum of 1,200 meters from Camp Ripley
boundaries.
4) Powder will be arranged IAW appropriate FM and TC for burning.
5) The size of the powder burning team will be sufficient to serve as road guards, arrange powder
bags, and fight fires that may start. The team will carry a minimum of 10 gallons of water, and shovels as
necessary.
10-3. Field Artillery Cannon Surface Danger Zones
a. Road guards, with communications to the FDC, will be posted on all major roads passing through
area E of the firing battery. Area E for Camp Ripley is as follows: 300 m for 105mm, 350 m for 155mm.
b. Batteries are responsible for ensuring safety requirements regarding Area E are complied with.
c. Artillery firing positions will be occupied and opened with Range Control utilizing the following
procedures:
1) Firing Battery advance party personnel will do normal procedures to place weapon systems in
locations to support the mission.
2) The BC or Gunnery Sergeant will use a PLGR to locate a Firing Point Grid (FP Grid). This FP Grid
should be located at the projected location for the center of battery or base piece. The FP Grid should
also have all weapon systems within 200 meters of this grid.
3) The BC or Gunnery Sergeant will then contact Range Control to submit the FP Grid and the
designated Impact Area. This should be done ASAP, to give Range Control the time to compute SDZ
data using the HINE/LINE program.
10-4. Non-established Firing Point Program
a. This program allows artillery units to occupy any location within a designated training area without
regard to established firing points. The program is designed to exercise the command and control
elements within artillery units. This increases realism to exercise the command and control elements
within artillery units and by providing maximum availability of tactical firing points with out loss of safety.
b. Artillery units will coordinate use with affected maneuver units prior to occupation of firing points.
Maneuver and artillery units, prior to AT or IDT periods, will agree upon terrain utilization. The unit will
coordinate with Range Control NLT 72 hours in advance for the training area and time period, for the
execution of the program.
c. Hendrickson Impact Non-Established (HINE)
1) Training Areas authorized for use with the HINE program are: 1(west of grid line 9330), 2(north of
grid line 06),4 and 5(east of the 9020 grid line, with the left limit no less then 6376 mil in azimuth); 8, 9,
10(west of grid line 9330), 15, 17 thru 25, 29 thru 33, 35, 37 thru 45, 48, 50 thru 55, 68 thru 71, and 79,
south of grid line 30.
2) Each firing position will have a firing chart or map with the HINE target area plotted. Boundaries for
the HINE program are from grid UM 89981689, draw a circle with a radius of 1000 meters. All tabulated
safety data will remain in this designated circle. For the maximum illumination canister to impact range
draw a circle with a radius of 1400 meters from grid UM 89981689. All illumination canisters must fall
within this designated range.
3) MACS Charge 4H, 155 mm Charge 3 White Bag, or 105 mm Charge 7 will NOT be fired on Camp
Ripley.
4) OP-1, OP-2, and OP-7 are the Observation Posts for the HINE Program.
45
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
d. Leach Impact Non-Established (LINE)
1) Training Areas authorized for use with the LINE Program are 18 thru 23, 36 Lake Alott area only, 40
thru 45, 49, 50, 54 thru 59, 61 thru 64, 68 thru 71, and 79 (below grid line 30.
2) Each firing position will have a firing chart or map with the LINE target area plotted. Boundaries for
the LINE program are from grid UM 92282527, draw a circle with a radius of 760 meters. All tabulated
safety data must remain in the designated circle. For maximum illumination to canister impact range draw
a circle with a radius of 1400 meters from grid UM 92282527. All illumination canisters must fall within
this designated range.
3) MACS Charge 4H, 155 mm Charge 3 White Bag, or 105 mm Charge 7 will NOT be fired on Camp
Ripley.
4) OP-15, OP-16, OP-19, and OP-23 are the Observation Posts for the LINE Program.
e. All tabulated safety data will remain in the designated safety box.
f. All weapons will be located within a 200 meter radius of the firing point grid.
g. Batteries will be cleared to fire after they have verified their safety data with the battalion FDC, and
transmitted their opening data, using the Range Opening/Closing Checklist to Range Control.
h. Continuous Communication is maintained with Range Control on primary frequency FM 36.100, or
alternate frequency FM 36.900.
i. Batteries are responsible for ensuring safety requirements regarding Area E are complied with, per
paragraph 10-3.a.
j. For more information concerning the HINE and LINE programs contact Range Control at (320) 6163137/3134.
10-5. Direct Fire Safety
a. Field Artillery may be fired in the direct mode from the J Range, into Hendrickson Impact Area only.
Maximum Charge is 3G or 1L.
b. Minimum target engagements are as follows:
1) 105mm - 1100 meters
2) 155mm - 1100 meters
c. Any projectile that bursts or lands outside safety limits, or any unobserved rounds, will require
immediate action and investigation, as outlined below to determine the cause.
1) Immediately, report the incident to Range Control using the Range Incident Checklist
(see Appendix C).
2) Immediately, suspend firing of all FA units until the responsible unit is identified.
d. Continuous communication must be maintained with Range Control on SINCGARS primary
frequency 36.100, or alternate frequency 36.900.
10-6. Paladin and M777
Reference and follow FM 3-09.8, Chapter 2, paragraph 2-18.a., page 2-52 for Paladin Firing Safety
information.
a. PADS, IPADS, or 2 secure PLGRS will be used to obtain Center of Battery for Paladin use at each
firing position prior to firing.
b. Before firing each Howitzer will be position/direction verified by the PLT SGT/LDR each time they
enter a new firing position using a PLGR set on Averaging, FOM1, and 200 Hits.
c. Howitzers will go through a Survey Control Point (established by PADS, IPADS or 2 secure PLGRS)
and complete a Navigation update every 16 mi/27 km.
d. FDC will call Range Control with their Left/Right limits along with Min/Max Range to form a safety box
(data is based off the Center of Battery) IAW FM 3-09.8, Chapter 2, Paragraph 2-18 (a).
e. FDC will create a Safe Fire Area within the AFATDS of the HINE/LINE or Left/Right and Min/Max
Range when HINE/LINE are not available (Safety Purposes Only).
f. FDC will send each Howitzer the Left/Right limits and Min QE from the Center of Battery. This will be
sent down via digital comms and used in the AFCS as their site data. They are allowed to go no more
than 50 mils past the Left/Right limits when setting the site data.
46
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
st
g. FDC will conduct a dry fire verification with each howitzer prior to firing 1 round from each position.
Tolerances as follows:
Deflection: 2 mils
Quadrant: 2 mils
Fuze TI: 0.1 sec
Fuze VT: 1.0 increment
i. Locate all weapons within a 750-meter radius of the Center of Battery.
j. FDC will create a Safe Fire Area in the AFATDS of the HINE/LINE or Left/Right and Min/Max Range
when HINE/LINE are not available. (Safety Purposes Only)
k. During a Survivability Move within the 750 meter radius, site to crest data is the only task required
from each howitzer to be given to the FDC.
l. Gunnery SGT will verify SCP’s with a PLGR prior to Howitzers using data.
m. Ensure Safety T’s are in the Guns for Illumination.
n. Paladin units may travel with fuzed ammunition (only HE/PD) when the onboard fire extinguisher
system is operational.
10-7. Multiple Launch Rocket System (MLRS)
a. Responsibilities:
1) Battalion Commanders
Ensure the overall safety administration and execution of all live fire training. Ensure all personnel
participating in live fire exercises are safety certified IAW paragraph 1-4.
2) Officer in Charge (OIC)
a) The OIC is the safety-certified direct representative of the Battery Commander.
b) Responsible for all aspects of safety.
c) Verifies that the unit is in the proper firing position.
d) Receives firing position safety data from Range Control.
e) Supervises the conversion of the safety data to a safety diagram.
f) Ensures that the safety diagram is verified by a second safety-certified person.
g) Must also know the location of personnel and units that might be affected by the SDZ. Coordinate
with the Range Control Office.
3) Range Safety Officer (RSO)
IAW paragraph 1-3.i.
4) Firing Platoon Leader/Sergeant
a) Responsible for the safe firing practices of the firing element.
b) Ensure that Section Chiefs are reporting firing data to the POC/BOC.
c) Ensures that Launcher Danger Area F and Exclusion Area I are clear of all personnel.
d) Enforce safety policies and procedures IAW DA Pamphlet 385-63, and the Camp Ripley Range
Operations Appendix.
e) Collect and maintain a hard copy of all firing data IAW higher headquarters’ directives.
f) Will complete an independent verification of launchers prior to arming and firing (i.e., verify location,
QE, and direction).
5) Launcher Section Chief
a) Responsible for the safe operation of the crew.
b) Ensures that all launcher operations are IAW applicable TMs.
c) Ensures that all reports and systems checks are verified IAW FM 3-09.60.
d) Ensures that munitions are neither armed nor fired until firing data is properly verified as safe.
e) Ensures that AZ, QE and Fuze Time, and other pertinent data are recorded on DA Form 7233-R
MLRS Launcher Fire Mission Log before rocket launch.
f) Ensures that the gunner is trained to properly read and use a Safety “T”.
g) Ensures that all procedures are followed in paragraphs H-10 through H-16 in Appendix H of FM 309.60 are followed.
6) Battery Operations Officer
a) Compute and prepare safety data/safety T’s.
b) Ensure the FDC has all safety data displayed properly in the battery and platoon FDC’s.
c) Review validity of MET and check that all launchers have valid MET, firing position, and target
locations.
d) Direct the execution of all fire missions.
47
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
e) Perform duties of Battalion S3 (paragraph 10-7.a.8)) when the Battalion is not conducting live fire
exercises.
f) Ensure copies of the LCU printout, Launcher Fire Mission Logs (DA 7233) and the FDC Fire
Mission Logs (DA 7232) are maintained on all data pertaining to the live fire exercise for at least thirty
days.
7) Fire Direction Chief
a) Ensure LCU with operational printer is present.
b) Print out all incoming and outgoing message/data.
c) Verify set up and operation of the LCU.
d) Verify all data sent to and received from the launchers is correct.
e) Ensure data received from the launchers is within applicable safety parameters.
f) Direct set up of all safety data and overlays required by Range Control and
FM 3-09.60.
8) Battalion S3
a) Request MET support.
b) Ensure valid MET is on hand and transmitted to the controlling FDC.
c) Maintain communications with Range Control IAW with paragraph 1-11.
d) Ensure all Safety of Use Messages are on hand prior to the live fire exercise.
e) Coordinate Observation Post locations with Range Control.
Note: When using the SDC Program, ensure that safety data input is input by a safety certified
individual, and verified by a second safety certified individual.
Note: Ensure that MET data is valid. See Chapter 6 of FM 3-09.60 or FM 6-15 for criteria.
Note: The M270A1, ACTD HIMARS, M142 HIMARS, and IPDS Launchers do not require calibration.
Verification of the GPS data is conducted by map spot (PLGR, resection, etc.).
Note: The check launchers data can be used as the firing data after completion of the Safety “T”,
and all databases have been purged.
b. Requirements/Procedures for Live-Fire
1) General firing conditions
a) Only M28A1 Reduced Range Practice Rocket (RRPR) can be fired on Camp Ripley, due to the
size of the installation and the impact areas.
b) The RRPR is not certified for overhead fire. All non-mission essential personnel will be cleared
from the entire SDZ.
c) The SDC can only be used to create a SDZ for the OPAREA Method 1 only.
d) Meteorological data supplied to the fire control system will not be more than 4 hours old.
e) Position determining system data must be verified as correct. Ensure that the launcher is properly
calibrated, updated with a verified survey control point, and that start-up data are correct.
f) Fire control system internal tests must be successfully completed.
g) Firing will not be conducted if:
(1) there is any question of proper operation of the launcher.
(2) the winds have changed dramatically since MET data was taken.
(3) the fire control panel shows that internal tests were not completed properly.
(4) any other sign of abnormal operation is evident.
h) Safe separation distance between MLRS launchers firing simultaneously from a single firing point
is 55 meters. This distance is based on net explosives weight for launchers containing two full rocket
pods.
i) Area F is the area immediately to the rear of the launcher directly exposed to blast overpressure,
fragments, and debris from rocket launcher. Area F extends 350 m on each side of the launcher, and 400
m to the rear of the launcher. Personnel are prohibited from occupying Area F during firing. A noise
hazard area extends an additional 500 m past Area F, and may only be occupied by mission essential
personnel wearing approved hearing protection.
j) Comply with the five elements of accurate predicted fire.
48
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
k) Conduct face-to-face coordination with Range Control.
l) The commander will conduct a Composite Risk Management Worksheet (DA Form 7566) and brief
his/her personnel on the result prior to live firing, and ensure the results are available at all operations
centers involved in the live fire.
m) Establish SCPs for update and calibration runs.
2) MLRS Firing Points
a) Hendrickson Impact Area center mass grid is UM 90201654.
b) Leach Impact Area center mass grid is UM 91822529.
c) Camp Ripley Maximum Quadrant Elevation (Max QE) is 26,000 feet MSL.
d) For the OPAREA Method of Computing Safety, there are four established Operation Areas on
Camp Ripley: #1-West, #2-Center, #3-East, and #4-Arno. Surface Danger Zone Overlays and SDZ
Information Cards are available at Range Control.
e) For the Firing Point Method of Computing Safety, the firing position will give Range Control the
following information in the Range Opening/Closing Checklist:
(1) The Firing Point Grid Coordinate (8-digit minimum)
(2) Center Mass of the Targets Grid Coordinate (8-digit minimum)
f) The Fire Desk Operator will then enter these coordinates into the Range Mangers Tool Kit
(RMTK) SDZ Tool.
g) Once the SDZ Tool creates the SDZ, the Fire Desk Operator will ensure that the SDZ falls within
the Impact Area boundaries.
h) The Fire Desk Operator then calls Miller Army Airfield to request the opening of an Air Advisory
Block.
i) When all safety criteria are met, the Fire Desk Operator will “Open” the firing position.
j) PADS-established SCP must always be verified by the BOC or POC. The BOC or POC will verify
that the MET data and impact area target locations were correctly entered by the AFATDS/FDS operator,
and digitally sent to the firing launchers.
k) The gunner ensures, and the section chief verifies, that start-up and update data are properly
entered into the launcher FCS.
l) Independent verification by the section chief and the platoon leader ensures that accurate position
data is used during fire mission computation.
3) Administrative
a) Provide sufficient detail personnel to serve as a fire fighting team. The team will have an NCOIC,
vehicle with radio, and sufficient firefighting equipment (to include 5 gallon water cans).
b) Provide visual observers positioned to verify warhead event/impact, with binoculars, and a vehicle
with operational radio. They will monitor the designated radio net. Observers will be trained by the unit to
determine warhead event/impact location. The observers will have a Camp Ripley map, with a safety
overlay.
c) Coordinate with Range Control for Reduced Range Practice Rocket (RRPR) road guard
requirements.
4) Observation of Rounds
a) Radar will be used, in conjunction with forward observers, when visual observation is
limited/restricted. The radar operator will operate in the “Friendly Fire” mode, and the time interval
between rockets for multiple round missions will not be less than 30 seconds (if only radar is used).
b) Rockets not observed, or observed out of safe, will be reported immediately to Range Control.
The unit will place itself in cease-fire-freeze, pending a determination of the problem resulting in the
unobserved, or out of safe, rocket.
10-8. Observation Post (OP)
a. All Forward Observers (FO) will have a safety fan for the unit they are supporting, drawn on an
overlay or a map, to determine that all rounds are landing within safety limits.
b. OPs MUST BE “OPENED” with Range Control prior to the Battery they are supporting.
c. Any projectile that bursts or lands outside safety limits, or any unobserved rounds, will require
immediate action and investigation, as outlined below to determine the cause.
1) Immediately, report the incident to Range Control using the Range Incident Checklist
(see Appendix C).
2) Immediately, suspend firing of all FA units until the responsible unit is identified.
d. Continuous communication must be maintained with Range Control on SINCGARS primary
frequency 36.100, or alternate frequency 36.900.
49
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
c. OPs are required to open their location with Range Control on SINCGARS primary frequency 36.100,
alternate frequency 36.900.
1) For Manual Call-For-Fire missions, a POC is responsible for opening and closing the range.
2) For Laser Call-For-Fire missions, an OIC and RSO will be present on the range.
e. A red flag (and blinking red light at night) must be displayed.
f. Hourly (on the hour) communication checks must be performed while fire missions are being
conducted. When fire missions are completed, the OP will revert to a Non-Live Fire range status, and will
only be required to monitor the radio.
g. The following OPs are available on Camp Ripley:
OP1
OP2
OP8
OP15
UM 91011463
UM 91941565
UM 91102300
UM 91352280
OP16
OP19
OP22
OP23
UM 90162469
UM 91622771
UM 91012317
UM 92852379
10-9. Restrictions on Firing White Phosphorus
a. Firing of White Phosphorus is prohibited in sensitive wetland areas within the Leach and Hendrickson
Impact Areas.
b. White Phosphorus will not be fired directly into, or within 100 meters of, or have airburst directly over,
wetland areas. The sensitive areas, including the 100-meter buffer zone, are identified on a map at
Range Control.
10-10. Declination Stations
All aiming circles must be declinated prior to use when laying indirect fire weapon systems. The following
declination stations are located at:
a. STATION 1-UM 95780531:
In Cantonment Area 8, in front of the TMC.
b. STATION 2-UM 88022470:
Located southeast of the intersection of Kodiak Road and Easy Street.
c. STATION 3-UM 884113:
Located on the west side of Manila Road, in TA-18.
d. STATION 4-UM 90991474:
Located on the east side of FP-2, on J Range.
10-11. References
a. FM 3-09.60
b. FM 3-09.70
c. FM 3-09.8
d. FM 6-30
e. FM 6-40 with Change 1
f. FM 6-50
g. FM 6-60
h. USAFAS White Paper, dated 04 DEC 2000
i. USAFAS White Paper, dated 23 FEB 2001
50
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 11
Tank and Bradley Fighting Vehicle (BFV) Gunnery
11-1. General
a. The only ranges authorized for Tank and BFV main gun firing are as follows:
2) East Range: Automated/computer scored, Table XII capable.
3) North Range: Scaled BFV range. Sub-caliber only Tank range (stationary BP’s only).
b. Scenarios must be submitted to Range Control NLT 90 days in advance. See Target Matrix in
Appendix H.
c. Request for Tank and BFV scenario changes on above ranges must be submitted NLT 72 hours in
advance.
d. Simulation firing can be accomplished on the SCALED RANGE (located in TA05 south of Ferrell
Lake). This range has a maximum target distance of 1000 meters. It will support Tank/Bradley Tables I
through V with TWGSS and MILES.
1) The range will be reserved through the Operations Office.
2) Send Target Matrix requests to Automated Target Systems. This range is remote control operated.
3) Units will hand receipt the remote control from ATS.
11-2. Tank/BFV Firing Conditions
a. Tank/BFV cannon will not be fired above 5 degrees QE. The following procedures will be employed:
1) Unit master gunners, in conjunction with Range Control personnel, will ensure that targets are
placed at or less than 5 degrees elevation. Tank/BFV Commanders will ensure that all weapon systems
in a firing condition are pointed toward the impact area at or less than 5 degrees elevation.
2) Non-stabilized tank armament will not be fired while the tank is moving.
b. Misfires and malfunctions will be handled according to the appropriate TMs for tanks and BFVs.
c. The OIC and RSO will ensure a range safety briefing is given to crews and range support staff prior
to live-fire operations. The Briefing will include the following items:
1) Day and Night firing scenarios
2) Right and Left Limits of the range
3) Misfire Procedures
4) Vehicle flag/light procedures
5) Weapon system(s) pointed up and down range when the vehicle accesses the range
6) Communications between the firing Tank/BFV and the Tower must be maintained at all times
7) The RSO will ensure that the weapon systems are cleared, and on “safe”, before leaving the range
d. When lasers are in use on a range, the OIC will ensure that:
1) All personnel are thoroughly briefed on safety precautions.
2) Lasers are kept "off" at all times, unless the vehicle has received permission to load weapons.
3) To prevent accidental firing of the laser, the ballistic doors will be closed when the laser is not in
use.
4) Ballistic doors will be closed before moving the vehicle to the rear of the bore sighting line, or into
the parking area.
5) The use of LRFs equipped with eye safe filters over the emission port is authorized in all Training
Areas.
6) Additional information on lasers is found in Chapter 17.
e. A red range flag must be displayed at the entrance to the range during day fire and a red blinking
light during night fire.
f. The Fuel Point and the Ammunition Transfer Point must be separated by a minimum of 300 meters.
g. Environmental containment materials (spill kits) will be available on all mounted ranges and during
refueling operations.
51
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
11-3. M250/257 Smoke Grenade Launchers
a. Firing conditions
1) SDZ occupation by unprotected personnel in the open is prohibited.
2) Grenades will not be fired into strong winds.
3) Personal protective equipment will be worn by personnel within the SDZ.
4) Clothing will fit snugly to prevent red phosphorous fragments from getting inside ACU/BDUs,
particularly around the neck, ends of sleeves, and pockets.
b. Personnel are prohibited from occupying the following hazard areas:
1) 125 meters in front and to the sides of the vehicle.
2) 50 meters to the rear of the vehicle.
11-4. Weapons Effect Signature Simulator (Hoffman Device)
Personnel within 25 meters of the Hoffman Device will wear approved single hearing protection. Eye
protection will also be worn.
11-5. Hazardous Impulse Noise Exposure
a. The driver’s hatch will be closed tight at all times when firing the main weapon is fired.
b. Only personnel wearing approved single hearing protection will be allowed within 200 meters of a
tank during main gun firings.
c. Non-mission essential personnel will be restricted from areas 10 meters to the sides and from all
areas forward of firing vehicles.
11-6. Firing vehicle status designations
a. During daylight and good visibility, flags or lights will be displayed on firing vehicles. At night and
during reduced visibility, lights will be displayed.
b. Once a firing vehicle begins a battle run and passes the start fire line, all weapon systems are
considered to be loaded and ready to fire.
c. When the firing vehicle completes a battle run, the vehicle commander will ensure that the weapon
systems have been cleared, and that the proper flags, or lights, are displayed.
d. Vehicle commanders will ensure that the weapon systems are aligned within the envelope of the
vehicle’s width before leaving the range.
11-7. Close Support of Ground Personnel in Live-Fire Exercises
a. Firing overhead of unprotected personnel by tanks, Bradley fighting vehicles, and the CEV main gun
is prohibited.
b. Tank, Bradley, M551, and CEV main guns may be used to provide flanking fire if unprotected
personnel remain out of the SDZ.
11-8. Automated Tower Radio Frequencies
NOTICE: Per FM 3-20.21 HBCT Gunnery, Jump Radio communications are only required while
performing Gunnery Qualification Tables. The Jump Frequency is utilized by the Crew Evaluators
to ensure that proper commands are given, and proper crew procedures are being followed.
Jump Radio usage during any other type of armor live fire is NOT required.
a. East Range
1) Admin Frequency: 34.825
2) Firing Frequency: 32.725
3) Jump Frequency: 36.425
4) BFT/TAC Net: 38.725
5) Alternate Frequency: 49.975
b. Center Range
1) Admin Frequency: 36.700
2) Firing Frequency: 34.500
3) Jump Frequency: 40.550
4) BFT/TAC Net: 41.975
5) Alternate Frequency: 46.650
52
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
c. West Range
1) Admin Frequency: 34.250
2) Firing Frequency: 30.000
3) Jump Frequency: 38.250
4) BFT/TAC Net: 41.000
5) Alternate Frequency: 36.050
d. Scaled Range
1) Admin Frequency: 40.025
2) Firing Frequency: 32.050
3) Jump Frequency: 41.550
11-9. References
FM 3-20.21
53
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 12
Aerial Gunnery
12-1. General Information
a. Aerial Gunnery is accomplished on the following ranges.
1) Center Range – computer operated and remote operated, manually scored. Ammunition allowed:
7.62mm, 50 Cal., and TOW missile (inert).
2) East Range - computer operated. Non-Dud producing 20-30mm, 7.62mm, 50 Cal., and TOW
Missile (inert).
3) North Range – computer operated and remote operated, manually scored. Ammunition allowed:
7.62mm, 50 Cal.
4) HENDRICKSON and LEACH Impact Areas are used for 20-30mm HE, 7.62mm, .50 Cal., 2.75-inch
rocket systems, and TOW missile (inert).
b. Direct RFMSS Reservation submittal, or an ATS Form 23 must be submitted to the Post Operations
Office NLT 90 days prior to reserve the ranges.
c. Target Matrix must be submitted to Range Control NLT 90 days prior to firing. See blank Target
Matrix in Appendix H.
12-2. Firing Operations, General Requirements
a. Qualified standardization instructor pilots, or instructor pilots having immediate access to positive
control of the aircraft and weapon systems being fired, will accompany pilots and gunners who are not
qualified and current in aircraft during firing. Qualified non-rated crewmember flight instructors, or nonrated crewmember standardization instructors having immediate access to the weapon systems being
fired, will accompany door gunners who are not current and qualified.
b. Pilots and gunners are qualified when they:
1) Successfully complete an approved qualification course, or qualification or transition training in
accordance with an approved program of instruction.
2) Demonstrate flight and weapon systems proficiency in accordance with TC 3-04.11, FM 3-04.140,
and the appropriate aircrew-training manual.
c. Pilots and gunners will be familiar with the impact area, firing limits, SDZs, and safety regulations for
the range on which they will fire.
d. The firing aircraft pilot in command will ensure that firing aircraft are properly oriented with SDZs and
are safe to fire. Command and control aircraft may be used at the commander’s discretion.
e. Communications will be maintained between the OIC and Range Control. All firing elements must
maintain positive two-way communications with the OIC. Firing will be suspended immediately upon loss
of communications with Range Control, the OIC, or firing elements.
f. Airspace routing used by armed aircraft flying from the ammunition-loading site to the firing range and
return will be plotted on a map or chart, and will be maintained by both the using unit and Range Control.
This course will be selected so that accidental firing at any point on the course will minimize risk to life
and property.
g. Crash rescue personnel will be knowledgeable of safety precautions associated with armed aircraft
and impact areas, and the hazards associated with burned aircraft (for example, radioactive and
advanced composite materials).
h. The OIC of aerial gunnery ranges must be aircraft and weapon system qualified, and is in charge of
the entire range operation.
1) The OIC must observe all aspects of aerial gunnery - this may require the OIC to be airborne with
communication to Range Control.
2) The OIC ensures firing aircraft is properly positioned within established SDZ.
3) The OIC conducts a Safety Briefing before firing to include location of firing points, range limits, start
and cease fire lines, target areas and malfunction/emergency landing sites.
4) Malfunction pads must accommodate SDZ for the aircraft weapon system, or a natural or manmade barrier to contain accidental discharge of weapon systems.
i. The RSO is weapon systems qualified, and is responsible for monitoring range operations to ensure
compliance with range safety procedures. The RSO reports directly to the range OIC.
54
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
12-3. Firing Conditions, General Procedures
a. Commanders will develop and implement an aggressive program to ensure crew coordination and
target identification procedures concurrent with the gunnery-training program.
b. Aircraft weapon systems will be loaded or unloaded only in approved areas. Selection of these areas
will ensure total containment in the event of accidental discharge. The weapon systems dispersion angle
and maximum range will be considered if natural or manmade barriers are not used.
c. The master arm switch will be placed in the safe position before leaving any firing position. Prior to
leaving a range area, firing aircraft will be statically grounded; weapon switches turned off, and inspected
to ensure that no ammunition remains on board the aircraft. The RSO will ensure that all weapon systems
are clear of ammunition, and placed on safe prior to departing the range.
d. When training requirements dictate, BN Commanders or higher may direct the loading and unloading
of ammunition from aircraft while the engines are running. Such operations are authorized when a
thorough Composite Risk Management Worksheet (DA Form 7566) has been conducted, control
measures implemented, and residual risks identified and accepted by the appropriate commander.
e. When conducting running fires, ground markers are required for the start and cease-fire lines. Hover
fire requires marking of the firing position. Markers may be illuminated and thermalized when thermal
weapon sights are used to ensure proper target area identification at times of limited visibility. Additional
ground markings may be used at the discretion of the commanding officer or the Range Control Officer.
f. Qualified and current pilots or gunners require only start and cease fire line markings, day and night.
g. Pilots or gunners that are not qualified or current in aircraft or weapon systems, require a ground
marking for both day and night firing points and limits of fire.
h. Ammunition loading and unloading is only accomplished in areas approved by the Range Control
Officer.
i. Before aircraft move to a refueling point, they will have all rockets unloaded, and all guns cleared and
safe. Aircraft hot refueling is prohibited without approval of the Range Control Officer.
j. Diving fire is prohibited without approval of the Range Control Officer.
k. TOW guided missile wire will be recovered by ground personnel after each aircraft fire mission.
l. Range Control will designate emergency landing areas for use by aircraft experiencing weapons
malfunctions or in-flight emergencies.
m. Lasers will be used as outlined in Chapter 17 of this regulation.
n. Fuel spill materials (spill kits) will be on site at each refuel area or FARP. Fuel tankers used to refuel
aircraft will be equipped with sufficient absorbent material to handle small to moderate spills.
12-4. Gunnery Operations
a. Door gunnery operations will be conducted according to FM 3-04.140, and the appropriate TM for the
specific type of aircraft.
b. All personnel on the aircraft when firing weapons will wear at least approved single hearing
protection.
c. Training operations conducted in conjunction with aerial rocket firing will be suspended if sustained
winds or gusts exceed 30 knots.
12-5. References
a. FM 3-04.140 w/Change 1
b. TC 3-04.11
55
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 13
Air Defense Artillery Weapon Systems
13-1. General
Due to the size of the Camp Ripley Installation, none of the current ADA weapon systems are authorized
for live fire. The M3P .50 Cal. Machine Gun may be fired from the Avenger.
13-2. Air Defense Radio Controlled Miniature Aerial Target (RCMAT)
a. Use of RCMATs will be requested on ATS Form 23. CommandersO-5 (O-4P) and above, will submit
a Safety Memorandum (see Appendix H for sample document), listing those individuals who have been
trained and tested on the operation of RCMATs. Operators will attend a Range Control Safety Briefing
prior to range operations.
b. RCMATs will not be flown over troops, or within 200 meters of the Camp Ripley boundaries. All
RCMATs will be grounded immediately, if aircraft are observed in the area.
c. All precautions in TM 9-1550-416-10/14 will be followed. Range Control will coordinate with Miller
Army Airfield during RCMATs training.
d. Use of RCMATs in the Cantonment Area will be coordinated through the Camp Ripley Operations
Office, as well as Camp Ripley Security, NLT 14 days in advance.
13-3. References
a. FM 44-18-1
56
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 14
Guided Missiles
14-1. Tow Missiles
a. Firing conditions - General
1) The TOW missile (inert round) can be fired on K, Center, and East Ranges.
2) Before firing any TOW missile, the entire SDZ will be cleared of all non-mission essential personnel.
3) TOW missile firings must be accomplished within predetermined boundaries. The Range Control
Officer will ensure that an adequate SDZ exists.
4) Procedures and precautions in FMs and TMs will be observed in all preparation and firing
operations.
5) Only those personnel actively engaged in firing and controlling the Ground Mounted TOW missile
system will be at the launch point, with protective body armor, Kevlar helmet, eye, and hearing protection.
6) Personnel at launch point will not stand, nor permit any part of their body to be, directly behind or in
front of the launcher while missile is in the launch tube.
7) TOW missiles will not be fired from within buildings or within 100 meters of any vertical or nearly
vertical backstop.
8) The range will be inspected after TOW firing activities to ensure, to the maximum extent possible
that all guidance wires are removed from the range. Aircraft will not be used to remove guidance wire.
9) Occupation of Area I, the area directly in front of the weapon, is prohibited.
10) All missiles will be tested using the missile test set as part of the overall system pre-fire checks.
This will identify the majority of missiles with a potential for operational failures.
b. Surface Danger Zone
1) Area F danger area to the rear of the launcher is 100 meters.
2) At least single hearing protection will be worn by all personnel within the rectangle 100 meters to
either side and 200 meters to the rear of the TOW.
3) OIC and RSO will ensure no personnel or equipment are located within this area.
c. Misfires and malfunctions will be handled IAW appropriate TMs.
d. MILES training
1) The TOW missile uses the antitank weapons effect signature simulator (ATWESS) device for a
noise simulator.
2) ATWESS devices must never be armed until ready to fire. A sever jolt to the ATWESS may cause
the device to function.
3) Approved single hearing protection is required.
14-2. Dragon
a. Firing Conditions
1) Dragon firing is only authorized on K Range.
2) The entire SDZ will be cleared of all non-mission essential personnel.
3) Only those personnel actively engaged in firing and control of Dragon guided missile as specified by
the appropriate FMs and TMs will be permitted in the SDZ at the time of firing. Non-operational personnel
will move to a distance of at least 50 meters to the side of the launcher (110 meters when firing M222
HEAT rounds).
4) The gunner and all personnel at launch point will wear protective body armor, Kevlar helmet, eye
protection, and single hearing protection.
5) At least single hearing protection will be worn by all personnel within the rectangle 170 meters to
either side, and 260 meters to the rear of the Dragon firing point.
6) Dragon guided missiles will be fired according to the procedure and precautions outlined in
appropriate FM's and TM's.
b. Surface Danger Zone
1) Area F to the rear of the launcher is 50 meters.
2) OIC and RSO will ensure no personnel or equipment are located in this area.
3) Personnel will not stand or permit any portion of their body to be directly behind or in front of the
launcher when the tracker and missile are mated.
4) The Dragon will not be fired from within buildings, unless fired IAW FM 90-10-1, or within 50 meters
of a vertical or nearly vertical backstop.
57
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
c. MILES training
1) The Dragon missile uses the ATWESS device for a noise simulator.
2) ATWESS devices must never be armed until ready to fire. A severe jolt to the ATWESS may cause
the device to function. Approved single hearing protection is required.
14-3. Javelin
The Javelin is a shoulder-launched, man-portable, anti-armor weapon system. It fires a passive imaging
infrared missile with a lock-on before launch guidance system.
a. Firing conditions
1) Before firing any Javelin missile, the entire SDZ will be cleared of non-mission essential personnel.
Only those personnel specified in the appropriate FMs and TMs will be permitted in the SDZ.
2) Javelin missile firing will be accomplished within predetermined boundaries. The Range Control
Officer will ensure that an adequate SDZ exits.
3) See applicable FMs and TMs for preparation and firing operations, and Misfire procedures.
4) Personnel will neither stand nor permit any part of their body to be directly behind or in front of the
Javelin launcher.
b. Surface Danger Zone
Personnel located in the 100-meter primary danger zone to the rear of the launcher must wear approved
hearing and eye protection.
14-4. References
a. FM 3-22.34
b. FM 3-22.37
c. FM 3-22.1
d. TM 9-2350-252-10-2
e. TM 9-1425-484-10
58
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 15
Chemical Agents, Smoke, and Aircraft Spray
15-1. General
a. C Range is the authorized NBC Course/Gas Chamber.
b. The OIC and RSO must meet rank/grade requirements of Table 1-1, page 11, of this Regulation.
c. Operational requirements
1) The range must have two forms of communications to open and close the range with Range
Control.
2) Hourly communication checks are not required, but the site must monitor Range Control
SINCGARS primary frequency 36.100, or alternate frequency 36.900, during smoke and chemical agent
operations.
3) Medical support is required on site. Units using the C Range may utilize medical support assets
from other A-Complex facilities, provided communications are in place.
d. Personnel will carry their protective masks in training when using:
1) Fog oil
2) HC (Hexachloroethane zinc). HC smoke can kill if improperly used. This smoke contains corrosive
substances that can destroy lung tissue, causing the lungs to fill with fluid in a condition known as “DryLand Drowning.” In some cases, the body can also be poisoned by zinc metal oxide in the smoke. The
problem symptomatic effects are usually delayed. Soldiers do not realize they inhaled too much until
hours, or even days, after the exposure.
3) RP (Red Phosphorous)
4) WP (White Phosphorous)
5) Colored and diesel smokes
6) All Riot Control agents
e. Personnel will utilize their protective masks:
1) Before exposure to any concentration of smoke from M8 white smoke grenades or HC smoke pots.
2) When operating in smoke that has a visibility less than 50 meters.
3) When operating in a smoke haze with visibility greater than 50 meters for over 4 hours.
4) For smoke generator operator personnel when it is impossible to stay up-wind of the smoke.
5) When using smoke in MOUT training, HC smoke will not be used anywhere within the MOUT
site, or any enclosed areas such as buildings, trenches, vehicles, etc.
15-2. Riot Control Agents
a. The use of riot control agents and smoke operations on Camp Ripley must be coordinated with
Range Control NLT 30 days in advance. Required information is:
1) Type of agent or smoke to be used
2) Proposed location of exercise
3) Quantity to be used
4) Duration of use
5) Date and time of usage
b. Personnel must be evaluated by unit medical personnel, prior to being exposed to riot control agents,
to ensure they are free of the following health conditions:
1) Respiratory ailments
2) Active dermatitis, to include severe facial acne
3) Pregnancy
c. Authorized riot control agents on Camp Ripley are:
1) CS
2) CSX
3) CS-1
4) CS-2
5) CR
NOTICE - Only CS in capsule form may be used in the CS Chamber. NO EXCEPTIONS!
59
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
d. Only chemical qualified soldiers may supervise the use of riot control agents. Officers are considered
chemical qualified if they possess AOC 74A or SSI 3R. Enlisted soldiers are considered chemical
qualified if they possess MOS 54B or SQI C.
e. Riot Control agents will not be used under conditions that are dangerous to life or property. The use
of riot control agents is limited to 1200 meters from Camp Ripley boundaries, 500 meters from the nearest
heavily traveled road, and 1200 meters from the Cantonment Area, Ammunition Supply Point, and Miller
Army Airfield.
f. Unprotected personnel will not be exposed to riot control agents for no longer than 15 seconds.
g. Reduce the MOPP level under high heat stress conditions whenever possible.
15-3. Smoke
The use of smoke in training poses special health and safety issues. See paragraph 15-1 for safety
precautions.
a. Soldiers involved in FTXs using smoke must receive a Safety Briefing concerning the use of smoke
from their chain of command.
b. CS and HC hand grenades will not be fired closer than 30 meters from personnel, or used in confined
spaces such as tents, vehicles, buildings, and occupied tunnels.
c. FS (sulfur trioxide-chlorosulfonic acid solution) and FM (titanium tetrachloride) smoke will not be used
in training.
NOTICE – Do not detonate a smoke grenade closer than 1200 meters from Camp Ripley
boundaries, public roads, or other restricted areas, as determined by the Range Control Officer.
15-4. Smoke Pots
a. Request for the use of smoke generators and smoke pots must be submitted to Range Control NLT
48 hours in advance. Requests will include location, duration of smoke, and dispersion pattern.
b. M-5 Smoke pots must:
1) Be maintained and kept dry prior to use.
2) Not be fired inside any enclosed or poorly ventilated area.
3) Have glasses or eye protection in use when igniting.
4) Be 5 meters from friendly troops.
5) Have 30 meters of WD-1/TT wire when being electrically fired.
Danger - To prevent facial burns, never allow the firers face over the top of the smoke pot while
igniting the striker.
c. Select an area free from ignitable material to eliminate the possibility of range fires when using
smoke pots.
d. Smoke pots or smoke generators will not be used within 1200 meters of the ASP, Cantonment Area,
Miller Army Airfield, public highways, or the Camp Ripley boundaries.
15-5. Aircraft Spray
Aerial disbursement of chemical training agents will be considered on a case-by-case basis, with
coordination through the Range Control Office. The chemical OIC must submit the request NLT 30 days
in advance. Requests must include the following items:
1) Grid Location
2) Type of chemical agent
3) Type of aircraft used for disbursement
4) Altitude of disbursement
5) Duration of each disbursement
6) Amount of agent to be disbursed
7) SOPs covering all contingencies and safety procedures
8) Composite Risk Management Worksheet (DA Form 7566)
60
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
15-6. References
a. FM 3-11.11
b. FM 3-11.22
c. FM 3-50
d. FM 3-101-1
61
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 16
Mines, Firing Devices, Trip Flares, Simulators, and Explosive Charges
16-1. General
a. The OIC and RSO must meet rank/grade requirements from Table 1-1, page 13, of this Regulation.
b. L Range and six other sites are the only approved demolitions training sites in the field training area,
per the Camp Ripley Environmental Noise Management Plan, dated AUG 1999. See list in Paragraph
16-10.
c. Units must submit their DEMO Plans to Range Control NLT 90 days prior to range usage. Plans
must include wiring diagrams and TNT equivalency conversions.
d. General safe practices for handling and transporting explosives are prescribed in TM 9-1375-213-12,
FM 3.34.214, and DA Pamphlet 385-64.
e. A Five (5)-minute to Initiation, AND a One (1)-minute to Blast, warning calls to Range Control
are required for all demolition blasts.
DANGER - Do not conduct demolition work during an electrical storm, snow storm, or near any
device that emits static electricity.
DANGER - Handle blasting caps with extreme care and always carry them in a cap box or nonmetallic container to provide protection against shock.
DANGER - Do not store blasting caps closer than 25 feet from explosives.
NOTE: All poundage listed in this chapter is in TNT equivalents.
e. Gases released by detonation of explosives are toxic. Avoid exposure to fumes. Position personnel
upwind from detonation points, and wait until the smoke and fumes disperse before proceeding down
range.
f. Buried charges will be primed with detonating cord leading to above ground electric or non-electric
blasting caps. Blasting caps will not be buried underground as they are sensitive to shock and may
detonate if hit by a metal tool or other hard object.
g. Detonating cord should be used to prime charges on above ground charges to minimize the need to
use blasting caps. Once the explosive charges are primed with detonating cord, the detonating cord will
be initiated with an above ground electric, non-electric blasting cap, or modernized demolition initiator
(MDI).
h. Detonation circuits will not be connected or armed on any munitions unless the intent is to detonate
the munitions. When munitions are to be detonated, the area will be cleared of all non-mission essential
personnel. Live blasting caps or other live detonators will not be located at training sites if munitions are
not to be detonated.
i. All personnel on any demolitions range will wear a Kevlar helmet, protective body armor,
single hearing protection, and ballistic eye protection, regardless of their position on the range.
j. Only mission essential personnel will be allowed in the SDZ during firings.
k. Mixing of live and inert demolitions for training is prohibited.
l. When temporary open storage of explosives is used, stacks will not exceed 500 lbs. of explosives.
Distance between stacks will not be less than 45 meters. Demolitions simulators are considered live
munitions.
m. Prepare charges a minimum of 25 feet from stored demolitions.
n. Test all electrical blasting caps with a galvanometer before connecting to any explosive circuit.
o. Procedures in FM 3.34.214 and DA Pamphlet 385-63 (Chapter 17, Section 17-1, Paragraphs d. and
e.) will be followed for all demolitions training on Camp Ripley. Both publications, as well as RC Form 5
(Surface Danger Area Overlay Information Safety Card/Demo), must be on the demolition site at all times.
Contact Range Control for questions regarding specific types of demolition charges, fired on various
target media.
p. Pack unexpended demolitions in original containers and return to the ASP.
62
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
16-2. Firing Devices
a. Electrical firing will be used with extreme caution and will be replaced with non-electric firing systems
when the possibility exits of unintentional detonation from extraneous electrical sources.
b. Electric firing will not be performed in training within 155 meters of energized power lines.
c. Static electricity creates a potential hazard when explosive training operations are being conducted.
d. A dual electric disconnect system will be used when installing electrical firing systems on demolitions.
The main source of power will be turned off and a lockout device will be used.
e. Instructions in TM 9-1375-213-12 will be followed when installing, arming, and disarming firing
devices.
f. Firing devices and fuzes either with or without the standard bases will not be pointed at personnel.
g. Standard bases containing unfired percussion caps, firing devices, and fuzes will not be carried in the
pocket.
h. Standard bases containing unfired percussion caps will be kept separated from firing devices and
fuzes until the firing device or fuze is ready to be installed in the mine or booby trap.
i. Safety pins on firing devices and fuzes should be checked for ease of movement before attaching the
standard base.
j. Before removing the tripwire, the positive safety will be installed on armed firing devices or fuzes
having a tripwire attached.
16-3. Shaped Charges
a. Shaped charges will be oriented so that gas jets will be directed toward the target. Charges should
be placed on the side of the target nearest the observers when practicable, so that the blast is directed
away from them. Observers will be at least 100 meters away in a missile-proof shelter, 275 meters away
in a defilade, or 1000 meters away for unprotected personnel from shaped charges when firing.
b. All personnel will wear Kevlar helmets, protective body armor, and single hearing protection. Eye
protection should also be worn.
16-4. Bangalore Torpedoes
a. Bangalore Torpedoes will only be fired in a horizontal position on the ground.
b. Personnel will be in a missile-proof shelter 100 meters from the charge, or 200 meters away in a
defilade.
c. All personnel will wear Kevlar helmets, protective body armor, and single hearing protection. Eye
protection should also be worn.
16-5. Mine-Clearing Line Charge (MICLIC)
a. Because of high exhaust temperatures, the MICLIC will not be towed behind a M1 series tank.
b. Spectators will not be allowed within the SDZ or noise hazard area during firing.
c. Only firing personnel are allowed in Area F.
d. The M68 inert charge should not be fired more than three times, as additional firings may result in the
breakage of the charge blocks cord and/or erratic flight of the rocket.
16-6. Cratering Charges
a. The minimum safe distance for personnel not in missile-proof shelters are as follows:
1) Up to 4.4 lbs.-100 meters
2) Up to 66 lbs.-300 meters
3) Over 66 lbs.-500 meters
b. Personnel located in a missile-proof shelter may be located 100 meters from the detonation site.
c. All personnel will wear Kevlar helmet, protective body armor, and single hearing protection. Eye
protection should be worn.
d. All cratering charges will be dual primed with detonating cord. Use of M151 and M152 for dual
priming is authorized. Blasting caps will not be placed underground. Electric or non-electric caps will be
attached to the detonating cord above ground.
16-7. Mines
a. Practice and inert mines will be color-coded and will have the appropriate identification marking
stenciled on them. Service, practice, inert mines, and fuzes will not be mixed.
63
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
b. Practice mines and their fuzes contain a small, low explosive charge or a smoke producing
increment. They will be color-coded and separated.
c. Claymore mines
1) Claymore mines can be fired on J or L Ranges, or on other sites approved by the Range Control
Officer.
2) Prior to firing, the OIC checks all mines to ensure that the following has been done:
(a) Mines are installed correctly and facing into the impact area.
(b) The face of the mine marked "Front Toward Enemy", and the arrows on top of the mine, are
pointed down range.
(c) All mines will be secured until the range OIC directs their issue.
(d) Emplaced mines will not be disarmed except by order of the OIC.
(e) Firing devices will only be connected at the command of the OIC.
(f) When more than one mine is to be fired, the OIC will ensure that previous firings have not
dislodged the other mines in the impact area.
(g) After firing, the impact area will be inspected to ensure that all mines have detonated.
(h) When mines are fired, no personnel can be within the 16 meters back blast area. Personnel
located in the 16-100 meters back blast area will be in a fighting position, or behind an approved berm.
(i) All personnel will wear Kevlar helmet, protective body armor, and single hearing protection. Eye
protection should be worn.
(j) Misfires will be handled IAW FM 23-23.
d. The Volcano multiple delivery mine system is a rapid mine dispensing system for launching antitank
mines from various vehicles. The ground system uses 5-ton cargo or dump trucks to dispense the mines.
RC Form 1 must be on site for proper deployment of the Volcano, per the SDZ.
16-8. Trip Flares (M48 and M49)
a. Use inert flares to teach students in the use, emplacement, and fuzing of service flares.
b. Fence or guard each service trip flare used in training to prevent personnel from approaching within 2
meters of the emplaced flare.
c. Clear trip flare positions of flammable material to prevent accidental fires. Do not use the M48 trip
flare in areas where fire could cause serious damage
.
16-9. Simulators
a. M80 explosive simulators detonate 3 to 5 seconds after ignition of the fuse cord and are capable of
causing serious injury. Fuse cord tips should not be split, since this reduces burning time, and increases
the potential for injury to personnel. Do not use M1 and M2 type fuse igniters to ignite the M80 fuse cord
or hold the M80 simulator when ignited.
b. Procedures for the safe use of other simulators are contained in TM 9-1370-206-10, TM 9-1370-20710, and TM 9-1370-208-10. No attempt will be made to disarm or disassemble simulators.
c. Commercially manufactured fireworks (designated for civilian use) will not be handled, stored, or
used in any way by military personnel on any installation.
d. An OIC trained in demolitions supervises emplacement and firing of the detonator. Emplace IAW
procedures outlined in FM 30-101.
e. Each unit must have a dedicated evacuation vehicle with qualified medical aid personnel, and a unit
fire fighting team available in the immediate vicinity, after the simulator is exploded. These personnel
remain until the area is cleared.
f. IED Simulation Kit
The IED Simulation kit and BES provides the tools required to train war fighters for one of the deadliest
killers on today’s battlefield.
The IED Simulation kit consists of the following:
1 large Simulator IED (T155FT-V2)
1 Receiver/Transmitter (RT01K4)
1 Mortar Launcher (T81MSD)
1 Pipe Bomb (T50PB)
1 Land Mine (T80PM)
1 Booby Trap (T12TWC)
1 Suicide Bomber Vest (T48SBV)
64
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
1) Camp Ripley has 2 IED Simulation kits.
2) A 2-hour class is required for the Unit’s OIC/RSO before they are allowed to draw the equipment.
The class is conducted at Supply and Services, Bldg.2-207, 320-616-3129.
3) IED Simulation kit must be requested NLT 90 days in advance. Request for use of the simulators
goes through Supply and Services.
4) Prior to using the kit, the Unit must give the location of the IED Simulation Kit usage to Range
Control.
NOTICE - The OIC declares the area is clear before any personnel are permitted within 500 feet of
the blast point.
g. The OIC ensures no loose rocks or other objects, which could serve as missiles, are above the
ground, within 18 inches of the sound charge.
h. Locate the firing point upwind from the point of detonation.
CAUTION - Do not remove the cardboard separator, which is stapled just above the smoke charge.
Removal of the separator damages the cables and may result in a malfunction of the simulator.
16-10. Demolitions and Explosives
a. L Range is an Established Demolition Range, complete with viewing bunker. The southern portion of
the range is the Small Charge Area (less than 100 lbs.). The northern portion is the Large Charge Area
(100-200 lbs.). A full Bangalore Torpedo kit can be fired here. See range map in Appendix A.
b. DEMO-5 is the new Light Demolitions Range UM 89562718 (located in TA 73). Maximum allowed
charge is 100 lbs. TNT equivalent.
NOTE: The maximum allowable charge is the equivalent of 200 pounds of TNT per blast, 10 times
per year, during daylight hours only, and a minimum of 30 minutes between blasts.
b. There are six approved Field Training Area Demolition Sites. They are:
1) DEMO-1 UM 91601260 (M Range Demo Site)
2) DEMO-2 UM 91801570 (OP-2 Demo Site)
3) DEMO-3 UM 87701520 (Located to the southwest of Chain Barrier C-5)
4) DEMO 4 UM 90282592 (Located at the Seal Cabin)
5) DEMO-6 UM 90702842 (Located in TA 75)
NOTE: The maximum allowable charge for the five additional sites is the equivalent of 100 pounds
of TNT per blast, 5 times per year per location, during daylight hours only, and a minimum of 30
minutes between blasts.
See location map on the following page.
65
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
66
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
c. Bangalore Torpedoes are limited to ½ Kit (5 sections) per shot in the DEMO-1 through DEMO-6
Sites.
d. The firing, handling, storing, and transporting of explosives will be IAW the provisions set forth in DA
Pamphlet 385-63, this Regulation, FM 3.34.214, TM 9-1300-206, and TM 9-1375-200.
e. Demolition explosives and associated items forecast for training are the responsibility of the using
unit.
f. A five-minute warning will be transmitted to Range Control prior to initiating any firing device. Range
Control must be notified when blasting is complete.
g. Demolition operations will be discontinued during, or upon the approach of, an electrical storm.
h. The OIC will ensure that personnel are at least the minimum safe distances as prescribed in DA
Pamphlet 385-63, before any demolition is fired. Charges will not be detonated until all personnel are at
the safe distances.
i. Priming personnel must wear protective body armor while priming charges. All charges will be dual
primed and set in place, not thrown.
j. After the demolition exercise is completed, the area will be checked for unfired demolitions and
explosives.
k. Charges placed on steel are not to exceed 2 pounds. They will be fired within an appropriate
confining structure with an excavated pit at least 1 meter deep. If fired in an open pit, a mat made of
hemp-type material must cover the charge.
l. Insertion of blasting caps in charges will be performed by not more than five personnel, under the
supervision of one supervisor (protective body armor is required). The remainder of the unit will withdraw
to a safe position prior to insertion.
m. Trees larger than 2 inches in diameter will not be cut without the approval, and marking by, of the
Training Area Coordinator.
n. All debris from demolitions and associated activities will be removed, and craters will be filled and
compacted.
o. The firing unit is responsible for covering all holes resulting from blasts. Range Control will inspect
the area prior to clearing the area.
p. Demolition misfires are the responsibility of the individual(s) who set the charge. Follow procedures
outlined in Chapter 6, section II, FM 3.34.214.
16-11. Live Fire Exercise Breach Facility (BREACH)
The Breach Facility is used to train soldiers the technical aspects of breaching techniques on a semiannual basis. It is also used to train TTPs and explosive techniques not trained on any other type range.
a. This range has three separate training technique stations:
1) Station 1-Door Breaching-this station has a facade that is 8 feet high with a door opening of 33
inches by 80 inches. Soldiers can conduct mechanical, thermal, ballistic, and explosive door breaching
techniques.
A. Units must let Range Control know if they are going to do shotgun training to breach the door in
the units Demo plan.
2) Station 2-Wall Breaching-this station contains a facade that measures 8 feet high by 20.5 inches
wide. Soldiers can conduct mechanical, thermal, ballistic, and explosive wall breaching.
3) Station 3-Window Breaching-this station contains a facade that measures 8 feet high with three
window openings measuring 32.75 inches by 38.75 inches.
b. Use C4 to breach hard targets (masonry construction items).
c. Civilian agencies that utilize this facility will be responsible for replacing all doors and windows that
are destroyed during training.
d. Charges will not be placed on the metal studs in the Station 2 facade.
e. All other safety measures listed in this chapter, DA Pamphlet 385-63, FM 3.34.214, and the Breach
Facility SOP must be followed.
f. Maximum charge is 4 lbs. on this range.
NOTE: ALL UNITS MUST ORDER DOOR MATERIAL AND WINDOWS THROUGH AUTOMATED
TARGET SYSTEMS (320-616-3132/3133) NLT 90 DAYS PRIOR. CIVILIAN AGENCIES THAT UTILIZE
THE RANGE MUST REPLACE THE DOORS AND WINDOWS THAT THEY UTILIZE.
67
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
16-12. References
a. FM 3-34
b. FM 3-34.2
c. FM 3-34.22
d. FM 3-34.210
e. FM 3-34.214 w/Change 1
f. FM 23-23
g. TM 9-1300-206
h. TM 9-1375-200
i. TM 9-1370-206-10
j. TM 9-1370-207-10
k. TM 9-1370-208-10
l. TM 9-1375-213-12
68
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 17
Laser Range Safety
17-1. General
a. The concept of laser range safety is to prevent intra-beam viewing by unprotected personnel. This
chapter prescribes safety procedures to be followed in the use of laser devices.
b. Lasing is authorized from Range Control approved surveyed positions only.
c. The laser (Tank, BFV, G/VLLD) will be treated like a direct fire weapon, such as a tank main gun or
25 mm cannon, and must be coordinated accordingly. Aircrews will not conduct any over the horizon
lasing.
d. The use of lasers is authorized on the following ranges: OP-1, OP-16, North, East, West, Center, and
any point approved by Range Control.
e. Any case of suspected eye exposure to laser radiation will be immediately reported to Range Control
for medical evacuation, to ensure performance of an eye examination within 24 hours of exposure. A
Range Accident/Incident Checklist will be filled out and submitted to Range Control immediately (see
Appendix C).
f. Aircrews conducting laser operations will wear laser protective eyewear as required.
g. Night vision devices will not be used for laser eye protection devices. These devices are not
“coverall” goggles. Laser energy may enter the eye from reflections or from around the tubes. These
devices can be bloomed (white out), damaged, or destroyed from exposure to laser radiation.
17-2. Precautions for Laser Devices
Laser devices can seriously injure the unprotected eyes of individuals within the laser beam. Intra-beam
viewing of either the direct beam or the beam reflected from a mirror-like surface exposes the unprotected
eye to a potential hazard and must be avoided.
17-3. Firing Conditions
In addition to instructions on particular laser devices or simulators, the following information is specific for
this regulation and installation:
a. OIC and RSO must be certified IAW DA Pamphlet 385-63, and have a Safety Certification
Memorandum on file at Range Control.
b. The OIC and RSO must receive the Range Control Safety Briefing from Range Control prior to
opening any range.
c. The RSO will conduct a detailed safety briefing to the unit conducting laser operation, prior to
opening range.
d. Medical personnel are not required on the laser range. However, proper channels for obtaining
medical assistance should be identified prior to opening the range.
e. Continuously monitor Range Control primary frequency 36.100, and perform hourly communication
checks.
f. Warning signs must be posted, and barriers emplaced, to prevent unprotected personnel from moving
forward of the firing line.
g. A red range flag will be displayed when the range is open.
h. Lasing markers, internal and external, must be emplaced by the unit to identify the left and right limits
(see TC 25-8 pages C-4 and C-5).
i. An approved RC Form 6 (Surface Danger Area Overlay Information Card-Laser) must be utilized for
obtaining left and right deflection limits, and vertical angles.
(1) Laser firing points with different safety data on the RC Form 6 (i.e. right and left limits) require
separate OICs and RSOs for each firing point.
(2) Emplace the laser directly over the surveyed positioned stake, which is cemented in the ground, or
to the left or right of a tracked vehicle.
(3) Ensure adequate backstop is provided for all targets being lased, and target area is free of
specular (mirror-like) surfaces. Examples of specular surfaces are vehicle windows, mirrors, plastic
sheeting, etc. Glossy foliage, raindrops, and other natural objects are not considered specular surfaces.
Report any specular surfaces within your zone of fire to Range Control immediately.
(4) The Range OIC will complete a terrain sketch of the sector of fire for the laser prior to laser
operations.
69
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
NOTICE - Never lase personnel, wildlife, or specular surfaces. Never lase targets within 30 meters
of a reflective surface.
17-4. Force on Force Exercises
Tactical exercises involving MILES/AGES/AD/TWGSS/PGS do not require SDZ construction, however
NOHD restrictions in MIL-HDBK-828A apply. The Post Commander may approve tactical exercises
involving force-on-force components using laser devices other than those listed.
17-5. References
a. AR 11-9
b. AR 40-5
c. AR 40-46
d. AR 385-9
e. FM 6-30
f. TB-MED 524
g. TM 9-1260-477-12
70
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 18
Live Fire Exercises
18-1. Safety during Live-Fire Exercises
a. Live-Fire phases of training must be conducted with maximum realism and safety. If safety or terrain
limitations do require some unrealistic actions to be taken, personnel should be briefed, in detail, on why
artificial actions are required and what the unit would do if confronted with a similar situation in combat.
b. A Combined Arms Live-Fire Exercise (CALFEX) (Army)/Combined Arms Exercise (CAX) (Marine
Corps) involves two or more combat arms and/or DOD services. Air and ground weapons will be used in
accordance with current doctrine, unless specifically prohibited from use by this pamphlet.
18-2. Information for Commanders
a. Training to permit highly realistic maneuvers and LFXs involves specific personnel safety
requirements. Installation commanders will publish specific range guidance (for example, regulations,
SOPs, and so forth) that apply specifically to their installations. This guidance will define safety
requirements to support live-fire training exercises. Directives developed for a particular location are not
authorized for use at a different location.
b. Commanders whose units participate in live-fire exercises will—
1) Make certain that all individual gunners including Bradley, tank, and aviation gunners who will take
part in live-fire exercises have fired and passed a qualification course for the weapon or system they will
fire in the exercise.
2) Conduct rehearsal (dry run) exercises prior to the live-fire and maneuver exercise. The commander
will assess the proficiency and experience level of his/her unit and the degree of risk involved to
determine the scope and duration of the rehearsal and if it should be executed on the same range on
which the live-fire and maneuver training will be conducted. The rehearsal should be scheduled as close
to the actual event as is feasible to retain individual situational awareness and skills. Additionally, when
ever feasible, rehearsals will replicate as closely as possible the conditions involved in the actual event.
Such conditions should include but are not limited to time of day, similar terrain, and the status of the
personnel (that is uniforms worn, same equipment carried, and camouflage). In addition, rehearsals will
include a review of range safety requirements for the live five and maneuver range. The review should
include, but is not limited to: range safety fans (lateral limits), SDZs for weapons and ammunition fired, air
limitations and restrictions for both live-fire and medical evacuation, and emergency and/or casualty
evacuation procedures. Commander, USASOC, may approve deviation from this requirement for Army
Special Forces (ARSOF) units. If ARSOF units are training on a non-USASOC installation, host
installation commander concurrence is required.
3) Orient participants on the capabilities of the weapons used by other components in the
CALFEX/CAX.
4) Designate individuals (such as observer-controllers) who are not part of the tactical or administrative
scheme to monitor safety. These individuals will maintain visual contact with maneuvering elements and
should have some means of signaling a cease-fire. Communications with the tactical operations center is
mandatory. The Marine Corps commander will assess the proficiency and experience level of his/her unit
in determining the quantity of observer-controllers (that is, safety NCOs) required for the event. Other
factors influencing this decision should include but are not limited to: the scheme of maneuver, geometry
of the attack, composition of forces, dispersion of forces, visibility, weather conditions, and fatigue. Marine
Corps observers-controllers report to the exercise range safety officer, and will have training in local
range safety procedures.
c. For battalion and squadron or larger exercises, a field grade officer will be appointed as the exercise
OIC.
18-3. Exercise planning
a. Units will conduct live-fire exercises only in support of properly identified and trained-to-standards
mission essential task list (METL) tasks. Tactics, techniques, and procedures employed during the livefire exercises must be consistent with the standards published in the applicable Army Training Evaluation
Program, mission training plan, and/or battle drills. Command approval from the next higher command is
required for any life-fire exercise not consistent with the unit’s established METL.
71
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
b. Detailed written plans will be developed between the range control officer and the unit OIC. It will
require submission of formal risk management documentation prior to execution. If residual risk is
extremely high, MACOM commander approval is required. The installation safety director will review the
completed plan and risk management documentation that will include:
1) A detailed plan of maneuver and fire support.
2) A list of weapons, ammunition, pyrotechnic or smokes, and chemicals to be used.
3) Unit control measures, including means of communication.
4) Terrain feature and facilities required.
c. Impact distance and limits of advance are as follows:
1) The distances to which unprotected troops can safely move near the impact area (that is, areas A,
B and C) are indicated in the chapter on each weapon or weapons system.
2) To determine how close unprotected troops may maneuver to the target area, an impact area and
an SDZ must be established for each target area used. SDZs must be computed and issued to leaders
and safety personnel before starting the exercise. When several types of weapons are being fired into
one target area, the combined total SDZ (composite SDZ) will govern. These restrictions normally should
not preclude unit commanders from selecting tactically sound supporting weapon positions for their
scheme of maneuver, provided the positions and directions of fire do not exceed the total range area
available for the exercise. When feasible, leaders and safety personnel will be shown the physical limits
of the SDZ by ground survey.
3) The short limit of the impact area may be moved in the direction of the target area by definite
prearrangement to permit forward movement of troops.
4) Demolitions may be used during live-fire exercises according to Chapter 16.
5) Selection of weapon positions will be the responsibility of unit leaders taking part in the exercise.
6) Terrain configuration will be used to enhance safety features when terrain is being selected for livefire exercises involving overhead, flanking fire, or both.
d. During live-fire exercise planning, the risk management process must address possible hazards from
friendly fire and control measures to reduce or eliminate them, while executing the METL task to
published Army/Marine Corps standards.
18-4. Firing Precautions
a. Overhead fire of personnel may be authorized, provided they have positive protection from the
munitions being fired. Protected positions for personnel and vehicles are discussed in FM 5–103.
b. The installation commander (or designated representative) can authorize overhead fire above
unprotected personnel except by weapon systems specifically prohibited.
c. Weapons specifically authorized for overhead fire of unprotected personnel are—
1) All artillery cannon firing indirect fire. See Chapter 10 for safety precautions.
2) Machine-guns (5.56 mm, 7.62 mm, and .50 caliber) on ground tripods or vehicle mounts (ring
mounts excluded) firing from a stationary position.
d. Only ammunition approved for overhead fire will be used.
e. All firing of direct fire weapons will be from positions that provide an unobstructed field of fire.
f. Overhead fire with machineguns in live-fire exercises will be as follows:
1) Bullets will not be permitted to impact between the firing position and the rear of the line of
unprotected personnel. All impacts should be a minimum of 50 meters beyond the forward line of
unprotected personnel.
2) Positive stops must be used to prevent crossfire and depression of the muzzle during firing.
3) A minimum clearance or safety limit must be established using the guidelines for overhead fire in
FM 23–65 and FM 3–22.68. Marine Corps personnel use Marine Corps Warfighting Publication 3–15.1.
4) Rate of fire will not exceed 70 rounds per minute for 5.56-mm and 7.62-mm machineguns and 40
rounds per minute for .50 caliber machineguns.
5) Weapons will be test fired before delivery of overhead fire to verify effectiveness of the positive
traverse and depression stops.
6) Tracer ammunition may be used as a check to track the projectile flight path.
72
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
g. In addition to “f.” above, the following precautions will apply to overhead fire with machineguns for a
confidence infiltration course.
1) Firing will be from approved platforms as described in FM 21–75.
2) Qualified field maintenance personnel will inspect the mounts and weapons before being declared
safe to deliver overhead fire.
3) A minimum clearance of 2.5 m over the heads of personnel or the highest obstruction within the
field of fire will be maintained. Minimum clearance is the distance between the lowest shot in the
dispersion pattern (as determined by the test firing) and the bodies of individuals in erect positions on the
highest point of ground, log, or other obstacle over which personnel must travel, or heights of barbed wire
strands or posts on the course, whichever is higher.
h. All firing of indirect fire weapons will be from positions in which the site to mask allows engagement of
the targets nearest to the forward line of troops. Selection of firing positions, direction of fire, and fall of
shot must prevent the projectiles from striking trees or other obstacles in the area from the weapon
position to a point forward of unprotected personnel. The forward point is defined as the bursting radius of
the round, plus 12 probable errors.
i. When field artillery is fired during CALFEX/CAX with maneuvering personnel, the impact area will be
adjusted according to the maneuver location of troops to maintain safe separation distance. The troop
side of the impact area will be determined in relation to the movement of the personnel. Unprotected
troops must not be permitted to enter SDZ areas A, B, C, and E after firing has commenced.
j. Weapons will be grouped by muzzle velocity as cited in FM 6–40 or pertinent Marine Corps TMs.
Weapons will be bore-sighted as prescribed in FM 6–50. Tubes will be clean and dry before start of
exercise and will be cleaned during the exercise in accordance with appropriate weapon TMs.
k. All ammunition to be fired should be uniformly conditioned to ambient temperature consistent with the
tactical situation.
l. Registration.
1) At least two rounds should be fired for registration. Targets should be selected in the central portion
of the target area. After registration, corrections must be applied to deflection and quadrant elevation
limits. If no registration is fired, meteorological and velocity error (MET + VE) corrections will be applied
immediately before the exercise starts.
2) To compensate for drift, in high-angle fire the right deflection limit will be moved to the left by the
amount of the maximum drift listed within the range limits for the charges being fired. The left limit will be
moved to the right by the amount of the minimum drift listed within the range limits for the charges being
fired. To determine the appropriate drift, the tabular firing table and graphical firing scale must be
examined and the safer value used. If a drift value is not listed in the tabular firing table or on the
graphical firing scale for the ranges to the near and far edge of the target area, the nearest safer value
will be used.
m. Overhead fire above unprotected personnel from a moving vehicle or aircraft is prohibited.
n. Cannon and mortar flanking fire must not impact any closer to unprotected personnel than the
fragmentation radius (area A) prescribed for each weapon.
o. Small arms (5.56 mm, 7.62 mm, and .50 caliber), ground-mounted or vehicle-mounted machineguns
may be fired at low angles of elevation (near the flank of an individual or unit.) However, there must be an
angle of 15° or more between the limit of fire and the near flank of the closest individual or unit and all
impacts are beyond the individual or unit. Traversing and depression stops will be provided on
machineguns to maintain the required angle and distance between the line of fire and the near flank of an
individual or unit.
p. Range SOPs will address firing and maneuver unit locations to ensure no unprotected personnel are
exposed to training fires.
18-5. Fire Control
The unit commander makes the final decisions on fire control measures. The following conditions must be
met:
a. The ammunition in (1) through (6) below may be authorized for use in live-fire exercises only when it
is fired into designated (dedicated high hazard) impact areas through which personnel are not permitted
to maneuver:
73
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
1) 40-mm HE
2) 66-mm light antitank weapon (HE)
3) Hand grenades (HE), except as noted in paragraph 19–5d
4) RAAWS/MAAWS (HE & HEAT)
5) 25-mm (HE)
6) M74 66-mm TPA
b. Final coordination lines must be identified to all participating units.
c. Weapons used in live-fire exercises will be controlled so that SDZ areas (such as A, B, C, E, and F)
do not overlap areas in which unprotected personnel are maneuvering.
d. A range safety officer will directly supervise and control the throwing of fragmentation grenades. The
following procedures apply.
1) Hand fragmentation grenades may be thrown during LFXs. Hand grenades will be carried in
accordance with FM 3-23-20. The fragmentation characteristics of the grenades must be considered and
appropriate safety precautions taken to include the following:
(a) Impact areas will be free of obstacles (such as trees, thick vegetation, tank hulls, deep snow, or
standing water).
(b) A minimum side-to-side distance of 5 m between each individual during the throwing exercise is
required.
(c) Throwing positions will protect the throwers from fragments.
(d) EOD personnel will destroy dud grenades in place or safe and remove before troops enter the
grenade impact area. If EOD personnel are unable to locate or destroy any dud grenades, troop
maneuver through the impact area is not authorized.
2) Individuals being transported by vehicle or aircraft will not carry fragmentation, offensive, or white
phosphorus grenades attached to web equipment.
18-6. Maneuver in temporary impact areas
a. The installation commander may approve maneuver through temporary impact areas containing
unexploded munitions.
b. The installation commander may approve maneuver through temporary impact areas after reviewing
a Composite Risk Management Worksheet (DA Form 7566) and accepting residual risks. The following
munitions, although not identified in paragraph 18-5.a., may present high or extremely high risk if present.
1) 20-mm HE
2) 30-mm HE
3) All HEAT ammunition, because of type of fuze action and sensitivity
4) All ordnance fuzed with mechanical time fuzes
18-7. Air Support
a. During live-fire exercises, the following control measures are required prior to firing aircraft-mounted
weapons or dropping air-delivered ordnance:
1) Positive identification of personnel locations
2) Positive identification of targets
3) Positive clearance to fire as given by the controlling ground or airborne forward air controller
b. Attack flight paths and access corridors will be known and visually verified by ground personnel and
participating aircrews.
c. Direct communications will be established and maintained between the OIC, the forward air
controller, the FDC, and Range Control.
18-8. Training Unit’s Responsibilities
Units desiring to conduct a live-fire exercise will comply with the procedures indicated below:
a. NLT 90 days in advance of firing, the unit will submit the following to Range Control:
1) Appointed OIC and RSO for LFX with unit POC. The OIC must be a field grade officer or higher, for
a battalion or larger CALFEX.
2) Concept of Operation
3) Requested LFX areas
4) Types of weapons, ammunition, smoke, chemicals, and pyrotechnics
5) Target system support. Refer to Appendix C of TC 7-9.
6) Safety issues or concerns that effect the LFX
74
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
b. NLT 90 days prior to firing, Range Control requires a detailed OPLAN with the following information:
1) A detailed scenario (which includes sketches and/or overlays) that defines the scheme of
maneuver, and the integration of supporting fires.
2) Coordination lines, or checkpoints, to identify maneuver limits.
3) Limits of fire for each element and/or weapon Surface Danger Zone.
4) Specific controls for firing while moving.
5) Communication and control measures.
6) Safety Checklist. Refer to Appendix A of TC 7-9 for an example.
7) Risk Management Worksheet. Refer to Appendix A of TC 7-9, and Appendix B of this regulation.
c. NLT 72 hours prior to any LFX/CALFEX, the OIC will conduct a walk-through of the LFX terrain with
the Range Control Officer or NCOIC.
d. Prior to the LFX/CALFEX, the OIC will obtain copies of the approved Surface Danger Zone from
Range Control, stating established safety limits for all weapons to be used in the LFXCALFEX.
e. Unit Commanders will brief participants on the capabilities of the weapons used by the other
components of the exercise.
18-9. Range Control’s Responsibilities
a. The Post Commander has final approval for all LFX and CALFEX conducted at Camp Ripley.
b. Assist the unit OIC in developing SDZs.
c. Review of detailed OPLAN for safety considerations.
d. Preparation of targetry systems and ranges.
e. Upon request, provide copies of past LFX/CALFEX scenarios conducted on Camp Ripley that include
safety checklists and Composite Risk Management Worksheet (DA Form 7566) worksheets.
f. Upon receipt and review of information the Range Control Officer or NCOIC will notify the unit POC
within five working days, to schedule an initial discussion of the LFX/CALFEX plan.
18-10. Changes in LFX/CALFEX Scenarios
Any changes prior to, or during, the LFX will be requested only by the range OIC, and approved by the
Range Control Officer or NCOIC.
18-11. Infantry Platoon Battle Course (IPBC)
The IPBC consists of a Practice Lane and two Maneuver Lanes (Light and Heavy), with Trench and
Bunker systems within each lane. The range supports squad through company size elements, with
Armor/Mech support. It can also be incorporated into a CALFEX.
a. General
1) All safety measures listed in paragraphs 18-2 and 18-5, and in the Range SOP, must be adhered
to.
2) All weapons firing within the trenches will be done in a westerly direction. No live grenades or antiarmor weapons will be used to engage the bunkers and trenches.
3) Ammunition personnel must ensure that blank ammunition is kept separated from live ammunition
when issuing ammunition.
4) Motorola Talk-About walkie-talkies are available from Range Control, for internal range
communications.
5) Unit must open/close the range through Range Control via their primary form of communication,
preferably SINCGARS radio.
b. Additional information
1) An Open-Air Classroom is located at UM 927215. This is west of the Trout Pond on Livorno Trail.
2) Ammunition Supply Point will be in the same area.
3) Barrier 40 will be in the Down-Not-Locked status for unit entrance point. Using unit must have a
road guard at Barrier 40 once the range is in the Open status. Road guard must have communications
with the range OIC.
4) The range OIC, RSO, Senior Observer Controller (SOC), Squad OC, and Weapon OC will attend a
Range Control Safety Briefing prior to opening the range.
75
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
18-12. Convoy Live Fire Exercise (CLFX)
NOTICE: DUE TO BATWING SDZ USAGE REQUIREMENTS AND CURRENT TARGET LOCATIONS,
THIS RANGE IS LIMITED TO 7.62MM AND BELOW. RFMSS RESERVATIONS THAT INCLUDE
7.62MM AMMUNITION WILL BE HANDLED ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS, DEPENDENT ON THE
FIELD TRAINING AREA OPTEMPO, AND THE TARGET SCENARIO REQUESTED BY THE UNIT.
This range provides, under controlled conditions, a live-fire exercise for patrol size elements conducting
convoy operations. The lane is approximately 5 kilometers in length, located on Cassino Road. It offers
five target engagement areas with 83 possible target locations, and a guardrail checkpoint area. There is
a basic target set-up on the range. See CLFX Range description page in Appendix A, and the CLFX
SOP for target locations.
a. Unit requests the CLFX NLT 90 days prior to range usage, utilizing ATS Form 23.
b. Unit submits OPLAN and Composite Risk Management Worksheet (DA Form 7566) to Range Control
NLT 90 days prior to range usage.
c. Unit must submit a copy of the scenario and target layout if different than the target layout already
setup on the range to Range Control NLT 30 days prior to range usage.
d. Range Assembly Area is located in TA 58. Road Barriers 42 and 46 will be Down-Not-Locked for
entering and exiting the lane. Road Guards will be in position at both barriers prior to opening the range.
e. Unit will open/close the range through Range Control, utilizing RC Form 39 (Convoy Live Fire Lane
Opening/Closing Checklist).
f. The range OIC will have continuous communications with Range Control (primary frequency is
SINCGARS 36.100, alternate frequency is 36.900), with each vehicle (Motorola Talk-About radios) in an
iteration, and with the road guards at Barriers 42 and 46. There is an OE254 Antenna located beside the
Tin Shed on the CLFX Range Assembly Area.
g. Range RSO must ensure that all weapon safety-limiting devices are in place prior to start of exercise.
h. Using unit will need the following range support staff:
1) Range OIC (E-7 and above)
2) Range RSO (E-6 and above)
3) Vehicle Commander/Safety Observer (One for each vehicle in iteration)
4) Script Reader/RTO
5) Medic- must have Aid Bag, vehicle with operational radio, and a litter
6) Ammunition NCO
7) Two personnel for Ammo Detail
8) Four road guards-two for Barrier 42, two for Barrier 46
i. For additional range and safety information, reference the CLFX SOP located in the Range Packet
and at Range Control.
18-13. References
a. Chapter 19, DA Pamphlet 385-63 Range Safety
b. TC 7-9 Infantry Live Fire Training
c. CLFX SOP, dated 31 MAY 2005
d. All weapon systems FMs and TMs utilized in the LFX/CALFEX
76
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
Chapter 19
Environmental Management
19-1. General
a. Senior NCOs at the Company level will attend a Training Area Briefing at Range Control prior to the
unit occupying the Field Training Area. RC Form 18 Training Area Opening/Closing Checklist MUST be
filled out and filed with Range Control prior to occupying the Training Area(s).
b. For information on environmental management, the Environmental Office (320- 616-2722/2719/2720)
or Range Control (320-616-3137/3135) has leader/soldier handbooks and field cards are available for
soldiers and units.
19-2. Limited Use Areas
a. A universal marking system (Siebert Stakes) marks all Limited Use Areas on Camp Ripley. The
“Siebert Stake” has alternating Red and Amber reflective tape that is Night Vision Device compatible.
b. The areas marked with Siebert Stakes include, but are not limited to:
1) Culturally protected areas
2) Historic Fort Ripley
3) Closed Dump sites
4) Threatened/Endangered species habitat
5) Training hazards
c. The Camp Ripley 1:25,000 map displays the Limited Use areas in the field training area. Units should
review the map prior to training and plan accordingly. Maps are available at Range Control or by
contacting the Training Area Coordinator at (320)616-3135.
19-3. Restrictions on Firing White Phosphorus
a. Firing of White Phosphorus ammunition into the sensitive wetland areas within the HENDRICKSON
and LEACH Impact Areas is prohibited.
b. White Phosphorus will not be fired directly into, or within 100-meters, or have airburst directly over,
wetland areas. The sensitive areas, including the 100-meter buffer, are identified on maps located in the
Environmental and Range Control Offices, and are included in the Range Packets.
19-4. Field Water Points
a. Camp Ripley has designated three areas for establishing and operating field water points, that are
intended to support troops in training for field showers, laundry, and potable water.
1) Crow Wing River (UM 926295)
2) Mississippi River Rest Area No. 3 (UM 939091) (This area is now designated Zebra Mussel infested
waters by the MN DNR, see section e.)
3) Ferrell Lake SE Corner (UM 908072)
b. All water points must be cleared through Range Control. To initiate the approval process, units must
submit a written request, including unit name, address, telephone number, and type of water point
operation including potable water, shower, and/or laundry points, with the preferred location.
c. The designated water points are equipped with a crushed rock drain field for disposing of wastewater
generated at the water point. Wastewater includes backwash water from water purification, and gray
water from laundry and shower activities. Mississippi River Rest Area 3 is equipped with a Multi-Media
Fluid Filtration System (MMFS) to overlay the crushed rock bed. The PVC pipe is intended to distribute
wastewater over the crushed rock, and thereby provide for proper disposal.
d. Water points not requiring surface water, or in other words, units hauling their potable water in
tankers, must also follow the same approval procedures. However, environmental standards for locating
these water points will limit water points of this nature. The standards include a 100 meter setback from
lakes, streams, wetlands, and historic sites. Furthermore, wastewater discharge shall be applied to land
surface using the plastic drain field pipe.
77
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
e. Crow Wing River site (UM 939283) is a permanent, self-sufficient electrical pump operated potable
water point. This site is used to draw water only.
f. It is illegal to transport water from infested waters, Mississippi River, except by DNR permit.
g. Water treated with greater than a 40-micron filter may not be discharged where it can run into
another basin, another river, or a drain system that does not go to a treatment facility.
h. Ensuring that equipment is clean is critical to limiting the spread of invasive species. Any equipment
used to treat Mississippi River water must be treated by one of the following means prior to use in another
water body:
1) Power spray equipment to remove dirt, mud, or vegetation. Scraping may be necessary if objects
were in the water for extended periods, or
2) Dry 3 days in temperatures over 65 F. Drying is NOT recommended in cool wet weather (< 65 F.).
3) Wash with 104 F. water for 4 minutes (hotter temperatures result in better and shorter kill times), or
4) Freeze for 2 days, or
5) Treat water with 750mg/l KCL for 1 hour, followed by 25 mg/l formalin for 2 hours to kill zebra mussel
veligers.
19-5. Fire Control Procedures
a. There shall be no fires started without the permission of Range Control.
b. When wild fires are started because of range firing, Range Control will be notified immediately by the
responsible unit. Unit personnel will standby to assist Range Control with the fire suppression efforts, if
necessary.
c. The unit will report the following information to Range Control:
1) The location of the fire by range designation, grid, or road reference.
2) Whether or not sufficient personnel and equipment are available to extinguish the fire.
3) Wildland fires in signed impact areas will be reported and monitored. No unit personnel will enter
signed impact areas.
19-6. Chemical Latrines
a. Chemical latrines are required during winter training operations. They are optional during summer
training operations except:
1) When operating at a designated water point site, as identified in paragraph 19-3 above, for the
purposes of water purification, shower, and/or laundry points.
2) When operating water points at locations other than those designated in paragraph 19-3 above, in
support of shower and/or laundry points.
3) When operating within the Mississippi Headwaters Corridor, which encompasses a 200 meter buffer
along the Mississippi and Crow Wing rivers.
b. Units proposing to install chemical latrines will follow procedures in Section V of the Logistics Support
Procedures Manual.
c. The POC is the Supply and Services Division of the Camp Ripley Logistics Office DSN 871-3128, or
Commercial (320) 616-3128.
19-7. Historical Preservation
a. Camp Ripley has numerous areas of historical or archaeological significance. The majority of these
sites have been located and marked. Many of these areas are off limits to all troops. Caution should be
maintained when operating near known areas. At no time shall deliberate destruction take place at sites
of historical or archaeological significance.
b. Any individual finding an artifact or item of historical or archeological significance is required by law
and policy to not touch or disturb. Record the location and contact Range Control to initiate the process
of determination, if any artifacts are found.
c. Digging, and tracked vehicle maneuvers, is prohibited within 100 meters of a historical or
archaeological site.
19-8. Noise Monitoring
a. Noise is inherent to the operation of Camp Ripley. Of course, with noise, the surrounding
communities may be impacted or annoyed. As a result, Camp Ripley Operations Office responds to all
noise complaints, and maintains a record of all complaints.
78
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
b. Electric generators in support of training activities produce considerable noise. When generators are
located within 500 meters of the Camp boundaries, digging in or sand bagging will reduce noise levels.
c. Current noise abatement policy prohibits unnecessary over-flying of populated areas at altitudes
lower than 1,000 feet AGL.
In addition, the following noise sensitive areas shall be avoided whenever possible:
1) Post Headquarters-located at the south end of the airfield.
2) VIP Quarters (Valhalla)-located on the West side of the airfield.
3) Green Prairie Fish Lake
4) Lake Alexander
5) Crow Wing Lake
6) All Turkey farms, directly north of the R4301 area.
7) Round Lake and Three Fingers Lake
8) Area towns and cities
9) The Brainerd Lakes Area, Northwest of the City of Brainerd.
10) Mississippi River adjacent to Camp Ripley, below 1,500 feet MSL.
19-9. Field Fuel Storage/Bladders
a. Camp Ripley has identified 10 areas approved for installing field fuel storage bladders exceeding
1,000 gallons in capacity. Emplacement of bladders in locations other than those approved is prohibited,
unless special provisions are requested and granted by the Environmental Office.
b. Units proposing to install field fuel storage bladders in approved, or unapproved areas, will submit a
written request in advance. The request must include: name, address, and phone number of the unit;
amount and type of fuel to be dispensed; number/volume of fuel bladders to be installed; dates of
operation; preferred location on Camp Ripley; and the unit point of contact.
c. The following guidance pertains to the installation and operation of field fuel storage bladders:
1) The site will not be located within 100 meters of any lake, stream, wetlands, or historical site.
2) The site will not be located within 200 meters of the Mississippi and Crow Wing rivers.
3) Preparation of the site, underlying the fuel bladder, will require excavating the topsoil to provide a
level site, and to ensure that all debris is cleared that might otherwise puncture the flexible storage
container.
4) A continuous berm, surrounding the storage site, will be constructed using on-site soils. The
dimensions of the bermed area should not be less than the total capacity of the fuel storage bladder
located within the area. The bermed area must be lined with an impervious material to act as a
secondary containment, in case of any failure or see page from the storage container. This material is
issued through the Logistics Division, Camp Ripley, (320) 616-3128/3130.
5) The area designated for conveying the fuel (i.e., hoses, piping, etc.) must be underlain with an
impermeable liner.
6) All spills must be reported to Range Control immediately. A Spill Report Form (MNGR-200-210510) will be completed as soon as possible. Cleanup will be the responsibility of the unit, and
coordinated through the FMO-DPW. Fifty-five (55) gallon drums, from Bldg. 2-207, will be issued to the
unit to contain petroleum-contaminated soil. These drums are intended to accommodate small spills, and
will be disposed of, in coordination with FMO-DPW, at the Solid Waste Transfer Station, located SW of
Range Control.
7) Range Control, or Environmental Office personnel will conduct daily inspections of the site.
19-10. Tick-Borne Diseases
Reference Policy 05-62 located in Chapter 9, Section 9-15, CRTC Post Regulation
19-11. Mobile POL Distribution Points
POL distribution from mobile units is an activity that has the potential of posing environmental concerns;
therefore, the following guidance is provided to prevent any negative impacts:
a. The proposed location of distribution points should be coordinated with Range Control.
b. Units should be familiar with the Spill Control procedures as indicated in paragraph 19-4 of this
chapter.
79
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
c. Use drip pans at all times for the dispensing nozzles, and the dispensing area should be lined with a
small piece of impermeable liner such as plastic or an old fuel bladder.
d. Ensure that the fueling hose is drained into the drip pan after each fueling operation and hang the
hoses with the nozzle pointed up.
e. Provide empty drums for accumulating POL contaminated soil in the event of small spills. The drums
should be labeled “POL Contaminated Soil.” These drums can be obtained at the Logistics Division,
Bldg. 2-207.
f. Empty containers should be available to accumulate contaminated/waste fuels. One container for
each type of fuel and the containers should be labeled accordingly. These containers are available from
the POL Tank Farm. Contaminated fuels will be turned in to the Camp Ripley POL Office, Bldg. 17-99,
(320) 616-3001.
g. Each POL distribution point should be equipped with a spill kit in the event of a spill. The kit should
include absorbent materials, shovel and plastic storage bags.
19-12. Mechanical Digging
a. Digging or earth excavation requires written approval from the Range Control Office. Request will
include type and grid location of excavation with time and duration to be used. Range Control will
approve permits with concurrence from the Department of Public Works (DPW) to ensure facilities (above
and below ground) are not affected. The request will also be coordinated with the environmental office.
b. Mechanical digging is permitted in the training areas, except for the following restrictions:
1) Signed tree plantations
2) 100 meters from historical sites
3) 100 meters from surface water or wetlands
4) Active logging sites
5) 50 meters from main roads
6) 200 meters from the Mississippi River
c. Maps with all above listed areas identified are available at Range Control, Bldg. 24-199, 320-6163137/6015.
19-13. Vegetation
a. Units are encouraged to select locations that have sufficient natural concealment. This will minimize
the need to cut vegetation for camouflage. However, it is permissible to utilize natural vegetation as
deemed necessary for concealing vehicles, gun emplacements, and fortifications. The following
restrictions apply:
1) Use native hardwood species (oak, maple, aspen, ironwood, hazel brush, etc.) that are less than
two inches in diameter.
2) Do not cut evergreens (pine, spruce, tamarack, red cedar, etc.) unless special permission is granted
through Camp Ripley Range Control Office.
b. Larger timbers may be needed for fortification. It is permissible to utilize any dead or down trees
throughout the training area. In addition, telephone poles may be requested from the Department of
Public Works-Roads and Railroads Division. Contact Range Control to initiate the request.
19-14. Training Area Clearance
a. The TAC and/or Range Control personnel will inspect all training area and bivouac sites before the
using unit may clear Camp Ripley. Ensure the following is done prior to inspection:
1) A thorough police call of the entire Training Area.
2) Remove all garbage, trash, and other debris, and dispose of it at the Camp Ripley Transfer Station.
3) Completely fill in all fighting positions, and restore the area to its original appearance.
NOTE: DO NOT BURY LOGS OR TRASH IN FIGHTING POSITIONS.
4) Scatter trees used for concealment or road barriers.
5) Remove all forms of wire from the Training Area.
b. Prior to departing Training Area(s):
1) During Annual Training periods, the unit Liaison Officer will coordinate with the Training Area
Coordinator (TAC) and/or Range Control to clear and close the Training Area.
80
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
2) During IDT Weekend training, contact Range Control, Bldg. 24-199, 320-616-3137/3134, or on
SINCGARS radio frequency 36.100 primary, 36.900 alternate.
c. Units must have a POC and a cleaning detail on site for Training Area clearance. Range Control will
not clear Training Areas without someone present on site.
19-15. Fuel Wood Cutting Permits
NOTE: Refer to CRTC Regulation, Paragraph 9-12
Chapter 20
Unmanned Aircraft Systems (UAS) and Small Unmanned Aircraft Systems (SUAS)
20-1. SUAS (RAVEN) Procedures
These procedures are excerpted from the Camp Ripley Tactical Training Center SUAS/UAS SOP. Range
Control has created six (6) “Established” Restricted Operation Zones (ROZ). However, to meet the unit
Commander’s intent, the SUAS can be flown anywhere down range. All SUAS units will request Launch
Points (LP) through the Operations Office by direct input into RFMSS, or by submitting an ATS Form 23.
Once approved by the RFMSS Scheduler, Range Control will create a ROZ for the Launch Point. SUAS
will only operate inside their assigned ROZ.
a. SUAS Mission Qualified Operator (MQ) will be listed as such in the unit’s Weapon Safety
Certification Memorandum to Range Control. This certification is valid for one year. There is no
Range Control minimum rank requirement, as Company Commanders’ appoint MCs, per TC 1-611.
b. Mission Qualified Operator must attend a Range Safety Briefing and sign a Range Safety Briefing
Agreement prior to flight operations. The Agreement is valid for 90 days.
c. Coordination for flight and ROZ activation will be conducted through Range Control, with a minimum
notice of 48 hours prior to event.
d. Range Control will treat the ROZ the same as a live-fire range for LP Opening/Closing procedures
only. The Mission Commander will Open/Close the LP/ROZ with Range Control. Range Control will relay
pertinent information to Miller Tower/OPS.
e. There are three instances in which SUAS units operating within a ROZ will contact Miller Tower/OPS
directly:
1) Upon initial occupation of the ROZ before the first flight
2) In the event of a ‘Lost Link’
3) Any time the SUAS is flown outside of the ROZ and/or R-4301
MAAF Tower: COMM 320-632-7751
MAAF Operations (use when tower is closed): COMM 320-616-2779
f. SUAS do not require a COA as long as the mission remains within the designated ROZ inside R4301.
g. Maximum density within the ROZ is “two” SUAS airframes aloft at one time.
h. SUAS lateral limits are RESTRICTED to the designated Restricted Operating Zone. CRTC
Maximum radius is 2000m. SUAS are not authorized to leave the installation boundaries.
i. SUAS vertical limit is 1,500 feet AGL.
j. The standard Lost Link point for SUAS is the Launch Point within the ROZ. Upon notification of Lost
Link, SUAS Operators shall immediately notify Range Control AND MAAF Tower/OPS.
k. Upon notification, MAAF Tower shall:
1) Issue advisories and ATC instructions as appropriate to insure the safe operation of all aircraft
training in R-4301.
2) Cease aircraft departures until status of affected SUAS/UAS is determined.
3) Recover other SUAS/UAS as appropriate.
WARNING: In the event of a UAS/SUAS emergency or “lost link,” Miller AAF Operations /Tower
shall be notified immediately and provided the following information:
(1) Call Sign
(2) Type SUAS /UAS (Raven, Shadow, etc...)
(3) Last known position (Using training area or latitude/longitude coordinates)
(4) Last know altitude (MSL)
81
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
(5) Last known heading
(6) Programmed lost link procedure. (What the SUAS / UAS was programmed to do in the
event of “lost link” or Return home coordinates.)
NOTE: SUAS lost link is an emergency, but may not require crash-rescue services
20-2. Multi-Platoon SUAS Operations
Multiple SUAS platoons may conduct training utilizing the same launch and recovery area provided the
following minimum conditions are met (if approved).
a. Platoons must have conducted coordination and agree to the on site location(s), frequency usage,
and other established de-confliction standards and procedures deemed appropriate.
b. The SUAS will maintain at least 1,000’ horizontal and/or 500’ vertical separation from each other
during the mission.
c. Prior to conducting a climb or descent, the SUAS platoon will coordinate with the other SUAS platoon
to ensure they are clear of the designated climb/descent routes.
20-3. References
Camp Ripley Tactical Training Center SUAS/UAS SOP
Applicable Federal Aviation Regulations (FAR’s)
Federal Aviation Regulation, Part 73
AR 95-1, US Army Aviation Flight Regulations
AR 95-2, Air Traffic, Control, Airspace, Airfields, Flight Activities, and Navigational Aids
AR 95-23, US Army UAS Flight Regulations
AR 385-10, US Army Safety Program
AR 385-90, Army Aviation Accident Prevention Program
AR 385-95, Army Aviation Accident Prevention
FM 3-04.155, Army Unmanned Aircraft System Operations, dated 29 JUL 2009
Joint Publication, Joint Concept of Operations for Unmanned Aircraft Systems
NGR 95-1, Army National Guard Flight Regulations
NGR 500-2/ANGI 10-801
TM 1-1550-695-13&P, Small Unmanned Aircraft System (SUAS), RQ-11B “Raven B”
TM 1-1550-695-CL, Technical Manual Operator’s and Crewmember’s Checklist, RQ-11B (SUAS) “Raven
B”
TC 1-611 SUAS Aircrew Training Manual, dated AUG 2006
82
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
83
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
TAB A
RANGE DESCRIPTIONS
1
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
Range and Training Overview
Camp Ripley has some of the nation’s most modern ranges. The post can accommodate most
weapon systems organic to a heavy brigade.
A-Range Complex
The A-Range Complex allows commanders flexibility during zero and qualification of individual
weapons. The complex includes the following ranges (all within walking distance):
 All weather classrooms
 Zero and Known Distance Ranges
 Automated Rifle and Pistol Ranges
 7-station MOUT range (with sewer trainer)
 23-station Confidence Course
 Rappel Tower
 M320 Range
 Practice Hand Grenade Lane
 Hand Grenade Qualification Course
 Land Navigation Course
 EFMB Litter Obstacle Course
 Live Fire Facility (Shoot House)
 Field Leader Reaction Course
Miller Complex
Camp Ripley has grouped four major ranges (East Range, Center Range, West Range, and North
Range, along with M-COFT pad sites) into the Miller Complex. The ranges offer training from individual to
platoon level collective tasks. The ranges provide for training of Tank and BFV crews on their respective
Gunnery Tables I-XII. The Miller Complex provides for a logical progression and maximum throughput
capacity. The Complex allows two battalions to fulfill gunnery requirements during a typical Annual
Training of two weeks duration. This Complex provides battle courses for use of live fire or Multiple
Integrated Engagement System (MILES) during Situational Training Exercise (STX) of Field Training
Exercises (FTX). These exercises train squads through company/team level units on collective tasks in
state-of-the-art simulated combat environments. The location of these ranges greatly facilitates their use
for gunnery while allowing suitable area for multiple company size lanes training. The Complex can also
be integrated into all FTX scenarios on other portions of the training area.
Training Areas
The Field Training Area (FTA) is divided into 78 separate Training Areas. The Training Areas provide
a variety of terrain and vegetation. Camp Ripley’s terrain will meet the needs of Mechanized Forces,
Light Forces, Support Units, and Special Forces.
Special Operations
Since Camp Ripley has the Mississippi River and the Crow Wing River as boundaries, special
operations units have more freedom to set up training scenarios, including live-fire exercises. The post
has surveyed drop zones, numerous water training areas, and has no civilian roads or dwellings in the
FTA.
Range Map Disclaimer
The range maps in this Appendix are not to scale. They are included for reference purposes only.
Contact Range Control for scaled range maps.
2
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
A-1
A-2
A-3
A-4
A-5
A-6
A-7
A-9
A-10
A-11
A-12
A-13
A-14
A-15
ARNO DZ
B-1
B-2
B-2
SHOOTHOUSE
B-3
B-4
B-5
B-6
B-7
B-8
BENNET HILL
BREACH
C
C1 IED
Range_IED
CACTF
CENTER
(CRG)
CLFX
CRACK
HOUSE
CTF
UM 91980857
UM 92460867
UM 92310857
UM 91410857
UM 91140857
UM 92430857
UM 92540846
UM 91610857
UM 91850857
UM 90930853
UM 92630868
UM 92260808
UM 92700872
UM 92540803
UM 88112524
UM 92581646
UM 92581709
D
UM 93601202
DEMO-1
DEMO-2
DEMO-3
DEMO-4
DEMO-5
DEMO-6
DT-1
DT-2
DT-3
EAST
(ERG)
F
UM 92581709
Established Ranges
Small Arms Known Distance Range/25m Zero Range-32 Firing Points
Combat Pistol Qualification Range (CPQR)-15 Firing Points
Automatic Record Fire (ARF) Range-16 Firing Points
Automated Field Fire (AFF) Range-16 Firing Points
Military Operations on Urbanized Terrain (MOUT) Assault Course
Confidence Obstacle Site
Rappel Tower and Practice Tower
M320/M320 Grenade Launcher Range-5 Firing Points
Hand Grenade Qualification Course and Practice Lane
Ferrell Lake Navigation Course
25 meter Zero Range-32 Firing Points
EFMB Litter Obstacle Course
Live Fire Facility (Shoot House)
Field Leader Reaction Course
Air Drop Zone
25 meter Zero Range-32 Firing Points
25 meter Zero Range-32 Firing Points
Military Operations on Urbanized Terrain (MOUT) Assault building
UM 92451375
UM 95420691
UM 94170699
UM 94170827
UM 93100695
UM 94180746
UM 93520879
UM 92081586
UM 92550794
Gettysburg Road Land Navigation Course
Mounted Land Navigation Course
Land Navigation Course
Engineer Dig Site
Land Navigation Course
Tactical Mine Lane
3 Ski Runs/1 Tubing Run with Tow Rope
Live-Fire Exercise Breach Facility
NBC Course
UM 92550794
IED Lane
UM 92560768
UM 92722308
Combined Arms Collective Training Facility (MOUT)
Multi-Purpose Machine Gun (MPMG)- 6 Lanes (Lanes 1 and 6
equipped with 1500m targets)
Convoy Live Fire Exercise
UM 89281415
Non-Standard Small Arms Range (Co-located on East Range)
UM 93990695
UM 91321336
UM 91851580
UM 87841521
UM 90342588
UM 90092733
UM 90782840
UM 91750694
UM 87691185
UM 91151336
Collective Training Facility (MOUT)
Shotgun/Short Range Marksmanship Range: South Firing Line=40
Firing Points/North Firing Line=20 Firing Points
M Range Field Demolitions Site
OP-2 Field Demolitions Site
TA40 Field Demolitions Site
SEAL CABIN Field Demolitions Site
Light Demolitions Range
TA75 Field Demolitions Site
Tracked/Wheeled Vehicle Driver Training Course
Tracked/Wheeled Vehicle Driver Training Course
Tracked/Wheeled Vehicle Driver Training Course
UM 90201263
Multi-Purpose Training Range (MPTR)
UM 90900944
Biathlon Course-31 Firing Points/25 meter Zero Range-29 Firing
Points/Tactical Training Base
UM 88391347
3
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
Established Ranges
FARP
F&M-1
(Fire and
Movement)
F&M-2
(Fire and
Movement)
HGR
IED Lane_IED
IPBC
ISBC
J
K
L
UM 87041108
Forward Area Refueling Point
UM 92151916
Fire and Movement Range
UM 93361119
Fire and Movement Range
UM 90721423
UM 96142713
UM 92752139
UM 88272886
UM 90881469
UM 91172312
UM 90721423
M
UM 91421336
MK-19
NORTH
(NRG)
NRG ECP
OP-1
OP-2
OP-7
OP-15
OP-16
OP-19
OP-23
R
RIPLEY DZ
SEAL Cabin
Scaled Range
UM 92362310
UAC
UM 92581674
W-1
W-2
WEST
(WRG)
Y-1
Y-2 EAST
Y-2 WEST
Y-4
UM 90320767
UM 93631237
Hand Grenade Range (Live Grenade Familiarization)
IED-Defeat Lane
Infantry Platoon Battle Course
Under new construction for Infantry Squad Battle Course
Multi-Purpose Field Fire Range (200m Firing Line)
Multi-Purpose Field Fire Range
Demolitions Range
Mortar Short Range Training Round (SRTR) Range-4 Firing Points/25m
Zero-32 Firing Points
MK-19 Multi-Purpose Gunnery Range (40mm TP ONLY)
Multi-Purpose Machine Gun Range(MPMG); 6 Lanes (lanes 2-5
equipped with 1500m targets)
Entry Control Point (ECP) Trainer Lane
Observation Point
Observation Point/Mortar Firing Point
MK-19 40 mm HE/Mortar Point/Observation Point
Observation Point
Observation Point/Mortar Point
Observation Point/Mortar Point
MK-19 40 mm HE/Mortar Point/Observation Point
Vehicle Recovery Site
Air Drop Zone
Non-Standard Small Arms Range
Scaled Vehicle Mounted Weapon Systems Course
Urban Assault Course-Station 3 is the Grenadier Gunnery Trainer
(40mm TP ONLY) and single person Fire & Maneuver Lane (5.56mm)
Ferrell Lake Pontoon Bridge Site
Mississippi River Ribbon Bridge Site
Under new construction for Multi-Purpose Machine Gun
Range/Heavy Sniper Lane
POW Camp/Tactical Training Base
Tactical Training Base
Tactical Training Base
Tactical Training Base
UM 9251645
UM 93051675
UM 90991464
UM 91961560
UM 90011505
UM 91382310
UM 90132467
UM 91332773
UM 92742384
UM 92040551
UM 90911381
UM 90322612
UM 95300602
UM 86551350
UM 93770696
UM 90260616
UM 90060538
UM 95462646
4
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
A-1
KNOWN DISTANCE AND 25M ZERO RANGE
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LEFT LIMIT
RIGHT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 921087-A-COMPLEX ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD. 3.2 MILES FROM
RANGE CONTROL.
25M ZERO RANGE: PORTABLE TARGET STANDS
KNOWN DISTANCE RANGE: FIRING LINES ARE AT 100, 200, 300, 400,
500, 600, AND 1000 YARDS. TARGET PITS INCLUDE PUSH-UP, PULLDOWN SLIDING TARGET FRAME LIFTERS. REFLEXIVE FIRE CAN ALSO
BE PERFORMED ON THIS RANGE.
SHOTGUN THROUGH .50 Cal.
COORDINATED BY UNIT WITH RANGE CONTROL, AS REQURIED BY
WEAPON SYSTEM, COURSE, AND DISTANCE BEING FIRED
KD RANGE: 32 POINTS ON ALL FIRING LINES, EXECPT THE 1000 YD
LINE, WHICH HAS 10.
25M ZERO: 32 POINT PEA ROCK LINE
353 DEGREES MAGNETIC
BLACK/WHITE STRIPED POLE
RED/WHITE STRIPED POLE
MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY
STEEL-SIDED OUTHOUSE IS ON SITE. PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE
REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-6163128/3130.
YES-PITS SHED AND 25M ZERO SHED
NO
YES-40 PERSON CAPACITY (NO INDOOR LATRINE FACILITIES)
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL.
HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE
CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
AT BARRIERS #1 AND #2 ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD, WHEN FIRING 5001000 YARD LINES. ROAD GUARDS MUST HAVE COMMO WITH THE
RANGE OIC.
IF A-3 RANGE IS OCCUPIED, FIRING WILL BE FROM THE 25M ZERO
LINE ONLY. 300-1000 YARD LINES CLOSE A-3 RANGE. 500-1000 YD
FIRING LINE USAGE INTERMITTENTLY CLOSES CHAMPAGNE ROAD.
7.62MM MATCH GRADE AMMO CLOSES NORMANDY ROAD.
WHEN SCHEDULING THIS RANGE FOR KD FIRING, UNITS SHOULD
ALSO SCHEDULE A-3 AS A NON-LIVE FIRE RANGE, TO AVOID USAGE
CONFLICTS BETWEEN BOTH RANGES.
PAPER TARGETS MUST BE REMOVED FROM THE LIFTER TARGET
FRAMES AFTER USE.
THE 500 YD LINE IS THE SOUTH SHOULDER OF CHAMPAGNE ROAD.
THERE IS NO PARKING ALLOWED ALONG THE EAST SIDE OF THE
RANGE ROAD.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR
TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING
TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT
TRASH RECEPTACLES.
5
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
6
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
A-1 SOUTH
SHOTGUN/.22 CAL. RIFLE/ARCHERY
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LEFT LIMIT
RIGHT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 921087-A-COMPLEX ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD. 3.2 MILES
FROM RANGE CONTROL.
THIS IS A SMALL WEAPON FAMILIARIZATION RANGE ONLY
ALL SHOTGUN; .22 CAL. RIFLE; ARCHERY
COORDINATED BY UNIT WITH RANGE CONTROL, AS REQURIED
BY WEAPON SYSTEM.
OIC LINES-UP FIRERS PARALLEL TO CHAMPAGNE ROAD,
WITHIN THE ENDS OF THE A-1 600YD LINE BERM
180 DEG MAG
EAST END OF A-1 600YD LINE BERM
WEST END OF A-1 600YD LINE BERM
MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
ON A-1
NO
YES-40 PERSON CAPACITY (NO LATRINE FACILITIES)
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE
PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
LAY-OUT RANGE FLAG ON HOOD OF A VEHICLE THAT WILL BE
LOCATED AT THE RANGE BOUNDARY TRAIL AND CHAMPAGNE
ROAD INTERSECTION.
IT IS SUGGESTED THAT AN ARSO OBSERVE THE RANGE
BOUNDARY TRAIL TO ENSURE THAT NO ONE BREACHES THE
BARRIERS CLOSING OFF THIS RANGE, ESPECIALLY FROM THE
SOUTH.
THIS RANGE CLOSES A-1 KD RANGE 600 YD AND 1000 YD
FIRING LINES.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
7
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
8
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
A-2
COMBAT PISTOL QUALIFICATION RANGE
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LEFT LIMIT
RIGHT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 925087-A-COMPLEX ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD. 3.1 MILES
FROM RANGE CONTROL.
COMPUTER SCORED RANGE. EACH LANE CONSISTS HAS 7
AUTOMATED TARGETS. THESE TARGETS ARE AT 10, 13, 16, 17,
23, 27, AND 31 METERS. NON-STANDARD REFLEXIVE FIRING
CAN BE PERFORMED ON THE RANGE AS WELL.
PISTOL AND 5.56MM
PERMANENTLY INSTALLED TARGET LIFTERS
15 STATIONARY FIRING POINTS ARE PAINTED ON THE
ASPHALT FIRING LINE
350 DEGREES MAGNETIC
GREEN POLE
ORANGE POLE
MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY
STEEL-SIDED OUTHOUSE IS ON SITE. PORTABLE TOILETS
MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV,
320-616-3128/3130.
NO
YES
NO-CAN UTILIZE A-3 OR A-12 CLASSROOMS, IF AVAILABLE.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TOWER FIELD PHONE: 7512
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
N/A
COMPUTER SCENARIO CHANGES MUST BE REQUESTED
THROUGH AUTOMATED TARGET SYSTEMS NLT 72 HOURS
PRIOR TO USAGE.
RANGE CONTROL HAS MAGAZINES AVAILABLE FOR HAND
RECEIPT TO MILITARY UNITS.
FOR TARGETRY PROBLEMS, CALL ATS, PHONE # 3132/3133.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
9
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
10
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
A-3
AUTOMATED RECORD FIRE RANGE
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
UM 923087-A-COMPLEX ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD. 3.1 MILES
FROM RANGE CONTROL.
COMPUTER SCORED RANGE. EACH LANE HAS 6 AUTOMATED
TARGETS. ONLY THE RIGHT-HAND 50M TARGET IS AVAILABLE.
FURTHEST TARGET IS AT 300M. THIS RANGE HAS DAY AND
NIGHT FIRE CAPABILITY.
PISTOLS-7.62MM BALL. 7.62MM BALL AUTHORIZED ON LANES
1-11 ONLY.
PERMANENTLY INSTALLED TARGET LIFTERS
FIRING LINE
16 CONCRETE STANDING AND PRONE POSITIONS
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LEFT LIMIT
357 DEGREES MAGNETIC
RIGHT LIMIT
ORANGE POLE
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
YES- INSIDE CLASSROOMS
PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NO
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
YES
CLASSROOM
YES-2: NAMED A-302E AND 302-W. 40-PERSON CAPACITY
EACH. USAGE OF THE WEST CLASSROOM IS INCLUDED WITH
THE RANGE RESERVATION.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
DESCRIPTION
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
GREEN POLE
TOWER FIELD PHONE: 7511
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
NEXT TO THE AMMUNITION BUILDING
N/A
COMPUTER SCENARIO CHANGES MUST BE REQUESTED
THROUGH AUTOMATED TARGET SYSTEMS NLT 72 HOURS
PRIOR TO USAGE. THIS RANGE CANNOT BE OCCUPIED IF A-1
PITS (KD) IS RESERVED.
FOR TARGETRY PROBLEMS CALL ATS, PHONE # 3132/3133.
RANGE CONTROL HAS MAGAZINES AVAILABLE FOR HAND
RECEIPT TO MILITARY UNITS.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
11
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
12
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LEFT LIMIT
RIGHT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
A-4
AUTOMATED RECORD FIRE RANGE
UM 915087-A-COMPLEX ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD. 3.7 MILES
FROM RANGE CONTROL.
EACH LANE HAS 6 TARGETS FROM 50-300M. ONLY THE RIGHTHAND 50M TARGET IS AVAILABLE. TARGET HITS ARE
COMPUTER SCORED WITH PRINTOUT. THIS RANGE HAS DAY
AND NIGHT FIRE CAPABILITY.
PISTOLS THROUGH 7.62MM BALL. 7.62MM BALL AUTHORIZED
ON LANES 6-9 ONLY.
PERMANENT TARGET LIFTERS. PORTABLE TARGET STANDS
ARE AVAILABLE FOR NON-AUTOMATED RANGE USAGE.
16 FIRING POINTS WITH CONCRETE PITS AND PRONE
POSITIONS
30 DEGREES MAGNETIC
GREEN POLE
ORANGE POLE
MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY
YES-IN CLASSROOM
PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NO
YES
YES-30 PERSON CAPACITY
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TOWER FIELD PHONE: 7510
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
N/A
COMPUTER SCENARIO CHANGES MUST BE REQUESTED
THROUGH AUTOMATED TARGET SYSTEMS NLT 72 HRS PRIOR
TO RANGE USAGE.
FOR TARGETRY PROBLEMS CALL ATS, PHONE # 3132/3133.
RANGE CONTROL HAS MAGAZINES AVAILABLE FOR HAND
RECEIPT TO MILITARY UNITS.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
13
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
14
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LEFT LIMIT
RIGHT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
RESTRICTIONS
A-5
MOUT ASSAULT COURSE
UM 912087-A-COMPLEX ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD. 3.8 MILES
FROM RANGE CONTROL.
THIS RANGE HAS 6 BUILDING STRUCTURES AND A STORM
SEWER TRAINER. EACH STRUCTURE HAS ITS OWN TRAINING
PURPOSE.
BLANKS, SIMUNITIONS, PYROTECHNICS, CS, AND TEAR GAS.
N/A
NONE
N/A
N/A
N/A
MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY
OUTHOUSE ONLY. PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED
THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
N/A
N/A
NO
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED FOR
SIMUNITIONS AND GAS GUNS ONLY. RADIO MUST BE
CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
OIC AND RSO ARE REQUIRED FOR BLANKS, SIMUNITIONS, AND
GAS. MUST BE ON WEAPON SAFETY CERTIFICATION
MEMORANDUM AND HAVE A CURRENT RANGE SAFETY
BRIEFING. ALL OTHERS USE BLANK AMMUNITION ONLY!
HC SMOKE IS NOT ALLOWED ON THE RANGE. SMOKE OR CS
OF ANY KIND IS NOT ALLOWED IN ANY BUILDINGS.
REMARKS
USE OF FLASH BANGS ON THE WALLS OR FLOORS WILL BE
DETERMINED ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS.
SIMUNITIONS AND GAS GUNS REQUIRE A RANGE FLAG.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
15
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
16
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
A-6
CONFIDENCE OBSTACLE COURSE
UM 925085-A-COMPLEX-SW CORNER OF JUNCTION OF
GETTYSBURG AND CHAMPAGNE ROADS
COURSE CONSISTS OF 23 SEPARATE OBSTACLES VARYING
FROM FAIRLY EASY TO DIFFICULT.
STEEL-SIDED OUTHOUSE IS ON SITE. PORTABLE TOILETS
MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV,
320-616-3128/3130.
A-302E OR A-302W CLASSROOMS CAN BE HAND RECEIPTED
FROM RANGE CONTROL, IF THEY ARE AVAILABLE.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
N/A
NO INDIVIDUAL EQUIPMENT WILL BE WORN BY PARTICIPATING
SOLDIERS (I.E. LBV, RUCK SACKS, WEAPONS, ETC.).
ONLY ONE SOLDIER AT A TIME WILL NEGOTIATE AN OBSTACLE,
UNLESS AN OBSTACLE IS DESIGNED FOR USE BY MORE THAN
ONE SOLDIER.
THE RANGE MUST HAVE AN OIC AND A RSO DUE TO THE
NATURE OF TRAINING.
MEDICAL AID PERSONNEL MUST BE ON THE RANGE, OR ON
ONE OF THE A-COMPLEX RANGES.
MEDICS MUST HAVE COMMO WITH THE RANGE. MEDICS MUST
HAVE A LITTER OR BACKBOARD AND A C COLLAR.
REMARKS
POC WILL BE FAMILIAR WITH FM 21-20 PHYSICAL FITNESS.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
17
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
OBSTACLE
THE TOUGH ONE
STATION 1
THE TANGLE FOOT
STATION 2
DIRTY NAME
STATION 3
ISLAND HOPPER
STATION 4
EASY BALANCER
STATION 5
BALANCING LOGS
STATION 6
THE BELLY BUSTER
STATION 7
THE TARZAN
STATION 8
BELLY ROBBER
STATION 9
INCLINING WALL
STATION 10
HIGH STEP OVER
STATION 11
REVERSE CLIMB
STATION 12
DESCRIPTIONS OF EACH OBSTACLE
DESCRIPTION
Soldiers climb the net on the high end of the obstacle. They go over or
between the logs and climb down the ladder, they go across the log
walkway and climb down the net to the ground. They jump over the log
cross member and go to the next station.
Soldiers negotiate obstacle by running and stepping in the tires one
foot at a time, alternating every other foot.
Soldiers mount the low log and jump onto the next log. They grasp
over the top of the log with both arms, keeping the belly area in
contact with the log. They swing their legs over the log and go to the
next log in the same manner. From the last log they lower themselves
to the ground.
Soldiers jump from one log to another until all logs are negotiated.
Soldiers walk up one inclined log and down the one on the other side
of the ground.
Soldiers step up on a log and walk or run along it, keeping their
balance.
Soldiers may vault, jump or climb over the log. They must be warned
that it is not stationary. Soldiers must not roll or rock the log while
others are negotiating the obstacle.
Soldiers mount the lower log and then grasp two rungs of the ladder
and swing themselves into the air. They negotiate the length of the
ladder by releasing one hand at a time and swinging forward, grasping
a more distant rung each time.
Soldiers step on the lower log and assume the prone position on the
horizontal logs. They crawl over the logs to the opposite end of the
obstacle.
Soldiers approach the underside of the wall, jump and grasp the top,
and pull themselves up and over. They slide or jump down the incline
to the ground.
Soldiers step over each log, alternating their lead foot or using the
same ones.
Soldiers climb the reverse climb and go down the other side to the
ground.
18
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
JUMP AND LAND
STATION 13
WALK ACROSS
STATION 14
THE TOUGH NUT
STATION 15
BELLY CRAWL
STATION 16
DESCRIPTIONS OF EACH OBSTACLE
SWING, STOP & JUMP
STATION 17
SIX VAULTS
STATION 18
VERTICAL WALL
STATION 19
TRENCH CRAWL
STATION 20
THE WEAVER
STATION 21
THE CONFIDENCE CLIMB
STATION 22
THE LOW BELLY-OVER
STATION 23
Soldiers approach the obstacle from the ladder side. Climb the ladder
to the platform and drop to the ground.
Soldiers step up on log and balance themselves as they walk the
length of the obstacle.
Soldiers step over each X in the same line.
Soldiers move forward under the wire on their bellies to the end of the
obstacle. The direction of negotiating the crawl should be reversed
from time to time.
Soldiers gain momentum with a short run, grasp the rope, and swing
their bodies forward to the top of the cross member. They release the
rope while standing on the wall and jump to the ground.
Soldiers vault over the logs, using one or both hands.
Soldiers approach the wall and pulls himself up to the top and over to
the other side.
Soldiers crawl on stomach through trench under the barbed wire. Only
one trench is necessary.
Soldiers move from one end of the obstacle to the other by weaving
their bodies under one bar and over the next.
Soldiers climb the inclined ladder to the vertical ladder. They go to the
top of the vertical ladder, then down the other side to the ground.
Soldiers mount the low log and jump onto the high log. They grasp
over the top of the log with both arms, keeping the belly area in
contact with it. They swing their legs over the log and lower
themselves to the ground.
19
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
20
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
A-7
RAPPEL TOWER
UM 926085-A-COMPLEX-SE CORNER OF GETTYSBURG AND
CHAMPAGNE ROADS. 2.9 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
A 36 FT. HIGH RAPPEL TOWER WITH A 10’x 26” TOP DECK.
THE RAPPEL TOWER IS DESIGNED TO FACILITATE INDIVIDUALS
IN RAPPELING TECHNIQUES.
THE NORTH SIDE FEATURES SKID GEAR MOUNTED 3 FEET
BELOW THE DECK TO SIMULATE HELICOPTER OPERATIONS.
CLIFF SIMULATION IS PROVIDED ON THE WEST SIDE OF THE
TOWER, WHILE THE EAST SIDE OF THE TOWER HAS WINDOWS,
AS WELL AS A STRAIGHT WALL, FOR URBAN WARFARE
TRAINING.
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
RESTRICTIONS
A 13 FT. HIGH INCLINED PRACTICE TOWER IS AVAILABLE FOR
PRELIMINARY FAMILIARIZATION TRAINING.
STEEL-SIDED OUTHOUSE IS ON SITE. PORTABLE TOILETS
MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV,
320-616-3128/3130.
NO, A-302E CLASSROOM MAY BE REQUESTED, IF AVAILABLE.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE
PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
OIC AND RSO MUST BE ON SAFETY MEMORANDUM FILED AT
RANGE CONTROL (SEE TABLE 1-1).
MEDICAL AID PERSONNEL MUST BE ON THE RANGE, OR ON
ONE OF THE A-COMPLEX RANGES.
MEDICS MUST HAVE COMMO WITH THE RANGE AND RANGE
CONTROL.
MEDICS MUST BE INFORMED THAT A BACKBOARD AND A CCOLLAR ARE LOCATED IN THE WALL LOCKER AT THE BASE
OF THE TOWER LADDER.
REMARKS
OIC AND RSO WILL BE FAMILIAR WITH TC 21-24 RAPPELLING,
DATED 09JAN08.
OIC AND RSO MUST INSPECT ALL RAPPEL EQUIPMENT FOR
SERVICEABILITY AT TIME OF ISSUE FROM RANGE CONTROL.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
21
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
22
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
A-9
M320 GRENADE LAUNCHER RANGE
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LEFT LIMIT
RIGHT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 917085-A-COMPLEX ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD. 3.5 MILES
FROM RANGE CONTROL.
EACH LANE IS 30 METERS WIDE, 500 METERS LONG, AND HAS
4 FIRING POINTS.
PRACTICE TYPE AMMUNITION ONLY. ALL SHOTGUN
AMMUNITION UP TO, AND INCLUDING, 10 GAUGE.
TARGETS PERMANENTLY INSTALLED IAW FM 23-31
5 LANES
180 DEGREES MAGNETIC
BLACK AND WHITE POLE
RED AND WHITE POLE
MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY
STEEL-SIDED OUTHOUSE IS ON SITE. PORTABLE TOILETS
MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV,
320-616-3128/3130.
NO
NO
NO
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE
PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
AT EACH END OF THE FIRING LINE, TO PREVENT PERSONNEL
FROM ADVANCING BEYOND THE FIRING LINE DURING FIRING.
ALL FIRING MUST BE DOWN RANGE AND WITHIN THE LANE
BEING USED. NO INDIVIDUAL SHALL MOVE DOWN RANGE
FROM THE FIRING LINE.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
23
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
24
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
A-10
HAND GRENADE PRACTICE LANE AND QUALIFICATION COURSE
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
LATRINE FACILITIES
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 919085-A-COMPLEX ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD. 3.3 MILES
FROM RANGE CONTROL.
THE RANGE HAS A PRACTICE LANE CONSISTING OF 5
THROWING STATIONS, AND A QUALIFICATION COURSE THAT
CONTAINS 6 THROWING STATIONS AND 1 IDENTIFICATION
STATION.
PRACTICE GRENADES ONLY
ALL TARGETS ARE PROVIDED
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NO
NO
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE
PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
NEXT TO CHAMPANGE ROAD ON EAST SIDE OF THE RANGE
N/A
PRACTICE GRENADES ONLY. NO PERSONNEL IN FRONT OF
THE THROWING LINE WHEN PERSONNEL ARE ENGAGING
TARGETS.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
25
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
26
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
A-11
FERRELL LAKE LAND NAVIGATION COURSE
DESCRIPTION
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 909086-AT THE INTERSECTION OF CODY AND CHAMPAGNE
ROADS. 3.9 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
THIS RANGE HAS 52 POINTS WITH UNLIMITED
CONFIGURATIONS, AND IS USED FOR BASIC AND
INTERMEDIATE LAND NAVIGATION TECHNIQUES. THREE 100
METER PACE COUNT LANES ARE ON SITE. THIS IS A SELFCORRECTING COURSE.
OUTHOUSE ONLY. PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED
THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NO
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE
PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
N/A
NONE
COURSE MATERIAL AVAILABLE AT RANGE CONTROL. 3 UNITS
CAN CO-USE THE RANGE.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
27
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
28
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LEFT LIMIT
RIGHT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
A-12
SMALL ARMS 25 M ZERO RANGE
UM 927087-A-COMPLEX ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD. 3.1 MILES
FROM RANGE CONTROL.
THIS RANGE PROVIDES 25M ZERO AND REFLEXIVE FIRE
CAPABILITIES.
PISTOLS, SHOTGUNS, 5.56MM, AND 7.62MM BALL
REQUEST THROUGH RANGE CONTROL
PEA ROCK-32 FIRING POINTS
347 DEGREES MAGNETIC
BLACK AND WHITE POLE
RED AND WHITE POLE
MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY
YES- IN CLASSROOM
PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
YES
NO
YES- 40 PERSON CAPACITY
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE
PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
N/A
N/A
PA SYSTEM IS LOCATED IN THE TOWER.
RANGE CONTROL HAS MAGAZINES AVAILABLE FOR HAND
RECEIPT TO MILITARY UNITS.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
29
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
30
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
A-13
LITTER OBSTACLE COURSE
UM 92350810-TRAIL TO THE WEST OF SOUTH GETTYSBURG
ROAD, NORTH OF C RANGE. 3.0 MILES FROM RANGE
CONTROL.
THIS RANGE PROVIDES MEDICAL PERSONNEL THE ABILITY TO
TRAIN AND TEST FOR THE EXPERT FIELD MEDICAL BADGE
(EFMB). THE COURSE CONSISTS OF 2 LANES WITH 8
OBSTACLES EACH.
OUTHOUSE ONLY. PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED
THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
UNITS CAN REQUEST THE A-3 EAST CLASSROOM, IF IT IS
AVAILABLE.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE
PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
N/A
N/A
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
31
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
32
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
A-14
LIVE FIRE FACILITY (SHOOT HOUSE)
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
UM 928087-A-COMPLEX ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD. EAST OF THE A-12
RANGE. 3.1 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
THIS FACILITY OFFERS MULTIPLE TYPES OF TARGETRY FOR
REALISTIC TRAINING. OBSERVATION/CONTROLLER ROOM HAS DVD-R
RECORDING CAPABILITY. THREE UNITS CAN SIMULTANEOUSLY
OCCUPY FACILITY, WITH THE PROPER BARRIER DOORS CLOSED.
PISTOLS, SHOTGUNS, AND RIFLES UP THROUGH 7.62MM MATCH
GRADE
PAPER AND E-TYPE SILHOUETTE. UNITS CAN BRING THEIR OWN, WITH
PRIOR APPROVAL FROM THE RANGE CONTROL OFFICER. LAZER
SHOT CONSISTS OF MULTIPLE PREPROGRAMED COMPUTER
SCENERIOS SHOWED ON LARGE VIDEO SCREENS. UNITS CAN USE
LIVE OR LAZER TYPE WEAPONS ON THESE SCREENS. CONTACT ATS
FOR DETAILS.
N/A
360 DEGREES
YES-IN THE A-12 CLASSROOM
PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND
SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NO
YES-TARGETS AND EXTRA DOORS ARE STORED HERE
YES-A-12 CLASSROOM. 40 PERSON CAPACITY.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
A-14 CONTROL ROOM PHONE: 7765
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL.
HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE
CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
N/A
NO FIRING ALLOWED AT THE CEILINGS, FLOORS, DOWN THE
STAIRWAYS, OR IN THE PERIMETER HALLWAYS.
A SITE VISIT IS HIGHLY RECOMMENDED PRIOR TO PLANNING RANGE
USAGE, TO SEE THE FACILITY, AND ADDRESS TARGET PLACEMENT.
NOTE: A-14 LIVE FIRE FACILITY (SHOOT HOUSE) - USING
UNITS MUST HAVE THEIR OWN IBA WITH SAPPI PLATES, EYE
PROTECTION, AND EAR PROTECTION. SAPPI PLATES MAY BE
HAND-RECEIPTED FROM CENTRAL ISSUE FACILITY (CIF), 320616-2777.
OICs AND RSOs MUST HAVE COMPLETED A CERTIFIED OIC/RSO
SHOOT HOUSE COURSE PRIOR TO RANGE USAGE.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR
TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING
TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT
TRASH RECEPTACLES.
33
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
34
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
35
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
RANGE LOCATION
A-15 FLRC
FIELD LEADER REACTION COURSE
RANGE DESCRIPTION
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
LATRINE FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 92540803-SOUTH GETTYSBURG ROAD. 2.4 MILES FROM
RANGE CONTROL.
THE FLRC IS A 7 HOUR PERIOD OF TRAINING. THE COURSE
CONSISTS OF 12 STATIONS THAT POSE DIFFERENT
LEADERSHIP PROBLEMS IN A TACTICAL SETTING. THE
COURSE IS USED TO EVALUATE A CANDIDATE’S LEADERSHIP
POTENTIAL UNDER FIELD AND SIMULATED COMBAT
CONDITIONS.
C RANGE CLASSROOM MAY BE UTILIZED, IF IT IS AVAILABLE.
C RANGE CLASSROOM OR PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE
REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-6163128/3130.
SINCGARS: 3610O PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE
PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
N/A
N/A
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
36
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
37
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
38
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
Bennett Hill
Ski and Tubing Hill
UM 93300872
THE HILL HAS 1-MAIN SKI/TUBING RUN, PLUS 3 ADDITIONAL SKI
RUNS. THE MAIN SKI AND TUBING RUN HAS A TOW ROPE. THE
HILL HAS 2 WARMING SHEDS. TUBES ARE PROVIDED.
OUTHOUSE ONLY. PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED
THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NONE
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED.
RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
THE UNIT POC MUST RECEIVE A TOW ROPE MOTOR
OPERATIONS CLASS FROM RANGE CONTROL PRIOR TO
OCCUPYING THE RANGE.
MEDICAL SUPPORT MUST BE PRESENT ON THE RANGE
(MINIMUM CLS/FIRST RESPONDER)
AUTHORIZED ACCESS ROUTE: FROM RANGE CONTROL, GO
WEST ON ARGONNE ROAD, NORTH ON SOUTH GETTYSBURG
ROAD, THEN EAST ON CHAMPAGNE ROAD. PARKING AREA IS
LOCATED AT THE TOP OF THE HILL.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
39
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
40
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
B-1
SMALL ARMS 25 METER ZERO RANGE
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LEFT LIMIT
RIGHT LIMIT
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 924164-NORTH RANGE COMPLEX ON NORTH GETTYSBURG
ROAD. 7.4 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
25M ZERO, MACHINE GUN FAMILIARIZATION, AND REFLEXIVE
FIRE
ALL SMALL ARMS
REQUEST THROUGH RANGE CONTROL
32 FIRING POINTS
269 DEGREES MAGNETIC
BLACK AND WHITE POLE
RED AND WHITE POLE
YES-NORTH RANGE-SOUTH CLASSROOM HAS LATRINE
FACILITIES.
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
YES-SANDBAGS AND SAFETY PADDLES ARE STORED IN THE
NORTH RANGE MAINTENANCE BUILDING. KEY TO THE
BUILDNG IS IN THE RANGE PACKET.
YES-NORTH RANGE-SOUTH CLASSROOM. 40 PERSON
CAPACITY.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
NONE
THIS RANGE MUST BE PLACED INTO CHECKFIRE STATUS FOR
NORTH RANGE TARGET MAINTENANCE WHEN BOTH RANGES
ARE FIRING.
RANGE CONTROL HAS MAGAZINES AVAILABLE FOR HAND
RECEIPT TO MILITARY UNITS.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
41
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
42
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
B-2
SMALL ARMS 25 METER ZERO RANGE
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LEFT LIMIT
RIGHT LIMIT
CLASSROOM/MESSHALL
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 924171-NORTH RANGE COMPLEX ON NORTH GETTYSBURG
ROAD. 7.9 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
25M ZERO, MACHINE GUN FAMILIARIZATION, REFLEXIVE FIRE,
AND MICLIC
ALL SMALL ARMS AND MICLIC
REQUEST THROUGH RANGE CONTROL
32 FIRING POINTS
266 DEGREES MAGNETIC
BLACK AND WHITE POLE
RED AND WHITE POLE
NO
OUTHOUSE ONLY. PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED
THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
YES
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
NONE
THIS RANGE SDZ CLOSES THE NORTH RANGE TARGET AREA.
THIS RANGE MUST BE PLACED INTO CHECKFIRE STATUS IF
NORTH RANGE NEEDS TO PERFORM TARGET MAINTENANCE.
RANGE CONTROL HAS MAGAZINES AVAILABLE FOR HAND
RECEIPT TO MILITARY UNITS.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
43
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
44
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
CLASSROOM/MESSHALL
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
B-2 SHOOT HOUSE
MOUT SITE
UM 924171-NORTH RANGE COMPLEX ON NORTH GETTYSBURG
ROAD. 7.9 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.ANGE. 3.1 MILES
FROM RANGE CONTROL.
THIS FACILITY OFFERS 3 ROOMS.
BLANKS AND SIMUNITIONS
N/A
NONE
N/A
NO
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
YES
YES-TARGETS AND EXTRA DOORS ARE STORED HERE
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE
PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED FOR
SIMUNITIONS. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
N/A
OIC AND RSO REQUIRED FOR BLANKS, SIMUNITIONS, AND
GAS. MUST BE ON WEAPON SAFETY CERTIFICATION
MEMORANDUM AND HAVE A CURRENT RANGE SAFETY
BRIEFING.
ALL OTHERS USE BLANK AMMUNITION ONLY!
REMARKS
SMOKE OR CS OF ANY KIND IS NOT ALLOWED ON THE RANGE.
USE OF FLASH BANGS ON THE WALLS OR FLOORS IS
PROHIBITED.
SIMMUNITIONS REQUIRE A RANGE FLAG.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
45
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
B-2 SHOOTHOUSE FLOOR PLAN
46
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
B-3
GETTYSBURG ROAD LAND NAVIGATION COURSE
DESCRIPTION
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 925137 – AT THE INTERSECTION OF NORTH GETTYSBURG
AND NORMANDY ROADS. 5.7 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
THIS RANGE HAS 33 POINTS, AND IS USED FOR INTERMEDIATE
TO ADVANCED LAND NAVIGATION TECHNIQUES.
OUTHOUSE ONLY. PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED
THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NO
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE
PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
NONE
N/A
RANGE CANNOT BE OCCUPIED WHEN 7.62MM MATCH GRADE
AMMO IS BEING FIRED ON THE A-COMPLEX RANGES.
COURSE MATERIAL AVAILABLE AT RANGE CONTROL.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
47
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
48
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
LATRINE FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
B-4
MOUNTED LAND NAVIGATION COURSE
VARIOUS STARTING POINTS
THIS COURSE HAS 6 PRE-DETERMINED ROUTES, WITH 4
POINTS EACH. THE ROUTES HAVE DIFFERENT DEGREES OF
DIFFICULTY.
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE
PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
WHEN PERFORMING NIGHT OPERATIONS WITH NIGHT VISION
DEVICES, THE UNIT MUST HAVE AN OIC AND RSO ON SAFETY
CERTIFICATION MEMORANDUM, AND THEY MUST HAVE A
CURRENT RANGE SAFETY BRIEFING PRIOR TO OPENING THE
RANGE.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
49
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
50
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
CLASSROOM
LATRINE FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
B-5
LAND NAVIGATION COURSE
UM 941069-AT THE INTERSECTION OF ARGONNE AND FORT
RIPLEY ROADS. 1.1 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
THIS RANGE HAS 34 POINTS WITH UNLIMITED
CONFIGURATIONS, AND IS USED FOR BASIC AND
INTERMEDIATE LAND NAVIGATION TECHNIQUES.
NO
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE
PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
NONE
NONE
NONE
COURSE MATERIAL IS AVAILABLE AT RANGE CONTROL.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
51
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
52
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
B-6
ENGINEER DIG SITE
UM 94180830-ON FT. RIPLEY ROAD
THIS RANGE OFFERS THE HEAVY CONSTRUCTION EQUIPMENT
OPERATORS AN APPROVED MECHANICAL DIG AREA TO
PERFORM MOS TASKS IN.
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NONE
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
N/A
N/A
UNIT MUST BACKFILL ALL EXCAVATIONS.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES..
53
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
54
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
B-7
LAND NAVIGATION COURSE
SP-1: UM 92950692
SP-2: UM 93120692
SP-3: UM 93460692
THIS RANGE HAS 37 POINTS WITH UNLIMITED
CONFIGURATIONS. USED FOR BASIC AND INTERMEDIATE
LAND NAVIGATION TECHNIQUES.
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NONE
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
N/A
N/A
COURSE MATERIAL IS AVAILABLE AT RANGE CONTROL.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
55
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
56
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
B-8
TACTICAL MINE LANE
UM 9418207469-ON FT. RIPLEY ROAD
THIS RANGE OFFERS THE MINE DETECTOR (AN/PSS-14)
OPERATORS AN APPROVED LANE TO PERFORM MOS TASKS
ON.
TRAINING LANES WILL BE USED TO TRAIN NEW OPERATORS
AND VALIDATE CURRENT OPERATORS.
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
TACTICAL LANES WILL BE USED TO DEMONSTRATE AND TRAIN
MISSION- OR THEATER-SPCIFIC MINE DETECTION TECHNIQUES
AND OPERATIONS.
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NONE
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
N/A
N/A
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
57
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
58
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
BREACH
LIVE-FIRE EXERCISE BREACH FACILITY
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE
LEFT LIMIT
RIGHT LIMIT
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD
GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
UM 918158 – ENTER RANGE FROM BARRIER 31 ON NORTH GETTYSBURG ROAD.
7.6 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
THIS FACILITY CONSISTS OF THREE STATIONS:
1) DOOR BREACHING STRUCTURE- 8 FEET HIGH FACADE WITH 33 X 80 INCH
DOOR
2) WALL BREACHING STRUCTURE- 8 FEET HIGH X 20.5 INCHES FACADE
3) WINDOW BREACHING STRUCTURE- 8 FEET HIGH FACADE WITH A WINDOW
OPENING OF 32 3/4 INCHES X 38 3/4 INCHES
NO MORE THAN FOUR POUNDS OF C4; DETONATION CORD.
SHOTGUN FOR DOOR BREACHING ONLY
ALL UNITS MUST ORDER DOORS AND WINDOWS 90 DAYS IN ADVANCE.
CIVILIAN AGENCIES THAT UTILIZE THE RANGE MUST REPLACE THE DOORS
AND WINDOWS THAT THEY UTILIZE.
DO NOT PLACE CHARGES ON THE METAL STUDS AT STATION 2.
N/A
SEE SDZ LAYOUT
SEE SDZ LAYOUT
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
OPEN-AIR CLASSROOM IS LOCATED ON THE RANGE
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL. HOURLY
COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY
MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
ROAD GUARD WILL BE POSTED AT BARRIER 31, WITH COMMUNICATIONS TO
THE RANGE OIC.
BARRIER 31 WILL BE DOWN-NOT-LOCKED AFTER UNIT PASSES THROUGH IT.
A FIVE-MINUTE-TO-INITIATION WARNING MUST BE MADE TO RANGE CONTROL
FOR EACH TASK.
A ONE MINUTE-TO-BLAST WARNING CALL MUST BE MADE TO RANGE CONTROL
FOR EVERY BLAST. ALSO NOTIFY RANGE CONTROL AFTER BLAST IS
COMPLETE.
Per Ammunition Information Notice (AIN) 053-10, dated 10FEB10, DODIC: AA54
DOUBLE HEARING PROTECTION (EARPLUGS AND MUFFS) AND EYE
PROTECTION
(GOGGLES) SHOULD BE WORN BY SOLDIERS FIRING THE SHOTGUN AND BY
SOLDIERS WITHIN 8.5 METERS OF THE WEAPON DURING DOOR BREACHING
OPERATIONS WHEN FIRING IN CLOSE PROXIMITY TO REFLECTIVE SURFACE.
ALL SOLDIERS WITHIN 8.5 METERS TO 30 METERS OF THE FIRING POINT
SHOULD WEAR SINGLE HEARING PROTECTION (EARPLUGS OR MUFFS).
REFERENCE TM 9-1005-338-13&P, TECHNICAL MANUAL UNIT AND DIRECT
SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL, MOSSBERG 12 GAUGE SHOTGUN, MODEL
500 AND MOSSBERG 12 GAUGE SHOTGUN MODEL 590, MAY 2005.
REMARKS
METAL DOOR BREACHING IS CONSIDERED METAL CUTTING; REFER TO AR 38663 FOR DETAILS. THE USING UNIT MUST PICK UP ALL BLAST FRAGMENTS.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR TO
RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING TRASH
DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH
RECEPTACLES.
59
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
60
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
C
NBC MASKING PROFICIENCY RANGE
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 927080-SOUTH GETTYSBURG ROAD. 2.4 MILES FROM
RANGE CONTROL.
AN NBC ORIENTED TRAINING AREA WITH CLASSROOM,
LATRINE, AND GAS CHAMBER.
CS GAS
N/A - DIRECTION OF ADVANCE IS SOUTH TO NORTH THROUGH
CHAMBER.
YES-IN THE CLASSROOM
YES
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE
PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
N/A
OIC AND RSO MUST BE ON SAFETY MEMORANDUM FILED AT
RANGE CONTROL (SEE TABLE 1-1). MEDICAL AID PERSONNEL
MUST BE ON THE RANGE, OR AT ONE OF THE A-COMPLEX
RANGES. MEDICS MUST HAVE COMMO WITH THE RANGE.
OIC AND RSO WILL BE FAMILIAR WITH CHAPTER 15 OF THE
CAMP RIPLEY RANGE OPERATIONS APPENDIX. PERSONNEL
NOT PARTICIPATING IN COURSE TRAINING EXERCISES WILL
REMAIN ON THE UPWIND SIDE OF THE COURSE, AT A SAFE
DISTANCE FROM THE GAS FUMES OR SMOKE.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
61
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
62
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
C1 IED RANGE_IED
IED PETTING ZOO
UM 927080-SOUTH GETTYSBURG ROAD. 2.4 MILES FROM
RANGE CONTROL.
THIS RANGE PROVIDES A BASIC UNDERSTANDING OF IEDs
AND HOW THEY ARE EMPLOYED. THERE IS A STATIC DISPLAY
OF MUNITIONS IN THE C RANGE CLASSROOM.
AN OPEN AIR CLASSROOM IS ON SITE CONTAINING EXAMPLES
OF IEDS, EFPS, AND A VBIED. SEE RANGE PACKET AND RANGE
SOP FOR FURTHER DETAILS.
BLANK AMMUNTION ONLY
N/A
YES-IN THE CLASSROOM
YES
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE
PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED.
RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
N/A
N/A
A LAPTOP AND A PROJECTOR CAN BE HAND-RECEIPTED FROM
RANGE CONTROL. THE LAPTOP CONTAINS A SLIDE
PRESENTATION OF THE LOCATION OF ALL IEDS ON THE LANE,
AS WELL AS VARIOUS VIDEOS AND OTHER TRAINING
MATERIAL.
UNITS MUST NOT TAKE TRAINING AIDS TO DIFFERENT
LOCATIONS OTHER THEN THOSE ON THE IED RANGE.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
63
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
64
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
CACTF
COMBINED ARMS COLLECTIVE TRAINING FACILITY
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 939072-TA 10
THIS RANGE WILL HAVE 20 CEMENT BLOCK STRUCTURES TO
PERFORM MOUT OPERATIONS IN. RANGE COMPLETION WILL
NOT BE UNTIL LATE 2011.
SIMUNITIONS AND BLANKS
N/A
PORTABLE TOILETS WILL BE SCHEDULED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
N/A
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL UNITS ALLOW PERSONNEL
TO BIVOUAC WITHIN THE STRUCTURES. THESE STRUCTURES
ARE FOR MOUT TRAINING PURPOSES ONLY.
CACTF-1 AND -2 ARE CURRENTLY AVAILABLE FOR TRAINING.
OIC AND RSO REQUIRED FOR BLANKS, SIMUNITIONS, AND
GAS. MUST BE ON SAFETY CERTIFICATION ORDERS AND
ATTEND A RANGE SAFETY BRIEFING.
ALL OTHERS USE BLANK AMMUNITION ONLY.
HC SMOKE IS NOT ALLOWED ON THE RANGE. SMOKE OR CS
OF ANY KIND IS NOT ALLOWED IN ANY BLDGS. USE OF FLASH
BANGS ON THE WALLS OR FLOORS IS PROHIBITED.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
65
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
66
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE
RIGHT LIMIT
LEFT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG
POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD
GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
CLFX
CONVOY LIVE FIRE EXERCISE
CASSINO ROAD-BETWEEN ANZIO ROAD AND KODIAK ROAD. START
POINT IS AT GRID UM 927231.
THIS RANGE PROVIDES, UNDER CONTROLLED CONDITIONS, A LIVE
FIRE EXERCISE FOR PATROL SIZE ELEMENTS CONDUCTING CONVOY
OPERATIONS. 83 AUTOMATED TARGETS ARE SET-UP ON THE RANGE.
SEE CLFX SOP FOR TARGET LOCATIONS. UNITS CAN USE DIFFERENT
TARGET SCENERIOS IF APPROVED BY RANGE CONTROL.
5.56 MM, 7.62 MM, .50 CAL., AND 40MM TP
TARGET REQUIREMENTS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO RANGE CONTROL
AND ATS 90 DAYS PRIOR TO EXECUTION. THE REMOTE CONTROLLER
MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH AUTOMATED TARGET SYSTEMS
(320-616-3132).
SEE RANGE MAP IN THE CLFX SOP FOR TARGET AREA LOCATIONS
360 DEGREES MAG AND 180 DEGREES MAG
SCENARIO DEPENDENT. TARGET MATRIX AND TRAINING SCENARIO
MUST BE APPROVED BY RANGE CONTROL.
SCENARIO DEPENDENT. TARGET MATRIX AND TRAINING SCENARIO
MUST BE APPROVED BY RANGE CONTROL.
MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY ORDINATE PERMISSIBLE FOR .50 CAL. AND
BELOW.
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND
SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
N/A
VICINITY OF THE OPEN-AIR CLASSROOM IN TA 58
OPEN-AIR CLASSROOM IN TA 58. GRID LOCATION IS UM 92622157.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL.
HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE
CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
THERE ARE TWO FLAG POLES FOR THIS RANGE. 1) AT THE
INTERSECTION OF ANZIO AND CASSINO ROAD. 2) AT THE
INTERSECTION OF CASSINO AND KODIAK ROADS.
UNIT MUST HAVE ROAD GUARDS AT BOTH FLAG POLES, WITH COMMO
(MOTOROLA TALK-ABOUT RADIOS) TO THE OIC.
NOTICE: DUE TO BATWING SDZ USAGE REQUIREMENTS AND
CURRENT TARGET LOCATIONS, THIS RANGE IS LIMITED TO 7.62MM
AND BELOW. RFMSS RESERVATIONS THAT INCLUDE 7.62MM
AMMUNITION WILL BE HANDLED ON A CASE-BY-CASE BASIS,
DEPENDENT ON THE FIELD TRAINING AREA OPTEMPO, AND THE
TARGET SCENARIO REQUESTED BY THE UNIT.
CONVOY LIVE FIRE IS AUTHORIZED FOR EAST-TO-WEST TRAVEL
ONLY. (SEE CLFX SOP)
THE IPBC RANGE CLOSES THIS RANGE.
CLFX SOP IS AVAILABLE IN THE RANGE PACKET, OR FROM RANGE
CONTROL.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR
TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING
TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT
TRASH RECEPTACLES.
67
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
Engagement
Area
MK-19 Range
1 North
2 South
3 North Facade
4 South Facade
5 North Facades
6 South Truck
Authorized Weapon Systems:
MK 19
X
5.56
M249
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
68
M2
X
X
X
7.62 mm
X
X
X
X
X
X
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
CRACK HOUSE
NON-STANDARD SMALL ARMS RANGE
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
RIGHT LIMIT
LEFT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM
RANGE FREQUENCIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
UM 8935614244-LOCATED ON EAST RANGE. 6.9 MILES FROM RANGE
CONTROL.
THIS RANGE CONSISTS OF A 2 STORY HOUSE FAÇADE WITH
MULTIPLE WINDOW OPENINGS. A BUNKER/TRENCH LINE WITH POPUP TARGETS IS TO THE LEFT OF THE FACADE. 2-SETS OF INFANTRY
MOVING TARGETS (IMTS) ARE IN FRONT OF THE FAÇADE.
PISTOL, SHOTGUN, 5.56MM-.50 CAL.
PAPER SILHOUTTE TARGETS CAN BE OBTAINED FROM RANGE
CONTROL. REMOTE CONTROLLED TARGETRY NEEDS TO BE
COORDINATED THROUGH AUTOMATED TARGET SYSTEMS (ATS) 320616-3132/3133.
SCENARIO DEPENDENT
320 DEGREES MAGNETIC
SCENARIO DEPENDENT
SCENARIO DEPENDENT
MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY
YES-IN THE EAST RANGE CLASSROOM
PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND
SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
YES
YES
YES-40 PERSON CAPACITY
ADMIN: 47.80
FIRING: 30.50
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
EAST RANGE CLASSROOM PHONE: 7068
RANGE CONTROL PHONE: 3137/3134
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL.
HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE
CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
AS NEEDED ELSEWHERE AROUND THE RANGE PERIMETER.
ALL SCENARIOS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO RANGE CONTROL NLT 90
DAYS PRIOR TO SCHEDULED USAGE.
OIC AND RSO REQUIRED FOR BLANKS, SIMUNITIONS, AND GAS.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR
TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING
TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT
TRASH RECEPTACLES.
RANGE IS CURRENTLY UNDER CONSTRUCTION
COMPLETION DATE: TBD
69
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
70
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
RESTRICTIONS
CTF
COLLECTIVE TRAINING FACILITY
UM 939072-TA 10
THIS RANGE HAS 7 CEMENT BLOCK STRUCTURES: SCHOOL,
HOTEL, BANK, AND 4 RESIDENCES TO PERFORM MOUT
OPERATIONS IN. THE HOTEL CAN BE UTILIZED FOR RAPPEL
OPERATIONS.
SIMUNITIONS AND BLANKS
N/A
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NO
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
BUILDING KEYS ARE HAND RECEIPTED FROM RANGE CONTROL
LOCKS ARE KEYED SEPARATELY.
UNDER NO CIRCUMSTANCES WILL UNITS ALLOW PERSONNEL
TO BIVOUAC WITHIN THE STRUCTURES. THESE STRUCTURES
ARE FOR MOUT TRAINING PURPOSES ONLY.
REMARKS
RAPPEL OPERATIONS SAFETY REQUIREMENTS ARE THE SAME
AS FOR A-7. SEE CHAPTER 1, TABLE 1-1 AND
CHAPTER 2, PARAGRAPH 2-7 RAPPEL TOWER.
OIC AND RSO REQUIRED FOR BLANKS, SIMUNITIONS, AND
GAS. MUST BE ON SAFETY CERTIFICATION ORDERS AND
ATTEND A RANGE SAFETY BRIEFING.
ALL OTHERS USE BLANK AMMUNITION ONLY.
HC SMOKE IS NOT ALLOWED ON THE RANGE. SMOKE OR CS
OF ANY KIND IS NOT ALLOWED IN ANY BLDGS. USE OF FLASH
BANGS ON THE WALLS OR FLOORS IS PROHIBITED.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
71
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
72
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
D
Shotgun/Short Range Marksmanship Range
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE
LEFT LIMIT: M4/M16
RIGHT LIMIT: M4/M16
LEFT LIMIT: SHOTGUN
RIGHT LIMIT: SHOTGUN
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG
LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD
GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
UM 934120-NORTH OF DONALDSON ROAD, ON EAST BOUNDARY
ROAD. 3.8 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
THIS RANGE HAS A SPLIT FIRING LINE. NORTHERN-HALF IS SHOTGUN
QUALIFICATION. SOUTHERN-HALF IS 5.56MM ZERO/REFLEXIVE FIRE.
ALL SHOTGUN; 9MM-5.56MM
Will NOT support the usage of the new M855A1 5.56mm Enhanced
Performance Round (EPR).
TARGET STANDS WITH COROPLAST ARE ON THE RANGE. PAPER
TARGETS ARE AVAILABLE AT RANGE CONTROL.
20-SHOTGUN FIRING POINTS; 40-ZERO/REFLEXIVE FIRE POINTS
270 DEG MAG
B/W POLE
R/W POLE
GREEN POLE
ORANGE POLE
MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY
LATRINE IS CONDEMNED. PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED
THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NO
NO
NONE
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL.
HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE
CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
N/A
5.56MM IS THE LARGEST AMMUNITION AUTHORIZED, AND CAN ONLY
BE FIRED ON THE SOUTHERN FIRING LINE.
SINGLE WEAPON SYSTEM USAGE ON ONE FIRING LINE:
ONE OIC AND RSO.
MULTIPLE WEAPON SYSTEM USAGE ON BOTH FIRING LINES: ONE OIC
AND RSO CERTIFIED ON ALL WEAPON SYSTEMS BEING FIRED, OR
TWO OICs AND RSOs CERTIFIED ON SPECIFIC WEAPON SYSTEMS.
REMARKS
Per Ammunition Information Notice (AIN) 053-10, dated 10FEB10,
DODIC: AA54
DOUBLE HEARING PROTECTION (EARPLUGS AND MUFFS) AND
EYE PROTECTION(GOGGLES) SHOULD BE WORN BY SOLDIERS
FIRING THE SHOTGUN AND BY SOLDIERS WITHIN 8.5 METERS OF THE
WEAPON DURING DOOR BREACHING OPERATIONS WHEN FIRING IN
CLOSE PROXIMITY TO REFLECTIVE SURFACE. ALL SOLDIERS WITHIN
8.5 METERS TO 30 METERS OF THE FIRING POINT SHOULD WEAR
SINGLE HEARING PROTECTION (EARPLUGS OR MUFFS). REFERENCE
TM 9-1005-338-13&P, TECHNICAL MANUAL UNIT AND DIRECT
SUPPORT MAINTENANCE MANUAL, MOSSBERG 12 GAUGE SHOTGUN,
MODEL 500 AND MOSSBERG 12 GAUGE SHOTGUN MODEL 590, MAY
2005.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR
TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING
TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT
TRASH RECEPTACLES.
73
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
74
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
RANGE LOCATION
RANGE DESCRIPTION
TYPE OF AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LEFT LIMIT
RIGHT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
TARGET BLDG
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
LATRINE FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
DEMO-1
M RANGE DEMOLITIONS SITE
UM 916126-LOCATED ON M RANGE, SOUTH OF THE SRTR
TARGET AREA. 6.6 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
DEMOLITIONS TRAINING AREA TO SUPPORT METAL CUTTING,
CRATERING, AND ABATIS.
ALL DEMOLITIONS UP TO 100 LBS TNT EQUIVALENT.
BANGALORE TORPEDOES ARE LIMITED TO ½ KIT.
ANY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS NEED TO BE COORDINATED
WITH RANGE CONTROL.
NA
NA
SEE MAP
SEE MAP
NA
NA
NA
NONE
OUTHOUSE ONLY. PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED
THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
BARRIER 9-THE BARRIER WILL BE DOWN-NOT-LOCKED. UNIT
WILL ENTER THE RANGE AT THIS BARRIER. ROAD GUARDS
MUST HAVE COMMO WITH THE RANGE OIC.
THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CHARGE ON THE RANGE IS THE
EQUIVALENT OF 100 POUNDS OF TNT PER BLAST, 5 TIMES PER
YEAR, DURING DAYLIGHT HOURS ONLY, AND A MINIMUM OF 30
MINUTES BETWEEN BLASTS.
ALL DEMOLITIONS MUST BE PERFORMED WITHIN THE 4
ORANGE PICKETS (LIMIT MARKERS).
A 5-MINUTE-TO-INITIATION WARNING MUST BE MADE TO
RANGE CONTROL FOR EACH TASK.
A ONE MINUTE-TO-BLAST WARNING MUST BE MADE TO RANGE
CONTROL FOR EVERY BLAST. ALSO, NOTIFY RANGE
CONTROL AFTER BLAST IS COMPLETE.
REMARKS
THE RANGE CANNOT BE OCCUPIED IF THERE IS 7.62 MM
FIRING ON THE A-COMPLEX.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
75
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
76
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
RANGE LOCATION
RANGE DESCRIPTION
TYPE OF AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LEFT LIMIT
RIGHT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
TARGET BLDG
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
LATRINE FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
DEMO-2
OP-2 DEMOLITIONS SITE
UM 918157-LOCATED ON THE VONDERBAHN. LOCATED 7.8
MILES FORM RANGE CONTROL.
DEMOLITIONS TRAINING AREA TO SUPPORT METAL CUTTING,
CRATERING, AND ABATIS.
ALL DEMOLITIONS UP TO 100 LBS TNT EQUIVALENT.
BANGALORE TORPEDOES ARE LIMITED TO ½ KIT.
ANY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS NEED TO BE COORDINATED
WITH RANGE CONTROL.
NA
NA
SEE MAP
SEE MAP
NA
NA
NA
NONE
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CHARGE ON THE RANGE IS THE
EQUIVALENT OF 100 POUNDS OF TNT PER BLAST, 5 TIMES PER
YEAR, DURING DAYLIGHT HOURS ONLY, AND A MINIMUM OF 30
MINUTES BETWEEN BLASTS.
ALL DEMOLITIONS MUST BE PERFORMED WITHIN THE 4
ORANGE PICKETS (LIMIT MARKERS).
A FIVE-MINUTE-TO-INITIATION WARNING MUST BE MADE TO
RANGE CONTROL FOR EACH TASK.
A ONE MINUTE-TO-BLAST WARNING MUST BE MADE TO RANGE
CONTROL FOR EVERY BLAST. ALSO, NOTIFY RANGE
CONTROL AFTER BLAST IS COMPLETE.
REMARKS
THE RANGE CANNOT BE OCCUPIED IF THERE IS 7.62 MM
FIRING ON THE A-COMPLEX.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
77
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
78
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
RANGE LOCATION
RANGE DESCRIPTION
TYPE OF AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LEFT LIMIT
RIGHT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
TARGET BLDG
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
LATRINE FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
DEMO-3
DEMOLITIONS SITE
UM 877152-LOCATED ON THE SHEEP LAKE FIREBREAK. 11.1
MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
DEMOLITIONS TRAINING AREA TO SUPPORT METAL CUTTING,
CRATERING, AND ABATIS.
ALL DEMOLITIONS UP TO 100 LBS TNT EQUIVALENT.
BANGALORE TORPEDOES ARE LIMITED TO ½ KIT.
ANY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS NEED TO BE COORDINATED
WITH RANGE CONTROL.
NA
NA
SEE MAP
SEE MAP
NA
NA
NA
NONE
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED.
RANGE ENTRANCE
AT TEMPORARY BARRIER PLACED BY RANGE CONTROL.
THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CHARGE ON THE RANGE IS THE
EQUIVALENT OF 100 POUNDS OF TNT PER BLAST, 5 TIMES PER
YEAR, DURING DAYLIGHT HOURS ONLY, AND A MINIMUM OF 30
MINUTES BETWEEN BLASTS.
ALL DEMOLITIONS MUST BE PERFORMED WITHIN THE 4
ORANGE PICKETS (LIMIT MARKERS).
A FIVE-MINUTE-TO-INITIATION WARNING MUST BE MADE TO
RANGE CONTROL FOR EACH TASK.
REMARKS
A ONE MINUTE-TO-BLAST WARNING MUST BE MADE TO RANGE
CONTROL FOR EVERY BLAST. ALSO, NOTIFY RANGE
CONTROL AFTER BLAST IS COMPLETE.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
79
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
80
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
RANGE LOCATION
RANGE DESCRIPTION
TYPE OF AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LEFT LIMIT
RIGHT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
TARGET BLDG
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
LATRINE FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
DEMO-4
SEAL CABIN DEMOLITIONS SITE
UM 877152-LOCATED ON THE SEAL CABIN RANGE. 17.5 MILES
FROM RANGE CONTROL.
DEMOLITION TRAINING AREA TO SUPPORT METAL CUTTING,
CRATERING, AND ABATIS.
ALL DEMOLITIONS UP TO 100 LBS TNT EQUIVALENT.
BANGALORE TORPEDOES ARE LIMITED TO ½ KIT.
ANY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS NEED TO BE COORDINATED
WITH RANGE CONTROL.
NA
NA
SEE MAP
SEE MAP
NA
NA
NA
NONE
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED.
AT RANGE ENTRANCE
AT BARRIER 68
THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CHARGE ON THE RANGE IS THE
EQUIVALENT OF 100 POUNDS OF TNT PER BLAST, 5 TIMES PER
YEAR, DURING DAYLIGHT HOURS ONLY, AND A MINIMUM OF 30
MINUTES BETWEEN BLASTS.
ALL DEMOLITIONS MUST BE PERFORMED WITHIN THE 4
ORANGE PICKETS (LIMIT MARKERS).
A FIVE-MINUTE-TO-INITIATION WARNING MUST BE MADE TO
RANGE CONTROL FOR EACH TASK.
REMARKS
A ONE MINUTE-TO-BLAST WARNING MUST BE MADE TO RANGE
CONTROL FOR EVERY BLAST. ALSO, NOTIFY RANGE
CONTROL AFTER BLAST IS COMPLETE.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
81
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
82
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
RANGE LOCATION
RANGE DESCRIPTION
TYPE OF AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LEFT LIMIT
RIGHT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
TARGET BLDG
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
LATRINE FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
DEMO-5
LIGHT DEMOLITIONS RANGE
UM 9009627326-LOCATED IN TRAINING AREA 73.
DEMOLITION TRAINING AREA TO SUPPORT METAL CUTTING,
CRATERING, AND ABATIS.
ALL DEMOLITIONS UP TO 100 LBS TNT EQUIVALENT.
BANGALORE TORPEDOES ARE LIMITED TO ½ KIT.
ANY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS NEED TO BE COORDINATED
WITH RANGE CONTROL.
NA
NA
SEE MAP
SEE MAP
NA
NA
NA
NONE
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED.
AT RANGE ENTRANCE
AT RANGE ENTRANCE
THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CHARGE ON THE RANGE IS THE
EQUIVALENT OF 100 POUNDS OF TNT PER BLAST, 5 TIMES PER
YEAR, DURING DAYLIGHT HOURS ONLY, AND A MINIMUM OF 30
MINUTES BETWEEN BLASTS.
ALL DEMOLITIONS MUST BE PERFORMED WITHIN THE 4
ORANGE PICKETS (LIMIT MARKERS).
A FIVE-MINUTE-TO-INITIATION WARNING MUST BE MADE TO
RANGE CONTROL FOR EACH TASK.
REMARKS
A ONE MINUTE-TO-BLAST WARNING MUST BE MADE TO RANGE
CONTROL FOR EVERY BLAST. ALSO, NOTIFY RANGE
CONTROL AFTER BLAST IS COMPLETE.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
83
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
84
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
RANGE LOCATION
RANGE DESCRIPTION
TYPE OF AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LEFT LIMIT
RIGHT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
TARGET BLDG
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
LATRINE FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
DEMO-6
TA 75 DEMOLITIONS SITE
UM 907284-LOCATED IN TRAINING AREA 75.
DEMOLITION TRAINING AREA TO SUPPORT METAL CUTTING,
CRATERING, AND ABATIS.
ALL DEMOLITIONS UP TO 100 LBS TNT EQUIVALENT.
BANGALORE TORPEDOES ARE LIMITED TO ½ KIT.
ANY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS NEED TO BE COORDINATED
WITH RANGE CONTROL.
NA
NA
SEE MAP
SEE MAP
NA
NA
NA
NONE
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED.
AT RANGE ENTRANCE
BARRIER N-13 ON PUSAN ROAD
THE MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE CHARGE ON THE RANGE IS THE
EQUIVALENT OF 100 POUNDS OF TNT PER BLAST, 5 TIMES PER
YEAR, DURING DAYLIGHT HOURS ONLY, AND A MINIMUM OF 30
MINUTES BETWEEN BLASTS.
ALL DEMOLITIONS MUST BE PERFORMED WITHIN THE 4
ORANGE PICKETS (LIMIT MARKERS).
A FIVE-MINUTE-TO-INITIATION WARNING MUST BE MADE TO
RANGE CONTROL FOR EACH TASK.
REMARKS
A ONE MINUTE-TO-BLAST WARNING MUST BE MADE TO RANGE
CONTROL FOR EVERY BLAST. ALSO, NOTIFY RANGE
CONTROL AFTER BLAST IS COMPLETE.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
85
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
86
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DT-1
TRACKED VEHICLE DRIVER TRAINING COURSE
DESCRIPTION
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 912063-LOCATED IN TA 2. 4.2 MILES FROM RANGE
CONTROL.
THIS COURSE IS 1.3 MILES LONG, AND OFFERS SEVEN LEFT
TURNS, FIVE RIGHT TURNS, THREE WOODED AREAS, SIX
INCLINE AREAS, AND TWO SOFT AREAS.
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NO
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE
PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
N/A
ALL TRAINEES MUST HAVE A LICENSED OPERATOR IN THE
VEHICLE. FOR NIGHT DRIVER TRAINING WITH NVD USAGE, ALL
TRAINEES MUST HAVE A LICENSED NVD TRAINER WITH THEM.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
87
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
88
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DT-2
TRACKED VEHICLE DRIVER TRAINING COURSE
DESCRIPTION
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 875112-LOCATED IN TA 21. 8.0 MILES FROM RANGE
CONTROL.
THIS COURSE IS CONVENIENTLY LOCATED TO FACILITATE
DRIVER TRAINING WITH RANGE FIRING AT EAST, CENTER, AND
WEST RANGES. IT IS 4.4 MILES LONG, AND OFFERS A WATER
HAZARD, SPANNING DITCH, RAILCAR, AND A DIRT BERM.
YES-CENTER RANGE CLASSROOM
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
UNITS MAY SCHEDULE AND UTILIZE CRG CLASSROOM, IF
AVAILABLE.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
N/A
ALL TRAINEES MUST HAVE A LICENSED OPERATOR IN THE
VEHICLE. FOR NIGHT DRIVER TRAINING WITH NVD USAGE, ALL
TRAINEES MUST HAVE A LICENSED NVD TRAINER WITH THEM.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
89
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
90
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DT-3
TRACKED VEHICLE DRIVER TRAINING COURSE
DESCRIPTION
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 913135-LOCATED IN TA 27 WITHIN THE M RANGE. 6.6 MILES
FROM RANGE CONTROL.
THIS COURSE IS 1.9 MILES LONG. IT OFFERS EXCELLENT
VISIBILITY FOR OVERALL CONTROL OF THE COURSE DURING
USE. THE COURSE HAS FIVE LEFT TURNS, FIVE RIGHT TURNS,
TWO WOODED AREAS, FIVE INCLINE AREAS, AND THREE SOFT
AREAS.
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NO
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
N/A
M, M-SRTR, AND DEMO-1 RANGES WILL CONFLICT WITH, AND
CLOSE THIS RANGE.
ALL TRAINEES MUST HAVE A LICENSED OPERATOR IN THE
VEHICLE. FOR NIGHT DRIVER TRAINING WITH NVD USAGE, ALL
TRAINEES MUST HAVE A LICENSED NVD TRAINER WITH THEM.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
91
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
92
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
F
BIATHLON COURSE AND 25M ZERO RANGE
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
UM 906098-ON CODY ROAD. 4.5 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
THIS IS A SKI AND SHOOT RANGE CONSISTING OF A SERIES OF SKI
TRAILS, A 50 METER .22 CAL. RIFLE RANGE, AND A 25M ZERO RANGE
FOR 5.56MM. THIS RANGE IS THE SITE FOR THE NATIONAL GUARD
BUREAU (NGB) BIATHLON CHAMPIONSHIPS. IT FEATURES 3 MILES OF
BITUMINOUS TRACK FOR YEAR-ROUND TRAINING.
.22 CAL., 5.56MM, AND ALL STANDARD PISTOL AMMUNITION
This range will NOT support the usage of the new M855A1 5.56mm
Enhanced Performance Round (EPR).
BIATHLON: OFFICIAL BIATHLON LARGE AND SMALL BORE TARGETS
FIRING LINE
25M ZERO: TARGET STANDS WITH COROPLAST BACKING. TARGETRY
IS AVAILABLE AT RANGE CONTROL.
BIATHLON: 31 FIRING POINTS
GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE
RIGHT LIMIT
25M ZERO: 29 FIRING POINTS
29 DEGREES MAGNETIC
POINTS 1-31 BLACK AND WHITE POLE, AT 31DEGREES MAGNETIC.
LEFT LIMIT
POINTS 32-60 RED AND WHITE POLE, AT 31DEGREES MAGNETIC.
POINTS 1-31 RED, WHIITE, AND BLUE POLE AT 21DEGREES MAGNETIC.
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
TIMERS HOUSE
WARMING AND WAXING
HUTS
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG
LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD
GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
POINTS 32-60 BLACK AND WHITE POLE AT 21DEGREES MAGNETIC.
YES
YES
YES
YES-23 HUTS
YES-100 PERSON CAPACITY
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
CLASSROOM FIELD PHONE: 7786
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL.
HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE
CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
AS REQUIRED TO PROHIBIT PERSONNEL FROM ADVANCING BEYOND
FIRING LINE, OR INTERFERING WITH SKIERS ON TRAILS.
ONLY .22 CAL. AMMUNITION WILL BE FIRED AT THE METAL BIATHLON
TARGETS. THIS RANGE CLOSES CODY ROAD.
BIATHLON TARGETS MUST BE REPAINTED PRIOR TO RANGE
CLEARANCE.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR
TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING
TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT
TRASH RECEPTACLES.
93
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
94
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
95
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
LATRINE FACILITIES
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
WARMING SHEDS
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
F RANGE
TACTICAL TRAINING BASE
UM 906098-ON CODY ROAD. 4.5 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
TACTICAL TRAINING BASE
BLANKS ONLY
IN CLASSROOM
IN CLASSROOM
WARMING SHEDS MAY BE UTILIZED AS SLEEPING ROOMS
YES-100 PERSON CAPACITY
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
CLASSROOM FIELD PHONE: 7786
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
VEHICLES ARE NOT AUTHORIZED ACCESS THROUGH THE
GREEN GATE. VEHICLES ARE NOT AUTHORIZED ACCESS TO
THE TRAIL NETWORK. TENTS MAY BE SET UP IN THE OPEN
AREA TO THE SOUTH OF THE TIMING SHED AND THE RING OF
FLAGS.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
96
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
97
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
LATRINE FACILITIES
FARP
FORWARD ARMING AND RESUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 869109 TRAINING AREA 18. SOUTH OF LUZON ROAD.
LARGE OPEN FLAT AREA WITH A BERM.
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NO
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
N/A
NO TRACKED VEHICLES ARE ALLOWED WITHIN THE SPECIFIED
LANDING ZONE.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
98
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
99
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LEFT LIMIT
RIGHT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
F&M 1
FIRE AND MOVEMENT RANGE
UM 921191-8.8 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
F&M 1 CONSISTS OF A 197m SPLIT PATH THAT MEANDERS
THROUGH AN OAK FORESTED AREA, WITH 38 REMOTECONTROLLED, BATTERY OPERATED, POP-UP TARGETS ON THE
PATH.
PISTOLS, SHOTGUNS, SUB-MACHINE GUNS, AND 5.56MM
REMOTE CONTROLLER MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH
AUTOMATED TARGET SYSTEMS (ATS), 320-616-3132/3133.
N/A
270 DEGREES MAGNETIC
200 DEGREES MAGNETIC
340 DEGREES MAGNETIC
N/A
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NO
NO
NO
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
N/A
NOTICE: DUE TO BATWING SDZ USAGE REQUIREMENTS AND
THE CURRENT TARGET LOCATIONS, THIS RANGE IS NOW
LIMITED TO TARGETS 7-10 ONLY (BOTH NORTH AND SOUTH
LANES).
NO CROSSFIRING AT TARGETS ON OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE
LANE
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
100
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
101
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
RIGHT LIMIT
LEFT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
F&M 2
FIRE AND MOVEMENT RANGE
UM 933113-LOCATED ON EAST BOUNDARY ROAD. 3.3 MILES
FROM RANGE CONTROL.
F&M 2 CONSISTS OF A 100m PATH THAT MEANDERS THROUGH
A BRUSHY AREA, WITH 10 REMOTE CONTROLLED, BATTERY
OPERATED, POP-UP TARGETS.
9MM, .45 CAL., SHOTGUNS, AND SUB-MACHINE GUNS.
REQUEST REMOTE CONTROLLER THROUGH AUTOMATED
TARGET SYSTEMS (ATS), 320-616-3132/3133.
N/A
300 DEGREES MAGNETIC
324 DEGREES MAGNETIC
216 DEGREES MAGNETIC
N/A
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NO
NO
NO
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE
PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
N/A
NO CROSSFIRING AT TARGETS ON OPPOSITE SIDE OF THE
LANE.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
102
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
103
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
HGR
HAND GRENADE RANGE (LIVE GRENADE FAMILIARIZATION)
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LEFT LIMIT
RIGHT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
L RANGE-UM 918161
THIS RANGE GIVES SOLDIERS THE EFFECTS, EXPERIENCE,
AND CONFIDENCE IN HANDLING LIVE GRENADES. THE RANGE
ALSO HAS A PRACTICE THROWING BAY.
M67 FRAGMENTATION HAND GRENADE
PERMANENTLY INSTALLED
2 THROWING PITS
320 DEGREES MAGNETIC
N/A
N/A
N/A
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NONE
NONE
NONE
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE ENTRANCE TO L RANGE
BARRIER 29-AT THE ENTRANCE TO L RANGE
UNIT MUST COMPLETE HAND GRENADE QULIFICATION ON A-10
RANGE, AND MOCK BAY FAMILIARIZATION PRIOR TO
THROWING LIVE GRENADES.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
RANGE SOP IS IN THE RANGE PACKET.
104
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
105
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
IED LANE_IED
IED-DEFEAT LANE
RANGE LOCATION
RANGE DESCRIPTION
TYPE OF AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
TARGET BLDG
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
LATRINE FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF OE-254
ANTENNA MAST
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 95522711 (TA 64) – INTERSECTION OF CHORWAN AND
WONSAN ROADS. 15 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
THE LANE CONSISTS OF SEVERAL IED-DEFEAT TRAINING
OPPORTUNITIES, INCLUDING A PEDESTRIAN OVERPASS,
UNDERPASS, BARRIERS, AND A SMALL VILLAGE. THE LANE
SUPPORTS USAGE BY ALL MILITARY VEHICLES. RANGE USAGE
CAN BE INCORPORATED WITH OTHER MOUT FACILITIES, OR
ELSEWHERE DOWN RANGE.
Y-4 TACTICAL TRAINING BASE (TTB) IS LOCATED DIRECTLY
SOUTH OF THIS RANGE, TO FURTHER ENHANCE THE AREA OF
OPERATIONS (AO).
CIVILIAN CONTRACTORS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR RANGE
OPERATIONS AND EQUIPMENT, AND HAVE MULTIPLE PREWRITTEN SCENARIOS AVAILABLE. UNITS CAN ALSO REQUEST
THE CONTRACTORS TO WRITE SPECIFIC SCENARIOS FOR THE
OWN TRAINING NEEDS.
ALL BLANK AMMUNITION, PYROTECHNICS, AND SIMMUNITIONS
COORDINATE WITH THE CIVILIAN CONTRACTORS
N/A
N/A
NO
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
IN Y-4 TTB
N/A
NONE
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
106
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
107
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
IPBC
INFANTRY PLATOON BATTLE COURSE
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
RIGHT LIMIT
LEFT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
TA 57
THIS RANGE PROVIDES, UNDER CONTROLLED CONDITIONS, A
LIVE FIRE EXERCISE FOR INFANTRY PLATOONS WITH
ARMOR/MECH SUPPORT. IT CONSISTS OF TWO MANEUVER
LANES (LIGHT AND HEAVY) WITH BUNKER AND TRENCH
SYSTEMS. INDIRECT FIRE WEAPONS ARE SIMULATED BY THE
USE OF DEMOLITION CHARGES AND SMOKE POTS, OR CAN BE
INCORPORATED INTO A CALFEX SCENARIO. THE RANGE ALSO
HAS AN OPEN-AIR CLASSROOM AND A PRACTICE LANE.
UP TO 7.62 MM AT THE BUNKER SITES. .50 CAL., 25 MM, AND
120MM FOR THE HEAVY MANEUVER LANE FINAL OBJECTIVE.
40 MM ON THE MK-19 RANGE LIGHT MANEUVER LANE.
TARGET MATRIX MUST BE APRROVED BY RANGE CONTROL
OIC. REMOTE CONTROLLED TARGET LIFTERS NEED TO BE
REQUESTED THROUGH AUTOMATED TARGET SYSTEMS (320616-3132/3133).
FIRING BY ATTACKING TROOPS IS LIMITED TO THE VICINITY OF
EACH OBJECTIVE. SUPPORTING MACHINE GUN FIRE IS FROM
ESTABLISHED SUPPORT-BY-FIRE (SBF) POSITIONS.
270 DEGREES MAG. TO 360 DEGREES MAG.
SCENARIO DEPENDENT. TARGET MATRIX AND TRAINING
SCENARIO MUST BE APPROVED BY RANGE CONTROL.
SCENARIO DEPENDENT. TARGET MATRIX AND TRAINING
SCENARIO MUST BE APPROVED BY RANGE CONTROL.
MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY ORDINATE PERMISSIBLE FOR .50 CAL.
AND BELOW. 5 DEGREES FOR TANK AND BFV.
OUTHOUSE ONLY. PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED
THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
VICINITY OF THE OPEN-AIR CLASSROOM
OPEN-AIR CLASSROOM IS LOCATED AT UM 927215
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
UM 92732141 (BARRIER 40). ENTRANCE TO THE TROUT POND.
BARRIER 40 WILL BE DOWN-NOT-LOCKED FOR UNIT ACCESS
TO THE RANGE. UNIT MUST POST A ROAD GUARD AT THIS
BARRIER WHEN THE RANGE IS LIVE FIRING.
THE CLFX RANGE CLOSES THIS RANGE. SEE RANGE SOP FOR
FURTHER RESTRICTIONS.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
108
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
109
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
110
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
111
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
112
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
113
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
ISBC
INFANTRY SQUAD BATTLE COURSE
UM 88272886
This complex is used to train and test infantry squads on the skills
necessary to conduct tactical movement techniques; and detect,
identify, engage, and defeat stationary and moving infantry and
armor targets in a tactical array
Primary features include—
6 stationary armor targets
1 moving armor target
20 stationary infantry target
6 moving infantry targets
2 trench obstacles
5 machine gun/observation bunkers (with sound effects simulator)
All targets are fully automated, and the event-specific target scenario
is computer-driven and scored from the range operations center
The range operating system is fully capable of providing immediate
performance feedback to the using participants
Associated Range Operations and Control facilities:
Standard SAROCA facilities
Requirement Document: FM 3-21.8, ARTEP 7-8 Drill, TC 7-9
RANGE IS CURRENTLY UNDER CONSTRUCTION
COMPLETION DATE: TBD
114
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
115
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
RIGHT LIMIT
LEFT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM
TARGET BLDG
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
INTERIOR RANGE
CONTROL
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
J
FIELD FIRING RANGE
UM 910148 – NORTH END OF CODY ROAD. 7.7 MILES FROM
RANGE CONTROL.
THIS RANGE IS A MULTI-PURPOSE FAMILIARIZATION RANGE
SMALL ARMS, MACHINE GUNS, MORTARS, MK-19 (TP-T ONLY),
AND DIRECT LAY ARTILLERY
TARGETS INCLUDE: AUTO BODIES, BARRELS, TANK HULLS,
ROCK PILES, AND APCs PRESENTLY IN THE IMPACT AREA.
SPECIFIC TARGET REQUIREMENTS MUST BE COORDINATED
WITH RANGE CONTROL.
23 TOTAL FIRING POINTS.
FP-1 HAS 8 FIRING POINTS
FP-2 HAS 15 FRING POINTS
343 DEGREES MAGNETIC FOR SMALL ARMS UP TO .50 CAL.
352 DEGREES MAGNETIC FOR SMALL ARMS UP TO .50 CAL.
310 DEGREES MAGNETIC FOR SMALL ARMS UP TO .50 CAL.
MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY ORDINATE PERMISSIBLE FOR .50 CAL.
AND BELOW, OTHER WEAPON SYSTEMS REQUIRE AN RC FORM
1 FROM RANGE CONTROL.
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NO
NO
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
IN CENTER OF THE RANGE
TEMPORARY BARRIERS WILL BE PUT IN PLACE BY RANGE
CONTROL, AT THE TOP OF THE HILL. UNIT MUST POST
BARRIER GUARDS WHEN FIRING.
AT ENDS OF FIRING LINE PREVENTING PERSONNEL FROM
ADVANCING AHEAD OF THE FIRING LINE, OR INTO BACK BLAST
AREA, WHILE FIRING IS BEING CONDUCTED.
ALL FIRING MUST BE CONTROLLED SO THAT ALL ROUNDS ARE
DIRECTED INTO THE IMPACT AREA BETWEEN THE LEFT AND
RIGHT LIMITS. OIC OR RSO MUST HAVE A COMPASS TO VERIFY
LIMITS LISTED ON THE APPROPRIATE SDZ OVERLAY
INFORMATION CARD.
TWO UNITS (OR TWO WEAPON SYSTEMS) CAN OCCUPY THIS
RANGE AT ONE TIME, ONE ON FP1, AND THE OTHER ON FP2.
WHEN TWO UNITS ARE ON THE RANGE AT THE SAME TIME,
THEY MUST TELL RANGE CONTROL WHICH FIRING POINT THEY
ARE ON, WHEN SENDING THEIR OPENING CHECKLIST.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
116
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
117
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LIMIT MARKERS
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM
TARGET BLDG
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
K
FIELD FIRE RANGE
UM 912233-LOCATED ON CASSINO ROAD, NORTH OF OP-15.
12.5 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
THIS RANGE IS SITUATED IN AN OPEN FIELD UTILIZING
STATIONARY TARGETS AT VARIOUS DISTANCES INTO THE
LEACH IMPACT AREA. THE RANGE ALSO HAS A 10M/25M
ZERO/TRANSITION FIRING LINE.
ALL SMALL ARMS, 40MM (TP ONLY), BFV, MORTAR, AT-4,
DRAGON GUIDED MISSILE (TRAINING AND HEAT), JAVELIN
(INERT ONLY), AND TOW (INERT ONLY).
TARGETS INCLUDE AUTO BODIES, BARRELS, TANK HULLS,
ROCK PILES, AND APCs PRESENTLY IN THE TARGET AREA.
PORTABLE TARGET STANDS WITH COROPLAST BACKING ARE
ON SITE FOR THE ZERO/TRANSITION FIRING LINE.
LOCATED ON THE CEMENT PAD
01 DEGREE MAGNETIC
SEE SDZ LAYOUT FOR LIMITS OF FIRE
WEAPON SPECIFIC MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NO
NO
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT PERSONNEL FROM ADVANCING
AHEAD OF THE FIRING LINE, AND FROM ENTERING SPECIFIC
WEAPON BACKBLAST AREAS.
THE CLFX AND IPBC RANGES CLOSE THIS RANGE.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
118
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
119
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
RIGHT LIMIT
LEFT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
AMMUNITION STORAGE
BUNKER
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
L
ENGINEER DEMOLITION RANGE
UM 902144-WEST OF CODY ROAD AND BARRIER 29. 7.6 MILES
FROM RANGE CONTROL.
DEMOLITION TRAINING AREA TO SUPPORT METAL CUTTING,
CRATERING, AND ABATTIS. CONTAINS A BUNKER WITH
VIEWING PORTS.
ALL DEMOLITIONS UP TO 200 LBS.
ANY SPECIFIC REQUIREMENTS NEED TO BE COORDINATED
WITH RANGE CONTROL.
NA
NA
SEE MAP
SEE MAP
NA
OUTHOUSE ONLY. PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED
THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
YES
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
EMPLACE TO ENSURE PERSONNEL DO NOT ENTER DANGER
AREA WHILE FIRING.
LARGE CHARGES, 100 LBS. OR LARGER, WILL BE DETONATED
IN THE LARGE CHARGE AREA ONLY. MAX. CHARGE IS 200 LBS.
REPORT ANY DAMAGED VIEWING PORTS IN OBSERVATION
BUNKER.
A 5-MINUTE-TO-INITIATION WARNING MUST BE MADE TO
RANGE CONTROL FOR EACH TASK.
REMARKS
A ONE MINUTE-TO-BLAST WARNING CALL MUST BE MADE TO
RANGE CONTROL FOR EVERY BLAST. ALSO NOTIFY RANGE
CONTROL AFTER BLAST IS COMPLETE.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
120
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
121
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
RIGHT LIMIT
LEFT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
M
25M ZERO/SHOTGUN QUAL/
SCALED SRTR MORTAR RANGE
UM 915133-LOCATED ON NORMANDY ROAD. 6.6 MILES FROM
RANGE CONTROL.
THIS RANGE HAS A SCALED SHORT RANGE TRAINING ROUND
MORTAR RANGE, AS WELL AS A 16 LANE 25M AND 35M ZERO
LINES.
SHOTGUN; 9MM-7.62MM BALL; MORTAR SRTR ROUNDS
SCALED TARGETS AT 100, 150, 200, 300, 350, 400, 500, AND 600
METERS
100 METER FRONT
171 DEGREES MAGNETIC
185 DEGREES MAGNETIC
157 DEGREES MAGNETIC
MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY ORDINATE PERMISSIBLE
OUTHOUSE ONLY. PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED
THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
YES
NO
NO
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
IN CENTER OF RANGE
N/A
IF 7.62MM MATCH GRADE AMMO IS BEING FIRED ON A-1 KD
RANGE, THIS RANGE CANNOT BE OCCUPIED.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
122
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
123
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
124
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
MK-19
MK-19 MULTI-PURPOSE GUNNERY RANGE
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
RIGHT LIMIT
LEFT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 925232-LOCATED ON CASSINO ROAD. 12.4 MILES FROM
RANGE CONTROL.
THE RANGE OFFERS PRACTICE TARGET OBSERVATION, FIRE
ADJUSTMENT, TRAVERSING, SEARCHING, AND OBTAINING AN
ACCURATE TARGET FOR BOTH GROUND AND VEHICLE
MOUNTED WEAPONS.
MK-19 40 MM TP ONLY
400m APC; 600m APC; 600m TROOPS (TP ONLY); 800m TANK;
800m TROOPS (TP ONLY); 1100m TANK; 1500m CEV
50 METER
12 DEGREES MAGNETIC
RED/WHITE PANEL-22 DEGREES MAGNETIC
BLACK/WHITE PANEL-353 DEGREES MAGNETIC
15 DEGREES
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NO
NO
NO
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
N/A
HIGH EXPLOSIVE ROUNDS ARE UNAUTHORIZED FOR THIS
RANGE. OP-7 and OP-23 ARE THE ONLY AUTHORIZED RANGES
FOR MK-19 40 MM HE ROUNDS.
OIC AND RSO WILL BE FAMILIAR WITH FM 23-27 MK-19
GRENADE MACHINE GUN.
REPORT ALL DUD ROUNDS TO RANGE CONTROL WITH
CLOSING CHECKLIST.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
125
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
126
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
OLD RANGE HOUSE
MOUT SITE
UM 94120508
MOUT BUILDING-MULTIPLE ROOMS
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NO
BLANKS AND SIMUNITIONS
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
NONE
N/A
UNITS MUST SUBMIT AN EXCEPTION TO POLICY
MEMORANDUM TO THE DEPT. OF PUBLIC SAFETY TO FIRE
BLANKS AND/OR SIMUNITIONS IN THE CANTONMENT AREA,
PRIOR TO RANGE USAGE.
OIC AND RSO REQUIRED FOR BLANKS, SIMUNITIONS, AND
GAS.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
127
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
128
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
VEHICLES AVAILABLE ON
SITE
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
R
VEHICLE RECOVERY SITE
UM 926055-NORTH OF CHICKAMAGUA ROAD, WEST OF SOUTH
GETTYSBURG ROAD. 3.5 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
TYPE OF RECOVERY ACTIVITIES AVAILABLE AT SITE:
UPRIGHT AND OVERTURNED WHEELED AND TRACKED
VEHICLES. AKERRS (ALLIED KINETIC ENERGY RECOVERY
ROPE SYSTEM) PIT. NOSED IN VEHICLE (WHEELED AND
TRACKED). TOW WHEELED AND TRACKED VEHICLE (CROSSCOUNTRY). LIFT AND SWING LOAD. MIRED WHEELED AND
TRACKED VEHICLE (RECOVERY PIT).
M-60 TANK(2), M880,TRK,UTIL(1), M151A2TRK, CRG(1) ,M54 (1)
OUTHOUSE ONLY. PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED
THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NO
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
NONE
N/A
TRACK VEHICLE RECOVERY REQUIRES AN INDIVIDUAL WITH A
VALID DA FORM 348 FOR M60 SERIES TRACK VEHICLE
OPERATION.
THE RANGE PACKET AND THE KEYS FOR THE RANGE GATE,
BUILDING, AND EQUIPMENT LOCATED ON THE RANGE WILL BE
SIGNED FOR AT RTS-MAINTENANCE SUPPLY SECTION, BLDG
11-200.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
129
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
130
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
LEFT LIMIT
RIGHT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
RADIO FREQUENCIES
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
SCALED RANGE
UM 9021806969: TA05-FIELD TO THE SOUTH OF FERRELL LAKE.
3.22 MILES WEST OF RANGE CONTROL.
THIS RANGE OFFERS THE ABILITY FOR MOUNTED WEAPON
SYSTEMS TO USE TRAINING DEVICES (I.E. MILES, PGS, TWGSS,
ETC.) ALLOWING COMMANDERS THE ABILITY TO TRAIN CREWS
PRIOR TO MOUNTED LIVE FIRE TRAINING EVENTS.
BLANK ONLY
EIGHT STATIONARY TARGET LIFTERS AND TWO MOVING
TARGETS. TARGET LIFTERS CAN BE PLACED ANYWHERE ON
THE RANGE FROM 100-1200 METERS. CURRENT MOVING
TARGET LOCATION IS AT 600 METERS. TARGETS ARE ¼ AND ½
SCALES.
N/A
N/A
N/A
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
N/A
N/A
NO
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
ADMIN: 40.025
FIRING: 32.050
JUMP: 41.550
TARGET MATRIX MUST BE SUBMITTED TO AUTOMATED
TARGET SYSTEMS 120 DAYS PRIOR.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
131
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
SEAL CABIN
NON-STANDARD SMALL ARMS RANGE
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
RIGHT LIMIT
LEFT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
UM 902261-NORTH FROM BARRIER 68. 17.5 MILES FROM
RANGE CONTROL.
THIS RANGE CONSISTS OF A RANCH STYLE CABIN SITUATED IN
A WILDERNESS AREA. NUMEROUS SCENARIOS CAN BE
CONDUCTED AT THIS SITE.
PISTOL, SHOTGUN, 5.56MM, 7.62MM, AND DEMOLITIONS
PAPER SILHOUTTE TARGETS CAN BE OBTAINED THROUGH
RANGE CONTROL. REMOTE CONTROLLED TARGETRY NEEDS
TO BE COORDINATED THROUGH AUTOMATED TARGET
SYSTEMS (ATS), 320-616-3132/3133.
SCENARIO DEPENDENT
5.56MM, 360-DEGREE SWING SDZ IS ALLOWED, UPON PRIOR
APPROVAL FROM RANGE CONTROL.
SCENARIO DEPENDENT
SCENARIO DEPENDENT
SCENARIO AND AMMUNITION DEPENDENT
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NO
NO
NO
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
NONE
SCENARIO DEPENDENT
ALL SCENARIOS MUST BE SUBMITTED TO RANGE CONTROL
NLT 90 DAYS PRIOR TO SCHEDULED USAGE.
OIC AND RSO REQUIRED FOR BLANKS, SIMUNITIONS, AND
GAS.
REMARKS
NO FIRING AT THE CEILING OR ROOF.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
132
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
133
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
UAC
URBAN ASSAULT COURSE
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF FIRE
RIGHT LIMIT
LEFT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
PROVIDED ON THE RANGE
283 DEGREES MAGNETIC
MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY PER AMMUNITION
YES-IN THE CLASSROOM BUILDING ON NORTH GETTYSBURG ROAD
PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND
SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NO
NO
YES-ACROSS NORTH GETTYSBURG ROAD. TWO EACH, WITH 40
PERSON CAPACITY.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
LOCATION OF RANGE FLAG
LOCATION OF RANGE ROAD
GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 92581674-LOCATED ON NORTH GETTYSBURG ROAD BETWEEN
NORTH RANGE AND B-2. 7.6 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
This facility is used to train individual Soldiers, squads, and platoons on tasks
necessary to operate within a built-up/urban area.
Primary features include—
Station 1: Individual and Team Trainer. This station is a three-room trainer
where team leaders and squad leaders train the basics of building and room
clearing.
Station 2: Squad and Platoon Trainer. This station is a four-structure trainer
with multiple rooms. Squads build upon tasks learned at Station 1 and begin
to learn the concepts of clearing multiple buildings. The station is designed in
such a way that it can be used as individual buildings with a narrow street or
as rooms inside a building with a long connecting hallway.
Station 3: Grenadier Gunnery Trainer. This station is a live-fire station where
M203 gunners master target engagements in an urban area, move tactically,
and respond to the fire commands.
Station 4: Offense/Defense House. This station is where a platoon can train to
attack and/or defend a building. This station can also be divided into a number
of smaller training stations to reinforce training or to train tasks not yet trained
at the other stations.
Station 5: Underground Trainer. This station provides training for subterranean
operations.
5.56MM AND 40MM TP
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE CONTROL.
HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO MUST BE
CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
N/A
THIS RANGE MUST BE PLACED INTO CHECKFIRE STATUS FOR NORTH
RANGE TARGET MAINTENANCE
FOR TARGETRY PROBLEMS CALL ATS, PHONE # 3132/3133
RANGE CONTROL HAS MAGAZINES AVAILABLE FOR HAND RECEIPT TO
MILITARY UNITS.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES PRIOR
TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR HAULING
TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION, OR TO CANTONMENT
TRASH RECEPTACLES.
RANGE IS CURRENTLY UNDER CONSTRUCTION
134
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
135
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
Viking Ski Trail
FROM DE PARQ WOODS TO THE CODY ROAD ENTRANCE OF
THE F RANGE BIATHLON TRAIL NETWORK
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
N/A
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
RANGE CONTROL PHONE #: 320-616-3137/3134
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
SKIING ON THE DOWN RANGE PORTION OF THE TRAIL IS
PERMITTED DURING RANGE CONTROL HOURS OF OPERATION
ONLY. SKIIERS MUST SIGN IN AND OUT AT RANGE CONTROL.
THEY MUST ALSO READ AND SIGN A WAIVER OF LIABILITY
AGREEMENT.
SKIIERS ARE RESPONSIBLE FOR KEEPING THE TRAIL NEAT
AND CLEAN.
136
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
137
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
CLASSROOM
LATRINE FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
W-1
FERRELL LAKE PONTOON BRIDGE SITE
UM 904075-LOCATED ON THE SOUTH SIDE OF FERRELL LAKE.
3.2 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
THIS SITE PROVIDES A LAKE SITE FOR BRIDGE AND
AMPHIBIOUS SWIM TRAINING.
167 METERS
NO
OUTHOUSE ONLY. PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED
THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE
PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
OIC AND RSO MUST BE ON SAFETY MEMORANDUM FILED AT
RANGE CONTROL (SEE TABLE 1-1). MEDICAL AID PERSONNEL
MUST BE ON THE RANGE. OIC AND RSO MUST BE FAMILIAR
WITH CHAPTER 2, PARAGRAPH 2-5, PAGE 2-3 OF THE RANGE
OPERATIONS APPENDIX.
THE RANGE CAN BE USED FOR VEHICLE SWIMMING AND
PONTOON BRIDGING. THE UNIT PROVIDES ALL EQUIPMENT.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
138
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
139
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
LENGTH
LATRINE FACILITIES
STORAGE BLDG
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
W-2
MISSISSIPPI RIVER RIBBON BRIDGE SITE
UM 937124-LOCATED ON EAST BOUNDARY ROAD, ON THE
MISSISSIPPI RIVER. 4.1 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
THIS SITE IS CONSIDERED A FAST WATER SITE FOR RIBBON
BRIDGE TRAINING, AND IS UNIQUE IN THE UNITED STATES.
116 METERS FROM SUPPORT RAMP TO SUPPORT RAMP.
OUTHOUSE ONLY. PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED
THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
YES
NONE
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
OIC AND RSO MUST BE ON SAFETY MEMORANDUM FILED AT
RANGE CONTROL (SEE TABLE 1-1). MEDICAL AID PERSONNEL
MUST BE ON THE RANGE. OIC AND RSO MUST BE FAMILIAR
WITH CHAPTER 2, PARAGRAPH 2-5, PAGE 2-3 OF THE RANGE
OPERATIONS APPENDIX.
THE MISSISSIPPI RIVER VARIES GREATLY IN RATE OF FLOW,
DEPENDING ON THE SEASON AND CURRENT WEATHER
CONDITIONS. CURRENT DATA CAN BE OBTAINED FROM
MINNESOTA POWER (1-800-228-4966).
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
140
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
141
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
MILLER COMPLEX
NORTH, EAST, CENTER,
AND WEST RANGES
Automated Tower Radio Frequencies
East Range
1) Admin Frequency: 34.825
2) Firing Frequency: 32.725
3) Jump Frequency: 36.425
4) BFT/TAC Net: 38.725
5) Alternate Frequency: 49.975
Center Range
1) Admin Frequency: 36.700
2) Firing Frequency: 34.500
3) Jump Frequency: 40.550
4) BFT/TAC Net: 41.975
5) Alternate Frequency: 46.650
West Range
1) Admin Frequency: 34.250
2) Firing Frequency: 30.000
3) Jump Frequency: 38.250
4) BFT/TAC Net: 41.000
5) Alternate Frequency: 36.050
142
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
143
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
NORTH RANGE (NRG)
MULTI-PURPOSE MACHINE GUN RANGE
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
RIGHT LIMIT
LEFT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 924166-LOCATED ON NORTH GETTYSBURG ROAD. PART OF
THE E.B. MILLER COMPLEX. 7.6 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
THIS RANGE HAS 6 LANES; LANES 2-5 HAVE TARGETS OUT TO
1500M.
25MM, .50 CAL., 7.62MM, and 5.56MM
PROVIDED ON THE RANGE
6 FIRING POINTS-EITHER GROUND OR VEHICLE MOUNTED
WEAPONS.
283 DEGREES MAGNETIC
RED/WHITE PANEL
BLACK/WHITE PANEL
MAXIMUM TRAJECTORY PER AMMUNITION
YES-IN THE CLASSROOM BUILDING ON NORTH GETTYSBURG
ROAD
PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
YES
NO
YES-ACROSS NORTH GETTYSBURG ROAD. TWO EACH, WITH
40 PERSON CAPACITY.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
AS REQUIRED TO PREVENT PERSONNEL FROM ADVANCING
AHEAD OF THE FIRING LINE.
THIS RANGE CAN ONLY BE FIRED FROM THE ESTABLISHED
FIRING LINE. IF THE B-1 RANGE IS FIRING, NO PERSONNEL ARE
ALLOWED TO GO WEST OF THE FIRING LINE.
IF TARGET MAINTENANCE IS REQUIRED DURING RANGE
OPERATIONS, B-1 AND THE UAC MUST BE PLACED INTO
CHECKFIRE STATUS PRIOR TO ANY DOWNRANGE MOVEMENT.
FOR TARGETRY PROBLEMS CALL ATS, 320-616-3132/3133
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
144
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
145
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
RIGHT LIMIT
LEFT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM
RANGE FREQUENCIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
INTERIOR RANGE
CONTROL
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
EAST RANGE (ERG)
MULTI-PURPOSE TRAINING RANGE
UM 895135-LOCATED IN THE E.B. MILLER COMPLEX ON
NORMANDY ROAD. 6.7 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
THIS RANGE OFFERS TANK AND BFV QUALIFICATION TABLES
IV-XII. THE RANGE CAN SUPPORT A MLRS OPAREA.
120 MM, 25 MM, 20 MM, TOW (inert), 50 CAL., 7.62 MM, 5.56 MM.
DOUBLE E SILHOUETTES AND ARMOR TARGETS.
4 MANEUVER LANES, 16 DEFENSE POSITIONS & FIRING
POINTS.
3 DEGREES MAGNETIC
VARIOUS TRPS WITH ORANGE ARROW.
VARIOUS TRPS WITH ORANGE ARROW.
5° FOR TANKS, 15° FOR BFVs, AND MAX ORDINATE FOR .50 CAL.
AND BELOW.
YES-IN THE CLASSROOM
PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
YES
YES
YES-40 PERSON CAPACITY
ADMIN: 47.80
FIRING: 30.50
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
UPPER TOWER FIELD PHONE: 7095
LOWER TOWER FIELD PHONE: 7096
CLASSROOM FIELD PHONE: 7068
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE RANGE ENTRANCE
USING UNIT WILL POST GATE GUARD AT THE TOWER GATE
WHEN THE RANGE IS HOT.
AS NEEDED ELSEWHERE AROUND THE RANGE PERIMETER
NORMANDY ROAD CLOSED. ALTERNATE ROUTE IS SOUTH (OR
NORTH) ON CODY ROAD, TO LLANO GRANDE, TO THE RANGE
ROAD.
AMMO SUPPLY POINT AND REFUELING POINT MUST BE
SEPARATED BY AT LEAST 300 METERS.
TARGET MATRIX MUST BE SUBMITTED TO RANGE CONTROL
120 DAYS IN ADVANCE.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
146
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
147
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
CENTER RANGE (CRG)
MULTI-PURPOSE MACHINE GUN RANGE
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
TARGET REQUIREMENTS
FIRING LINE
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FIRE
RIGHT LIMIT
LEFT LIMIT
MAX ELEVATION OF FIRE
LATRINE FACILITIES
TARGET BLDG
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
CLASSROOM
RANGE FREQUENCIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
CONTROL TOWER-UM885125.
MACHINEGUN FIRING POINT-UM 884136. 7.7 MILES FROM
RANGE CONTROL ON NORMANDY ROAD.
THIS RANGE CONSISTS OF A MULTI-PURPOSE MACHINEGUN
QUALIFICATION COURSE (INCLUDING SNIPER RIFLES).
5.56MM, 7.62MM, .50 CAL
DOUBLE E SILHOUETTE OR PORTABLE TARGET STANDS
6 MACHINEGUN LANES AT THE FIRING POINT NORTH OF
NORMANDY RD. LANES 3 AND 4 HAVE TARGETS AT 1000
METERS. LANES 1 AND 6 HAVE 1500 METER TARGETS.
3 DEGREES MAGNETIC
FLOURESCENT ORANGE PANEL
FLOURESCENT GREEN PANEL
MAXIMUM ORDINATE FOR MACHINEGUNS
OUTHOUSE LOCATED TO THE WEST OF FP 1. OUTHOUSE
LOCATED EAST OF THE AUTOMATED CONTROL TOWER.
LATRINES LOCATED WITHIN THE CLASSROOM.
PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
NO
NO
YES- TA 23; GRID LOCATION UM 88291202
ADMIN: 51.45
FIRING:38.00
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
TELEPHONE: 3137/3134
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE REQUIRED. RADIO
MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
AT THE MAIN TOWER, AND ON NORMANDY ROAD
N/A
NORMANDY ROAD IS CLOSED WHEN UTILIZING THE MANUEVER
LANES SOUTH OF NORMANDY ROAD.
TOWER OPERATOR IS PROVIDED BY AUTOMATED TARGET
SYSTEMS (ATS) IF REQUESTED.
TARGETRY PROBLEMS CALL ATS, PHONE # 3132/3133.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
148
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
149
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
WEST RANGE (WRG)
MULTI-PURPOSE MACHINE GUN RANGE/HEAVY SNIPER LANE
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
UM 865145-INTERSECTION OF NORMANDY ROAD AND BATAAN
ROAD. 9.7 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
This range is used to train and test Soldiers on the skills necessary to
zero, detect, identify, engage, and defeat stationary and moving
infantry targets along with stationary armor targets in a tactical array
using the M249 squad automatic weapon (SAW), M60 MG, M240B
MG, MK19, M24 sniper weapon system, M110 semi-automatic sniper
system and the M2 MG.
Primary features include—
98 stationary infantry targets.
24 double target arm – stationary infantry targets.
24 moving infantry targets emplacements.
20 stationary armor targets.
10 firing lanes.
10 Target boots.
20 iron maiden targets
Note: 26 stationary infantry emplacements are widened to support two
target mechanisms.
All targets are fully automated and the event-specific target scenario is
computer-driven and scored from the tower. The range operating
system is fully capable of providing immediate performance feedback
to the using participants.
Associated range operations and control facilities:
Standard SAROCA facilities
Requirement document: FM 3-22.27, FM 3-22.10, FM 3-22.65, FM
3-22.68
Additional information: Targets beyond 1,000 meters can be battery
powered/radio controlled. All
stationary/moving infantry target mechanisms are equipped with
muzzle flash simulators. Target boots
will be placed 10 meters from the baseline.
RANGE IS CURRENTLY UNDER CONSTRUCTION
150
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
151
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
TACTICAL TRAINING
BASES (TTB)
INCLUDING COMBAT OUTPOSTS
152
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
F RANGE
BIATHLON SUPPORT FACILITY/TACTICAL TRAINING BASE
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
LATRINE FACILITIES
AMMO SUPPLY POINT
WARMING SHEDS
CLASSROOM / MESSHALL
FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 906098-ON CODY ROAD. 4.5 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
COMBAT OUTPOST
BLANKS ONLY
IN CLASSROOM
IN CLASSROOM
WARMING SHEDS MAY BE UTILIZED AS SLEEPING ROOMS
YES-100 PERSON CAPACITY
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
VEHICLES ARE NOT AUTHORIZED ACCESS THROUGH THE
GREEN GATE. VEHICLES ARE NOT AUTHORIZED ACCESS TO
THE TRAIL NETWORK. TENTS MAY BE SET UP IN THE OPEN
AREA TO THE SOUTH OF THE TIMING SHED AND THE RING OF
FLAGS.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
153
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
154
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
NORTH RANGE ENTRY CONTROL POINT
(NRG ECP)
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
LATRINE FACILITIES
CLASSROOM/MESSHALL
FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
UM 93091673-WEST OF THE CODY ROAD/EAST BOUNDARY
ROAD INTERSECTION. 7.6 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
ENTRY CONTROL POINT TRAINING
BLANKS ONLY
IN CLASSROOM BUILDING, OR PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE
REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-6163128/3130.
YES: 2 CLASSROOMS-40 PERSON CAPACITY EACH
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: MAY BE HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE
PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
UNIT WILL NOT CLOSE NORTH GETTYSBURG ROAD WHEN
CREATING A TEMPORARY TACTICAL TRAINING BASE.
OTHER UNITS MUST BE ALLOWED EASE OF ACCESS TO B-1,
NORTH, AND B-2 RANGES; AND WILL NOT BE SUBJECTED TO
ANY SCENARIO TRAINING BEING CONDUCTED BY THE
OCUPPYING UNIT.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
155
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
156
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
CLASSROOM
LATRINE FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
Y-1
POW CAMP/TACTICAL TRAINING BASE
UM 936079-LOCATED ON ARGONNE ROAD. 1.0 MILE FROM
RANGE CONTROL.
THIS SITE PROVIDES TRAINING ON HANDLING AND
CONTROLLING PRISONERS OF WAR, OR DETENTION OF
PERSONNEL IN A SECURED ENVIRONMET. COMPOUND
CONSISTS OF FENCED AREAS WITH TOWER PLATFORMS AND
TIN HUTS. THE RANGE CAN ALSO BE UTILIZED AS A COMBAT
OUTPOST.
SIMUNITIONS, BLANK AMMUNITION, AND PYROTECHNICS
NO
OUTHOUSE ONLY. PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED
THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE
PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
NO GRAY WATER DUMPING OR MKTs ALLOWED ON THIS
RANGE
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
157
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
158
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
CLASSROOM
LATRINE FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
Y-2 EAST
TACTICAL TRAINING BASE
UM 90560539 AND UM 89730600-LOCATED ON BULL RUN AND
SHILOH ROADS, IN TA 3. 3.8 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
COMPOUND PERIMETERS ARE HESCO BASKET WALLS.
INFRASTRUCTURE INCLUDES 2 ECPs EACH, TOWER
PLATFORMS, AND TIN HUTS. RANGE ALSO HAS AN OE-254
ANTENNA MAST AND “BIG VOICE/SIREN” SPEAKER SYSTEM.
SIMUNITIONS, BLANK AMMUNITION, AND PYROTECHNICS
NO
OUTHOUSE ONLY. PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED
THROUGH SUPPLY AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
GRAY WATER FACILITIES ARE IN PLACE FOR MKTs AND
SHOWERING. OBTAIN THE WRENCH FROM RANGE CONTROL.
UNITS MUST CALL RANGE CONTROL FOR PUMPING GRAY
WATER.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
(SEE MAP ON PAGE A-156)
159
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
CLASSROOM
LATRINE FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
Y-2 WEST
TACTICAL TRAINING BASE
UM 90560539 AND UM 89730600-LOCATED ON BULL RUN AND
SHILOH ROADS, IN TA 3. 3.8 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
COMPOUND PERIMETERS ARE HESCO BASKET WALLS.
INFRASTRUCTURE INCLUDES 2 ECPs EACH, TOWER
PLATFORMS, AND TIN HUTS. RANGE ALSO HAS AN OE-254
ANTENNA MAST AND “BIG VOICE/SIREN” SPEAKER SYSTEM.
SIMUNITIONS, BLANK AMMUNITION, AND PYROTECHNICS
NO
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
GRAY WATER FACILITIES ARE IN PLACE FOR MKTs AND
SHOWERING. OBTAIN THE WRENCH FROM RANGE CONTROL.
UNITS MUST CALL RANGE CONTROL FOR PUMPING GRAY
WATER.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
(SEE MAP ON PAGE A-156)
160
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
161
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
TYPE AMMUNITION
AUTHORIZED
CLASSROOM
LATRINE FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
Y-4
TACTICAL TRAINING BASE
UM 95462646-LOCATED ON CHORWAN ROAD, IN TA 64. 14
MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
COMPOUND HAS ELECTRIC POWER INSTALLED. PERIMETER
STYLE IS DIRT BERM. GRAY WATER DRAIN FIELD AND
MAINTENANCE PADS ARE INSTALLED. UNIT WILL HAVE TO
SUPPLY TENTAGE TO SIMULATE BUILDINGS. OE-254 ANTENNA
MAST IS LOCATED ON THE IED-D LANE.
SIMUNITIONS, BLANK AMMUNITION, AND PYROTECHNICS
NO
PORTABLE TOILETS MUST BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
N/A
GRAY WATER FACILITIES ARE IN PLACE FOR MKTs AND
SHOWERING. OBTAIN THE WRENCH FROM RANGE CONTROL.
UNITS MUST CALL RANGE CONTROL FOR PUMPING GRAY
WATER.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
162
Tab A-Range Descriptions TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
163
Tab B-Risk Management TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training
TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
TAB B
RISK MANAGEMENT
Appendix B offers the current form used to calculate the risk involved in any training exercise. All
personnel in leadership positions should be familiar with Composite Risk Management Worksheet (DA
Form 7566) procedures. Leaders are encouraged to use these forms along with common sense to
determine the risk and safety of all exercises. The following Risk Management Worksheets can be found
in the MN National Guard Intranet Portal site, by following these steps: go to MN Intranet Portal, click on
JFHQ-MN, click on SPECIAL STAFF, click on State Safety Office, and finally click on Safety Forms. The
Risk Management section is at the bottom of the page. The worksheets can be filled out and printed
while the user is on-line. The Deliberate MNARNG Risk Management Card is too large a file to be added
into this document.
1
Tab B-Risk Management TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training
TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
2
Tab B-Risk Management TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training
TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
3
Tab B-Risk Management TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training
TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
4
Tab C-Accident and Incident Reporting TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX AOperations and Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
TAB C
ACCIDENT AND INCIDENT
REPORTING
These forms are designed to aid Range Control in the investigation of accidents and
incidents. Use them as a general guideline to follow. Complete all areas and questions
that apply.
1
Tab C-Accident and Incident Reporting TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX AOperations and Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
RANGE ACCIDENT/INCIDENT CHECKLIST
Vehicle / Barrier / Training Area
DATE_______________________
1. Notify Range Control: SINCGARS 36.100, Motorola radio, or Telephone 320-616-3137/3134.
2. Report the nature of accident/incident and have information available.
 Vehicle accident/incident
Date and time of incident: _____________________________________________________
Type of accident/incident: _____________________________________________________
Personnel injured:
Yes
No
Vehicle damage:
Yes
No
Grid: ______________________________________________________
Activity being conducted: _____________________________________________________
Name of individual and unit reporting: ___________________________________________
 Barrier breach
Barrier # ____________or Grid:_______________ Damaged:
Yes No
Date and time of incident: _____________________________________________________
Duration in area: ____________________________________________________________
Number and type of vehicles involved: ___________________________________________
Number of personnel involved: _________________________________________________
Name and unit of individual in charge: ___________________________________________
 Damage to Training Area or property
Damage was caused by:
Tracked Vehicle Wheeled Vehicle
Troop use
Fire
Other _______________________
Training Area #_______ and Grid_______________________________
Approximate amount of damage:________________________________
Engineer equipment required: YES
NO
TYPE:____________________
Personnel reporting and unit.: __________________________________________________
3. Stand by for instructions from Range Control.
4. If accident/incident warrants investigation, Range Control may request unit to submit ATS Form
285-AB-R (Accident/Incident Report). See page C-5.
2
Tab C-Accident and Incident Reporting TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX AOperations and Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
RANGE INCIDENT CHECKLIST
Indirect Fire
1. Immediately place the firing point in Cease Fire Freeze status.
2. All personnel will fall away from weapons without changing settings.
3. Notify Range Control on SINCGARS 36.100 immediately and give the following
information:
 Name of unit. ______________________________________________________
 Grid location of weapon round was fired from _____________________________
 Type and size of round ______________________________________________
 Azimuth, Elevation, and Charge _______________________________________
Round was:
 Out of Safe
 Unobserved
 Name and Rank of person reporting incident _____________________________
4. OIC investigates to determine:
 Personnel injured _______________________________________________
 Equipment Damage _____________________________________________
 General direction (out of limit) that weapon was fired ____________________
 Number of rounds fired ___________________________________________
 Personnel were forward of established firing position
 Number of personnel forward of firing position _________________________
 Reason forward of position ________________________________________
5. Stand by for instructions from Range Control investigating.
6. If accident/incident warrants investigation, Range Control may request unit
to submit ATS Form 285-AB-R (Accident/Incident Report). See page C-5.
7. Firing will be resumed upon approval from Range Control.
3
Tab C-Accident and Incident Reporting TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX AOperations and Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
RANGE INCIDENT CHECKLIST
Direct Fire
1. Immediately place the firing point in Cease Fire Freeze status.
2. All personnel will fall away from weapons without changing settings.
3. Notify Range Control: SINCGARS 36.100, Motorola radio, or Telephone 320-6163137/3134:
 Range Designation: ______________________________________________
 Name of unit: ___________________________________________________
 Name and rank of person reporting incident: __________________________
 Type of incident: ________________________________________________
 OIC investigation results: _________________________________________
4. OIC investigates to determine:
 Personnel injured _______________________________________________
 Equipment Damage _____________________________________________
 General direction (out of limit) that weapon was fired ____________________
 Number of rounds fired ___________________________________________
 Personnel were forward of established firing position
 Number of personnel forward of firing position _________________________
 Reason forward of position ________________________________________
5. Stand by for instructions from Range Control.
6. If accident/incident warrants investigation, Range Control may request unit
to submit ATS Form 285-AB-R (Accident/Incident Report). See page C-5.
7. Firing will resume upon approval from Range Control.
4
Tab C-Accident and Incident Reporting TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX AOperations and Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
ACCIDENT / INCIDENT REPORT
(Items derived from DA Form 285-AB-R JUL 94)
1. DATE / TIME OF ACCIDENT / INCIDENT (1):_____________________________________________
2. UNIT (5):__________________________________________________________
3. LOCATION OF ACCIDENT / INCIDENT (6):______________________________________________
4. MISSION (BRIEF DESCRIPTION) (8):___________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
5. INDIVIDUAL(S) INVOLVED (11):
NAME (LAST, FIRST, MI)
SOCIAL SEC. #
GRADE
6. WERE PERSONNEL HOSPITALIZED? (21)
YES / NO (CIRCLE ONE)
SEX
AGE
7. DESCRIBE ACCIDENT/INCIDENT (24):_________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
8. WAS ACCIDENT / INCIDENT CAUSED BY (CIRCLE ALL THAT APPLY) (37):
LEADER
TRAINING
STANDARDS/PROCEDURES
SUPPORT
INDIVIDUAL
DESCRIBE:__________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
9. CORRECTIVE ACTIONS TAKEN OR PLANNED (40):______________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
10. POC FOR INFORMATION ON ACCIDENT / INCIDENT (41):_______________________________
____________________________________________________________________________________
(INCLUDE NAME, RANK, POSITION, UNIT, HOR, AND PHONE NUMBERS)
(NUMBERS IN PARENTHESES ARE THE LINE ITEM NUMBER ON DA FORM 285-AB-R)
ATS FORM 285-AB-R (DEC 2001)
5
Tab E-Improved Landing Areas TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
TAB D
ZULU MAST
Map
1
Tab E-Improved Landing Areas TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
Mast
Z-1
Z-2
Z-3
Z-4
Z-5
Z-6
Z-7
Z-8
Z-9
Z-10
Z-11
Z-12
Z-13
Location
Range Control Office
A-1
Training Area 61
Training Area 64
Training Area 71
Training Area 69
OP 16
OP 15
Training Area 54
Training Area 40
OP 1
Range Control Office
CLFX AA (TA58) Tin Hut
2
Coordinates
UM 95370686
UM 91990868
UM 95082437
UM 95512711
UM 88122886
UM 86802508
UM 90142468
UM 91332287
UM 87102204
UM 85381612
UM 91001464
UM 95370686
UM 92912305
Tab E-Improved Landing Areas TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
TAB E
Improved Landing Areas
Map
1
Tab E-Improved Landing Areas TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
HELIPAD NO.
X-1
X-2
X-2A
X-3
X-4
X-5
X-5A
X-6
X-6A
X-7
X-8
X-9
X-10
X-10A
X-11
X-12
X-12A
GRID LOCATION.
UM 956054 (MUTF)
UM 935090 (TA 13)
UM 922084 (TA 9)
UM 937125 (TA 28)
UM 924177 (TA 34)
UM 929229 (TA 58)
UM 958273 (TA 64)
UM 882251 (TA 68)
UM 884290 (TA 72)
UM 875221 (TA 55)
UM 855164 (TA 40)
UM 869136 (TA 40)
UM 890135 (TA 38)
UM 902125 (TA 25)
UM 898061 (TA 3)
UM 941057 (Air Field)
UM 954066 (Range Control)
2
Tab F-Training Area Maps TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
TAB F
Training Area
Maps
Tab F-Training Area Maps TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
2
Tab F-Training Area Maps TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
3
Tab H-Drop Zones TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO
CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
TAB G
Drop Zones
1
Tab H-Range Control Forms TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT PATH DIRECTION
LATRINE FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
ARNO DZ
AIR DROP ZONE
UM 873249-INTERSECTION OF KODIAK ROAD AND ARNO ROAD.
18.3 MILES FROM RANGE CONTROL.
PROVIDES TRAINING ON AIR ASSAULT, AIRBORNE, AND
LOGISTICAL SUPPORT OPERATIONS. DROP ZONE IS 1100M
WIDE BY 1000M LONG.
SOUTH TO NORTH
NO
PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED.
RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
DZ CREW IS RESPONSIBLE FOR LIMITING ACCESS TO THE DZ
DURING AIRDROPS.
AVOID OVERFLYING FARMS TO THE WEST OF THE DROP ZONE.
PERSONAL FLOTATION DEVICES ARE REQUIRED FOR
PERSONNEL DROPS, DUE TO NUMEROUS PONDS LOCATED
WITHIN THE DZ.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
2
Tab H-Range Control Forms TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
3
Tab H-Range Control Forms TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
FLIGHT PATH DIRECTION
LATRINE FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
AIRFIELD INFORMATION
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
KALAHAR DZ
AIR DROP ZONE
MILLER ARMY AIRFIELD
PROVIDES TRAINING ON AIR ASSAULT, AIRBORNE, AND
LOGISTICAL SUPPORT OPERATIONS. DROP ZONE IS 600M
WIDE BY 1577M LONG.
SOUTHEAST TO NORTHWEST OR NORTHWEST TO SOUTHEAST
YES-INSIDE AIRFIELD OPERATIONS OFFICE
NA-ALL COMMUNICATIONS ARE CONTROLLED BY MILLER ARMY
AIRFIELD OPERATIONS OFFICE
ASSAULT STRIP HAS 2’ X 6’ PANELS MARKING BOTH SIDES OF
THE RUNWAY DOWN THE ENTIRE LENGTH. MAIN RUNWAY HAS
2’ TALL MARKER LIGHTS ON THE SHOULDERS, AS WELL AS
NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT LOCATED AT VARIOUS POINTS ON
THE AIRFIELD. UNIT MUST BRIEF JUMPERS ON THESE
HAZARDS.
NA
THE AIR FORCE RECOMMENDS SINGLE SHIP VISUAL DROPS AS
THE DZ DOES NOT HAVE A SUFFICIENT WIDTH FOR
FORMATIONS OR SKE DROPS.
LEFT TRAFFIC IS RECOMMENDED TO AVOID ZMP R-4301 TO
THE NORTH OF THE DZ. MUST ALSO AVOID OVERFLYING
RANDALL, MN, WEST OF THE AIRFIELD.
REMARKS
AIRCRAFT MUST USE ASSAULT STRIP TO ENSURE JUMPERS
LAND SOUTH OF THE MAIN RUNWAY, TO AVOID AIRFIELD
NAVIGATION EQUIPMENT NORTH OF THE RUNWAY.
USE OF THIS DROP ZONE MUST BE COORDINATED THROUGH
CAMP RIPLEY OPERATIONS, 133 AW, MILLER ARMY AIRFIELD
OPERATIONS, AND CAMP RIPLEY RANGE CONTROL.
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
4
Tab H-Range Control Forms TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
5
Tab H-Range Control Forms TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LOCATION
DESCRIPTION
GENERAL DIRECTION OF
FLIGHT PATH
LATRINE FACILITIES
RANGE CONTROL
COMMUNICATION
REQUIREMENTS
LOCATION OF RANGE
FLAG POLE
LOCATION OF RANGE
ROAD GUARDS
RESTRICTIONS
REMARKS
RIPLEY DZ
AIR DROP ZONE
UM 914135-NORTHEAST CORNER OF NORMANDY ROAD AND
CODY ROAD INTERSECTION. 6.6 MILES FROM RANGE
CONTROL.
PROVIDES TRAINING ON AIR ASSAULT, AIRBORNE, AND
LOGISTICAL SUPPORT OPERATIONS. DROP ZONE IS 1100
METERS WIDE BY 1100 METERS LONG.
SOUTHWEST TO NORTHEAST.
PORTABLE TOILETS MAY BE REQUESTED THROUGH SUPPLY
AND SERVICES DIV, 320-616-3128/3130.
SINCGARS: 36.100 PRIMARY, 36.900 ALTERNATE
TWO-WAY RADIO: HAND RECEIPTED WITH THE RANGE PACKET.
UNIT MUST OPEN AND CLOSE THE RANGE WITH RANGE
CONTROL. HOURLY COMMO CHECKS ARE NOT REQUIRED,
BUT RADIO MUST BE CONTINUOUSLY MONITORED.
N/A
ALL FOUR ROAD/TRAIL INTERSECTIONS WILL BE BARRICADED
ONE HOUR PRIOR TO TIME ON TARGET, TO ENSURE THAT
THERE ARE NO UNAUTHORIZED PERSONNEL ON THE DZ.
DZ CREW WILL CLOSE NORMANDY ROAD AT THE
APPROPRIATE TIME.
N/A
UNITS MUST CLEAN CLASSROOMS AND POLICE-CALL RANGES
PRIOR TO RANGE CLEARANCES. UNITS ARE RESPONSIBLE
FOR HAULING TRASH DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFER STATION,
OR TO CANTONMENT TRASH RECEPTACLES.
6
Tab H-Range Control Forms TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
7
Tab H-Range Control Forms TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
TAB H
Range Control Forms
1
Tab H-Range Control Forms TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
Weapon Safety Certification Memorandum
Training Center Support Unit
National Guard Training and Community Center
15000 Highway 115
Little Falls, MN 56345-0150
MNAG-TCSU
1 January 2009
MEMORANDUM FOR: RANGE CONTROL, CAMP RIPLEY, LITTLE FALLS, MN
SUBJECT: SAFETY CERTIFICATION
1. I certify that the following individuals have been trained, tested, and are weapons systems certified for
the weapons indicated.
2.
NAME
Doe, John S.
Smith, Robert
Johnson, Mark
GRADE/
RANK
E-7/SFC
E-6/SSG
E-5/SGT
SSNLAST FOUR
XXXX
XXXX
XXXX
WEAPON SYSTEMS
M1A1, M2, M249, M9, Rappel Tower
M16A1, M9
M16A1, M9
JOHN T. HOME
LTC, IN, MNARNG
Battalion Commander
THIS IS A SAMPLE
The memorandum must include:
a. Grade/Rank requirements are found in Table 1-1, Chapter 1, page 11. ROTC Cadets, OCS
Students, WOCs, or any Officer or Warrant Officer who has not completed OBC/WOBC are not
authorized to be OICs or RSOs.
b. The specific weapon system(s) that the individual has been certified on.
c. The memorandum must be signed by an O-5 (O-4P) Commander or above.
2
Tab H-Range Control Forms TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
RANGE PRE-OPERATION CHECKLIST
The Range Pre-Operation Checklist can be used as a guide to ensure the basic requirements of this
regulation are completed, prior to arrival at Camp Ripley, to conduct live-fire training.
COMPLETED BY THE TRAINING SECTION:
Range Assignment_______________________________ Date_________________ Time____________
Weapon(s) to be fired____________________________________________________
Course of fire__________________________________________________________
Number of personnel to fire______________ Number of rounds needed_________________
Coordination of transportation______________________________________________
COMPLETED BY THE COMPANY COMMANDER:
OICs and RSOs have completed the Battalion Range Safety Certification program__________________
OICs and RSOs are weapon systems certified:
YES
/
NO
Weapon Safety Certification Memorandum sent to Range Control by the Battalion on________________
COMPLETED BY THE OFFICER IN CHARGE (OIC):
Appoint a RSO (must be certified by the BN Commander)______________________________________
Appoint ARSOs as needed______________________________________________________________
Range Control Safety Briefing at Range Control is scheduled for_________________________________
Coordination for Medical Support has been completed_________________________________________
Coordination for Communication Equipment has been completed________________________________
Coordinated with Automated Target Systems for targets and materials, and has submitted any
scenario changes prior to range usage_____________________________________________________
COMPLETED BY THE RANGE SAFETY OFFICER (RSO):
Has a copy of the Camp Ripley Range Operations Appendix_______
Has a copy of all applicable FMs and TMs for the weapon systems being used_______
Has a range specific safety briefing prepared for firing and range support personnel________
3
Tab H-Range Control Forms TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
Camp Ripley Exception to Policy Request
UNIT:_______________________________
DATE:__________________________
MEMORANDUM FOR: Camp Ripley Range Control Office
SUBJECT: Exception to Policy
POLICY:
EXCEPTION TO POLICY:
DURATION OF THE EXCEPTION:________________________________________________________
REQUESTER’S PRINTED NAME, RANK, AND POSITION
SIGNATURE
1. THE ABOVE REQUEST IS:_________APPROVED _________DISAPPROVED
DATE:______________________________
2. COMMENTS:
______________________________________________________
RANGE CONTROL OFFICER
DISTRIBUTION:
REQUESTER-1
SHIFT SERGEANT-1
4
Tab H-Range Control Forms TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
CAMP RIPLEY TARGET MATRIX
UNIT:
RANGE:
RANGE DATES:
FROM:
GUNNERY TABLE:
TASK/ EVENT
NUMBER
BATTLE
POSITION OR
LANE #
TO:
AMMO
DODIC
EXPOSURE
TIME AND HITS
TO KILL
REFERENCE:
RANGE TO
TARGETS
TARGET
REQUIREMENTS
TARGET AVAILABILITY
PRIMARY/ALT
PREPARED BY:
DATE:
SDZ CREATED BY:
DATE:
LEFT LIMIT:
RIGHT LIMIT:
GROUND VERIFIED BY:
DATE:
MATRIX VERIFIED BY:
DATE:
5
COMP STEP #
Tab H-Range Control Forms TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
REQUEST TO CAMP IN THE FIELD
TRAINING AREA AND/OR CANTONMENT
I, ___________________________________________, am requesting to use the following (circle one):
Camp Commanders Cabin
Ferrell Lake
Rest Area #3
Round Lake Recreation Area w/FEMA Trailer (Please Circle):
Lake Alott Recreation Area w/FEMA Trailer (Please Circle):
Deparq Woods w/FEMA Trailer (Please Circle):
Sylvan Dam Recreation Area
YES
/
NO
YES / NO
YES / NO
I will use the facility:
From (Date/Time):___________________________ To (Date/Time):___________________________
I understand that white lights are not authorized during night driving except in the case of an
emergency. I will follow the posted speed limit of 25 miles per hour and use seat belts when
traveling. Furthermore, I understand that no alcohol of any kind is permitted in the Camp Ripley
Field Training Area. I will call Range Control at 320-616-3137 prior to occupation to coordinate
entrance to the training area. If Range Control is closed, I understand that I am responsible to
sign for a key to the E Gate prior to departing from Range Control. I understand that failure to
comply can result in a loss of privileges to use the facilities at Camp Ripley.
Contact Number: ______________________________________________________________________
Number of guests: _______________
Names of each guest:
Camp Fire (Yes/No): ____________
Signature: ___________________________________________
Printed Name: _______________________________________
Guard Unit: _________________________________________
Date of Request: ____________________
CAMP RIPLEY OPERATIONS OFFICE (OPS PERSONNEL ONLY)
(Circle One)
Approved
/
Disapproved
Signature: ___________________________________________
Printed Name: ________________________________________
Range Control Notes:
6
Tab H-Range Control Forms TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
EXPLOSIVE ORDNANCE INCIDENT REPORT
7
Tab I-Range Specific Medical Support Requirements TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX
A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
TAB I
Range Specific Medical Support Requirements
REFERENCE MEDCOM PAM 40-12
1
Tab I-Range Specific Medical Support Requirements TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX
A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
Range Medic Support Requirements
A-1
A-2
A-3
A-4
A-5
A-6
A-7
A-9
A-10
A-11
A-12
A-13
A-14
A-15
UM 921087
UM 925087
UM 923087
UM 915087
UM 912087
UM 925085
UM 926085
UM 917085
UM 919085
UM 909086
UM 927087
UM 924081
UM 928087
UM 92540803
ARNO DZ
UM 875247
B-1
B-2
B-2 SHOOT
HOUSE
B-3
B-4
B-5
B-6
B-7
BENNET HILL
BREACH
C
C-1 IED
CACTF
CENTER
CLFX
CRACK HOUSE
CTF
D
DEMO-1
DEMO-2
DEMO-3
DEMO-4
DEMO-5
DEMO-6
DT-1
DT-2
UM 924164
UM 924171
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
MOS qualified Medic/EMT
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
MOS qualified Medic/EMT
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
MOS qualified Medic for Personnel Air
Drops ONLY
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
UM 924171
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
UM 925136
N/A
UM 941069
UM 941083
UM 929069
UM 934086
UM 919157
UM 927080
UM 927080
UM 931074
UM 885125
UM 927231
UM 8921419
UM 939072
UM 934120
UM 916126
UM 918157
UM 877152
UM 902259
UM 895271
UM 907284
UM 912063
UM 874118
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
MOS qualified Medic/EMT
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
MOS qualified Medic/EMT
MOS qualified Medic/EMT
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
MOS qualified Medic/EMT
MOS qualified Medic/EMT
MOS qualified Medic/EMT
MOS qualified Medic/EMT
MOS qualified Medic/EMT
MOS qualified Medic/EMT
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
2
Tab I-Range Specific Medical Support Requirements TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX
A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
Range Medic Support Requirements
EAST
F
FARP
DT-3
F&M 1
F&M 2
HGR
IED-D
IPBC
J
K
L
M
MK-19
FIELD ARTY
M-COFT
M-COFT
M-COFT
NORTH
OP-7
R
UM 895135
UM 906098
UM 871111
UM 913128
UM 921191
UM 933113
UM 902144
UM 955271
TA 57
UM 910148
UM 912233
UM 902144
UM 915133
UM 925232
Various TAs
UM 953034
UM 899129
UM 865144
UM 924166
UM 901151
UM 926055
RIPLEY DZ
UM 914135
SEAL Cabin
Scaled Range
UAC
W-1
W-2
WEST
Y-1
Y-2
Y-4
UM 902261
UM 951060
UM 92581674
UM 904076
UM 937124
UM 865145
UM 936079
UM 904055
UM 95462646
MOS qualified Medic/EMT
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
MOS qualified Medic/EMT
MOS qualified Medic/EMT
MOS qualified Medic/EMT
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
MOS qualified Medic/EMT
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
MOS qualified Medic/EMT
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
MOS qualified Medic/EMT
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
N/A
N/A
N/A
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
MOS qualified Medic/EMT
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
MOS qualified Medic for Personnel Air Drops
ONLY
MOS qualified Medic/EMT
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
MOS qualified Medic/EMT
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
Combat Life Saver/First Responder
3
Tab J-Range Cost for Civilian Use TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
TAB J
Range Cost for Civilian Use
1
Tab J-Range Cost for Civilian Use TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
HEATED BUILDINGS:
ENTIRE T-BLD BUILDING (BARRACKS)
1 SLEEPING BAY (Sleeps 20 personnel)
KITCHEN/DINING FACILITY
HEATED ADMINISTRATIVE BUILDING
HEATED SUPPLY BUILDING
IND. MAID SERVICE ROOMS *A credit card must be used to hold rooms
past 6:00pm
IND. NON-MAID SERVICE ROOMS
HOUSES (MINIMUM 4 PERSONNEL)
AUTOMOTIVE MAINTENANCE BUILDING
275.00
75.00
60.00
60.00
60.00
25.00
/day
/day
/day
/day
/day
/day
5.00
30.00/person
60.00
/day
/day
/day
50.00
45.00
50.00
50.00
45.00
2.00/person
/day
/day
/day
/day
/day
/day
40.00
40.00
60.00
80.00
300.00
50.00
225.00
30.00
85.00
225.00
35.00
150.00
150.00
100.00
40.00
/day
/day
/day
/day
/day
/hour
/day
/hour
/day
/day
/hour
/day
/day
/day
/day
NON AUTOMATED RANGES
SMALL ARMS AUTOMATED
40.00
250.00
100.00
50.00
NON-ESTABLISHED AUTOMATED RANGES (WALK THRU 1-3)
DEMO FIRING
UAV TESTING
BIATHLON RANGE & BUILDING
LIVE FIRE SHOOT HOUSE
110.00
430.00
250.00
65.00
650.00
200.00
45.00
2,500.00
40.00
110.00
180.00
/day
/day
st
1 hour
EA additional
hour
/day
/day
/day
/day
/day
/half day
/target
/camera
/day
/day
/day
NON-HEATED BUILDINGS (AREAS 1, 3, 5, 8, 21, 22, & 23):
OPEN BAY BARRACKS
ADMINISTRATIVE BUILDING
KITCHEN/DINING FACILITY
LATRINE/SHOWER FACILITY
SUPPLY BUILDING
TIN HUTS
CONFERENCE ROOMS, CLASSROOMS & MISC:
CONFERENCE ROOM (1-10 persons)
SMALL CLASSROOM (1-20 persons)
MEDIUM CLASSROOM (21-40 persons)
LARGE CLASSROOM (41-96 persons)
RECREATION CENTER
TACC (ARMORY) THEATER
TACC (ARMORY) CAFETERIA
TACC (ARMORY) GYMNASIUM
RIPLEY TOWN HALL
MORALE, WELFARE, AND RECREATION BLDG
POST CHAPEL
RANGE CLASSROOM
REPLACEMENT DOORS FOR SHOOT HOUSE
REPLACE CAMERA IF SHOT FOR SHOOT HOUSE
C-RANGE (CHEMICAL)
NORTH RANGE
EST 2000 WITH CAMP RIPLEY OPERATOR
2
Tab J-Range Cost for Civilian Use TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
EST 2000 WITHOUT CAMP RIPLEY OPERATOR
100.00
/day
HAND HELD RADIO
25.00
/day
6-3. Training Area Costs
CONFIDENCE COURSE
RAPPELING TOWER
LAND NAVIGATION (A-11 OR B-3)
BENNETT HILL
MOUT VILLAGE
CRACK HOUSE
SEAL CABIN
COLLECTIVE TRAINING FACILITY
COMBINED ARMS COLLECTIVE TRAINING FACILITY
ALL OTHER TRAINING AREAS
GROOMING OF SKI TRAILS
GROOMING OF SKI TRAILS (5 MILES)
GROOMING SKI TRAILS AFTER BUSINESS HOURS
6-4. Misc. Costs
Security Guard Support
ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES/SUPPORT
PCA TOUR FEE
ROUND LAKE (CAMPING, FISHING, BOATING)
DEPARCQ WOODS (AMPHITHEATER)
IP HOOKUP
6-5. Administrative Fees
LEASE AMOUNTS LESS THAN $499.
LEASE AMOUNTS $500-2,999
LEASE AMOUNTS GREATER THAN $3,000.
55.00
55.00
30.00
55.00
55.00
110.00
40.00
55.00
10.00
30.00
50.00
50.00
32.00
/day
/day
/day
/day
/day
/day
/day
/day
/day per building
/day
/day
/5 miles
/hour
25.00
50.00
50.00
30.00
NO CHARGE
50.00
/hour
/hour
/hour
/day
0
10% of Total
300.00
(PERTAINING TO CANCELLATIONS WITHIN 30 DAYS PRIOR TO SCHEDULED EVENT)
LEASE AMOUNTS LESS THAN $500.
LEASE AMOUNTS $500.-$1500.
LEASE AMOUNTS $1500.-$4500.
LEASE AMOUNTS GREATER THAN $4500.
50.00
75.00
100.00
150.00
3
/trng period
Tab K-Civilian Request Form TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
TAB K
Civilian Request Form
1
Tab K-Civilian Request Form TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
LEASE #
Change # ____ to CATS # _____
CIVILIAN REQUEST FOR
UTILIZATION
GROUP/ORGANIZATION:
BILLING ADDRESS:
PHONE:
POINT OF CONTACT:
DATE:
E-MAIL ADDRESS:
MISSION/EVENT:
Organizations requesting Maid Service Quarters will submit a Name Line Roster 2 weeks prior to arrival.
Group/Organization
MAID
SERVICE
Preferred Area
Date of Arrival:
MSQs
Houses
Date of Departure:
Area 7
Area 8
# of Male Personnel:
Area 10
Area 15
# Female Personnel:
Special Requirements
.
Area 19
Total:
Group/Organization
TROOP
ISSUE
Preferred Area
Building Type
QTY
Date of Arrival:
Area 7
Headquarters
Date of Departure:
Area 9
Dining Facility/Kit
# of Male Personnel:
Area 10
Maintenance Shelter
# Female Personnel:
Area 15
Supply
Total:
Non-MSQ BOQs
EDUCATION CENTER / TRAINING AND COMMUNITY CENTER (TACC) / Miscellaneous Resources
Classroom
Size
Ed Center Large Classroom
41-96
Ed Center Medium Classroom
21-40
Ed Center Small Classroom
1-20
Conference Room
1-10
Recreation Center
300
Ripley Town Hall
132
TACC Theatre
207
TACC Small Classroom
1-20
TACC Medium Classroom
21-40
Quantity
2
Date(s) Required
Time Required
Tab K-Civilian Request Form TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
Catering is available through AAFES Snackbar 320.632.7412 or
FOOD SERVICE
Contract Dining Facility 320.616.3173
RANGES 320.616.6015
RANGE
Date(s)
Required
AUTOMATED TARGET SYSTEMS (ATS)
Time Required
NON AUTO/
AUTOMATED
AMMO
(ball/match)
TARGETRY TYPE
320.616.3132
ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:
How many lanes will be used when firing on “BOB”?
# of Lanes:
Annotate targets that will be used:
Target
Automation
Target
Stands
Own
Targets
On F&M 1, designate lanes that will be used:
North Lane
South Lane
Both
When using A-14 (Shoot House) will you be using
laser shot?
YES
NO
Do you need video recorded for the Shoot House?
YES
NO
If using F&M 1, F&M2, Crack House or any other un-established range with automated targets; you must pick up
transmitters the day prior or by 0730 hours the day of, for instructions on use.
ATS Form 23-1, dtd 1 March 2009
E-Mail: James.Krousey@mn.ngb.army.mil DMA/Civilian Liaison 320.616.2708
E-Mail: Heather.Berens@mn.ngb.army.mil Assistant Housing Manager 320.616.3139
3
Tab L-ATS Form 23 TO Appendix 1-Range Regulation TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO
CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
TAB L
ATS Form 23
1
Tab K-Civilian Request Form TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
REQUEST FOR UTILIZATION OF CAMP RIPLEY
Original Request
ATS #
Change #______ to ATS #______
Unit:
Unit Address:
Date:
Commercial Phone:
Component:
Point of Contact:
DSN Phone:
UIC
E-Mail Address:
Mission or Training Event:
Billeting Requirements: Troop Issue YES/NO and/or Maid Service Quarters YES/NO
Housing (320)616-3138/3139/3140
EMAIL: Housing Manager: Susan.ploof@us.army.mil / Assistant Housing Manager Heather.Berens@mn.ngb.army.mil
Units/Organizations requesting Maid Service Quarters will submit a Standard Name Line Roster (SNL) outlining
requirements to Camp Ripley, ATTN: JFMN-CRC-L
Advance Party
Main Body
Preferred Area
Other Buildings
QTY
Date of Arrival:
Date of Arrival:
Maid Service:
Headquarters
Time of Arrival:
Time of Arrival:
Dining Facility
Date of Departure:
Date of Departure:
Maintenance Shelter
# Male Officers:
# Female Officers:
# Male Enlisted:
# Female Enlisted:
Total Number Personnel:
# Male Officers:
# Female Officers:
# Male Enlisted:
# Female Enlisted:
Total Number Personnel:
Medical
Supply
Kitchen (list T-Bldg(s) below)
Troop Issue:
Education Center Resources
YES/NO (Circle One) (List Date/Time/Duration of Training)
SIZE
QTY
Date(s) Required Start/End Time
Large (41-96)
Medium (21-40)
Small (11-20)
Conference RM (1-10)
LCD Projector
TACC Resources
YES/NO (Circle One) (List Date/Time/Duration of Training)
ITEM
QTY
Start/End Time
Small (11-20)
TACC Kitchen
TACC Theater (204)
TACC Gym
TACC Cafeteria (240)
Special Requests
Miscellaneous Buildings/Equipment
ITEM
Copy Machine / Internet Access / IT Requests
See Page 4-5 for Instructions
Date(s) Required
QTY
Date(s) Required
Start/End Time
Recreation Center
35MM Projector
PanoBoard
ECF (See Page 2)
Ripley Town Hall
Confirmations: Post Operations will send out a confirmation for Facilities, Ranges and Training Areas.
Confirmation of Buses, MILES, Supplies and Services, and Rations
2
Tab K-Civilian Request Form TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
RANGES/TRAINING AREAS
Range Control (320)616-3137
SCHEDULING (320)616-2709
NOTE: Schedule Safety Briefing and submit Safety Orders to Range Control Personnel prior to Live Firing.
Schedule Training Area Brief with Training Area Coordinator prior to Training Area usage. For automated
qualification ranges (A-2, A-3, A-4 and CRG) you need to write in the weapon/ammo section: Firing the standard
army qualification scenario, non standard qualification scenario or if the targets are to be left on bob only. If you
are requesting a non standard qualification scenario they need to provide a target matrix for that specific range.
**NOTE: NO ADDITIONS/CHANGES (EXCEPT CANCELLATIONS) TO LIVE FIRE RANGES 24 HOURS PRIOR TO FIRING
DATE
TIME
START/END
RANGE/TRAINING
AREA REQUESTED
WEAPON/
AMMO
# PERS
BIVOUAC
YES
NO
EQUIPMENT CLEANING FACILITY: Please fill out ECF Request Form and Submit to SFC
Martin and SGT Zupko todd.i.martin@us.army.mil nicole.zupko@us.army.mil
Start date/time:
End date/time:
Number and type(s) of weapons:
SIMULATIONS SCHEDULING
3
Tab K-Civilian Request Form TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
Circle
DATE
START TIME
END TIME
One
MINI-RETS
YES/NO
EST 2000 (Engagement Skills Trainer)
YES/NO
HEAT (HMMWV Egress Assistance Trainer)
YES/NO
MET (MRAP Egress Trainer)
YES/NO
DFIRST - FLEXTRAIN
YES/NO
SMS
YES/NO
ROE (Rule of Engagement)
YES/NO
CFFT (Call for Fire Trainer)
YES/NO
VCOT (Virtual Convoy Operations Trainer)
YES/NO
M-1 SIMNET CCTT
YES/NO
M2A2 Mobile SIMNET CCTT
YES/NO
STS (Sniper Training System)
YES/NO
LMTS (Laser Marksmanship Training
YES/NO
System)**
MGTS (Machine Gun Training System)**
LCCATS(Laser Convoy Counter Ambush
Training System)**
VBS2 (Virtual Battlefield System)
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
YES/NO
** These items are drawn from the MILES Warehouse Bldg 10-65
FOR SCHEDULING INSTRUCTOR/OPERATION TRAINING CONTACT TADSS FACILITATOR KEVIN STROMBERG
AT 320-632-7637 KEVIN.STROMBERG@GDIT.COM
IED KIT
AVIATION REQUIREMENTS
N/A
Number and type of aircraft:
Air Operations (320)616-2778
Remarks (to include Aviation POC and Phone #)
SUPPORT REQUIREMENTS (if any) Check all that apply
TOWER
MEDEVAC
POL CLASS III---Questions?
Dates Required:
CRASH RESCUE
FUEL TRUCK
Call the POL Office at (320)616-3001/3002 or E-mail: Michael.Fenske@us.army.mil
POL Pt #1(MATES) POL Pt #2(Area 9) POL Pt#3 (Area 7)
No Tracked Vehicles
No Tracked Vehicles)
Quantities in
Gallons
4
Bulk Fuel
JP-8 (Avn)
JP-8 (Grd)
MOGAS
Tab K-Civilian Request Form TO Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and
Training TO CRTC Regulation 01JAN12
SUPPLY & SERVICES DIVISION---Questions? Call SSD at (320)616-3128 or e-mail
terry.r.johnson@us.army.mil (Listing of Equipment Available @ Logistics http://www.minnesotanationalguard.org/campripley/index.php)
N/A
QTY
PICK-UP DATE/TIME:
UI
NOMENCLATURE
TURN-IN DATE/TIME:
QTY
UI
NOMENCLATURE
Name of individual to sign for
equipment:
Must be on DA Form 1687
MILES REQUIREMENTS
To request MILES go here: Miles Request Memorandum
Contact for MILES Phone: (320)616-3170 DSN: 871-3170 E-Mail: Nicole.zupko@us.army.mil
AMMO/CLASS V
PHONE: (320)632-7338 DSN: 871-7338
E-MAIL: Derek.Lindberg@us.army.mil or Daniel.Miner@us.army.mil
Will Ammunition items (Class V) be required while at Camp Ripley?
Circle One
YES
NO
YES
NO
If yes, have forecasts and DA 581’s been forwarded thru command channels?
(Must coordinate with ASP NLT Thirty (30) days prior to training dates.)
CONTRACT DINING FACILITY
PHONE: (320)632-7431 DSN: 871-7431
E-Mail: Chris.DeGeest@us.army.mil
Link to Contract Dining Facility Request
INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY (IT) REQUIREMENTS
(INTERNET ACCESS / LONG DISTANCE CALLING / COPY MACHINES)
RADIO FREQUENCIES
th
MNARNG units get frequency assignment through channels for 34 ID.
Non-MNARNG units that require radio frequencies of any type for use while training at Camp Ripley need to
contact:
SFC Patrick Painschab, (651)282-4197 or E-MAIL: Patrick.Painschab@us.army.mil
BUSES
Call Traffic Manager (320)616-2680/2681
www.dma.state.mn.us In the drop down menu go to Internal Use Only; JFHQ-MN; J-Staff; J4 Logistics; Transportation;
Bus Request Form
Note: Convoy Requests (DD Form 1265) must still be submitted to MNAG-LOG-T 90 days prior to movement
5
Appendix 1-Range Operations TO ANNEX A-Operations and Training TO CRTC Regulation
01JAN12
RANGE CONTROL
CONTACT INFORMATION
SINCGARS RADIO FREQUENCIES:
PRIMARY: 36.100
ALTERNATE: 36.900
MOTOROLA HAND HELD:
CHANNEL 1
COMMERCIAL PHONE: (320) 616-3137/3134
MEDEVAC:
All MEDEVACs have radio net priority. All MEDEVACS
will be initiated through Range Control, utilizing the
CRTC MEDEVAC SOP.
STOP IN AT RANGE CONTROL TO PICK UP A COPY
OF THE DAILY RANGE BULLETIN PRIOR TO GOING
DOWN RANGE.